A P I L A N O C O L L E G E 988 • 1989 CALENDAR Frequently Called Numbers Adult Basic Education Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) Advising Centre Hotline Art Department Bookstore Business Management Daycare Deans: Academic Career/Vocational Instructional Services Early Childhood Education Extension Programs Financial Aid Humanities International Studies Library Maintenance 984-4971 984-4945 984-4990 984-4911 984-4972 984-4960 984-4950 984-4921 984-4924 984-4922 984-4947 984-4901 984-4966 984-4957 984-4981 984-4944 984-4963 Media Resources Music Department Natural Sciences Nurse Office Administration Outdoor Recreation Personnel President Public Relations Purchasing Registration Sechelt Campus Squamish Campus Social Sciences Student Employment Student Society Switchboard/Reception Women's Resource Centre NORTH SHORE • VANCOUVER 984-4940 984-4951 984-4955 984-4964 984-4959 984-4947 984-4929 984-4925 984-4903 984-4904 984-4913 987-1535 986-3515 984-4953 984-4965 984-4969 986-1911 984-4941 1988-1989 « 'm^mmmmmmmmmmm, Lynnmour Campus and Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 TDD (for deaf) 980-9921 FAX (604) 984-4985 r Sechelt Campus Squamish Campus 5627 Inlet Avenue P. O. Box 1609 Sechelt, B.C. VON 3A0 Telephone (604) 885-9310 Toll free from Vancouver: 987-1535 27827 Second Avenue P.O. Box 1538 Squamish, B.C. VON 3G0 Telephone (604) 892-5322 Toll free from Vancouver: 986-3515 Capalino Coelge 1 Table of Contents Welcome to Capilano College 3 Academic Schedule 4 Calendar for 1988-1989 4 Admission 5 Who is Eligible 5 When to Apply 5 How to Apply 5 Registration 6 Priority Sequence for Academic Studies 6 How to Register 6 When to Register 7 Changing Registration Status 8 Fees 9 General Course Information 10 Academic Policies 11 Services 14 Academic Advising 14 Achievement Resource Centre 14 Athletics 15 Bookstore 15 Counselling 15 Distance Education 16 Fitness Centre 16 Food and Beverage Services 16 Health Services 16 International Students 17 Lost and Found 17 Media Centre 17 Native Student Centre 18 Parking 18 Student Employment Centre 18 Student Newspaper 18 Student Society 19 Student Store 19 Women's Resource Centre 19 Financial Aid and Awards 20 ACADEMIC STUDIES/ UNIVERSITY TRANSFER PROGRAMS 27 Anthropology Biology Chemistry Chinese Commerce Computing 2 32 33 36 37 38 39 Economics English Fine Arts French Geography Geology German History Japanese Labour Studies Mathematics Philosophy Physics Political Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Theatre Arts Women's Studies 42 43 45 46 48 49 50 51 52 53 55 59 60 62 63 64 66 67 68 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 70 Art Programs 71 Studio Art 72 Clay and Textile Arts 76 Crafts Instructor Training 79 Graphic Design & Illustration 79 Business Management 84 Administrative Management 86 Financial Management 86 Marketing Management 87 Computer Systems Management 87 Retail Management 88 Accelerated Business Management 88 Part-Time Evenings Certificate Programs 90 R.I.A., C.G.A. and C A . Transfer 91 Communications 99 Early Childhood Education 101 Health and Human Services Programs Long Term Care Aide Food Service Worker Working with the Mentally Fragile Landscape Horticulture 105 105 105 106 108 Legal Assistant Program 109 Media Resources Program 113 Music Programs 118 Commercial Music 118 Bachelor of Music Transfer 120 Music Therapy 121 Office Administration Programs 129 Office Technology 129 Accelerated Office Training 131 Microcomputer Applications 132 Legal Secretarial 135 Medical Office Assistant 137 Outdoor Recreation and Tourism Programs 140 Outdoor Recreation Mgt. 140 Wilderness Leadership 141 Tourism Management 142 Additional Vocational Programs 146 SPECIAL PROGRAMS 148 Adult Basic Education Alternative Career Training English as a Second Language International Studies Cooperative Program 148 150 151 152 NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS AND COURSES 154 Extension Programs and Services 154 Achievement Resource Centre 155 Women's Resource Centre 155 TRANSFER GUIDE Index Capilano College Governance Capilano College Site Map 156 173 175 176 The Calendar is published by the Public Relations and Promotions Department. Photos by Edna Sakata and Cameron Heryet. Typesetting by Donna McMahon. Welcome to Capilano WELCOME TO CAPILANO COLLEGE In 1988/89 Capilano College is celebrating its twentieth anniversary. This twenty year period has been one of considerable growth and change, but two elements have remained constant: Capilano's commitment to the student and to quality education. Although we have grown substantially over the years, we are still acknowledged as a place that is interested in the student as an individual. The success of our Academic Studies students transferring to university and our Career students entering the workforce have contributed to our excellent reputation. To meet the needs of a changing society and to prepare students for the future, we are continually updating our wide array of programs and courses with the assistance of key decision-makers drawn from business and industry. Dr. Douglas K. Jardine President, C a p i l a n o College Because of the commitment and dedication of our faculty, staff and administration to our students and the process of life-long learning, Capilano College has become the first choice for many students. About Capilano College Emphasis on Excellence Since September 1968, when Capilano College first opened its doors to just over 700 students, it has grown steadily to become one of British Columbia's most outstanding Colleges, with over 4,500 students. The College serves North and West Vancouver, Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast, with the core of the College located at the Lynnmour c a m p u s in North Vancouver and satellite c a m p u s e s in Sechelt and S q u a m i s h . Capilano College both encourages and rewards student excellence through its awards and recognition programs: A s a comprehensive community college, Capilano offers a variety of programs which include: • Academic scholarships to outstanding high school graduates enrolling at Capilano • Dean's List for full-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher • Merit List for part-time students with a 3.5 grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30, 45 or 60 term hours at Capilano College • Academic: Students take the first two years of an Arts or Science degree, or a "professional" program and then transfer to university or enter the workforce. • President's Award to the Career and A c a d e m i c Studies graduates achieving exceptional academic excellence • Career/Vocational: Certificate and diploma programs give students practical skills and knowledge to prepare them for employment. • Scholarships for academic excellence for returning students • Preparatory: After upgrading or refreshing their skills, students can gain employment or continue on to Career or Academic Studies programs. • S c i e n c e and Music scholarship programs • Priority registration for high school graduates with a 2.5 grade point average or better who are enrolling in Academic Studies programs • Extension: Short courses, seminars, workshops and lectures are offered on a non-credit basis. • A n outstanding student program that recognizes current students for their high academic standings or significant contributions to the College community Our programs have gained an excellent reputation, which we believe is largely attributable to our highly qualified and dedicated faculty. • S c i e n c e Enrichment Workshops for outstanding grade 11 high school students from the Capilano College region • Book Awards But Capilano College is more than a classroom. It plays a key role in the civic and cultural life of the three regions it serves and and will continue to be a dynamic source of leadership within its communities. 3 1988-1989 Academic Schedule 1988 FALL T E R M 1989 SPRING T E R M AUGUST 29 (Monday): Career and Vocational Program Registration, (see Fall 1988 Timetable for details) Faculty Advisors present. JANUARY 3 (Tuesday): Career and Vocational Program Registration, (see Spring 1989 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. AUGUST 30,31, SEPTEMBER 1,2 (Tuesday - Friday): Academic Program Registration, (see Fall 1988 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present JANUARY 4,5,6 (Wednesday - Friday): Academic Program Registration, (see Spring 1989 Timetable for details). Faculty Advisors present. SEPTEMBER 7 (Wednesday): Classes commence for all Divisions. JANUARY 9 (Monday): Classes commence for all Divisions. SEPTEMBER 16 (Friday): Last day to ADD a course or change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing. JANUARY 20 (Friday): Last day to ADD a course, or change status from AUDIT to CREDIT or withdraw from a course and not be invoiced for the balance of tuition fees owing. OCTOBER 10 (Monday): Thanksgiving Day. College Closed. FEBRUARY 21 (Tuesday): Final Date for payment of Balance of Tuition Fees. OCTOBER 20 (Thursday): Final Date for payment of Balance of Tuition Fees. FEBRUARY 16-17 (Thursday, Friday): Mid-term break. No classes scheduled. NOVEMBER 10 (Thursday): Last day to withdraw from a course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections. MARCH 17 (Friday): Last day to WITHDRAW from a course, or change status from CREDIT to AUDIT, or change sections. NOVEMBER 11 (Friday): College Closed for Remembrance Day. MARCH 24: Good Friday. College Closed. DECEMBER 8-16 (Thursday - Friday): Examination Period. APRIL 17-28: Examination Period. MARCH 26: Easter Monday. College Closed. APRIL 28 (Friday): End of Term. DECEMBER 16 (Friday): End of term. 1989 1988 F S 1 2 J 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 It 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 « 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T i 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 « « 25 26 27 28 29 INTRODUCTION 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 - Academic JANUARY SEPTEMBER AUGUST JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Schedule S M T LU T f S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 \ \ 24 25 26 27 28 29 FEBRUARY MARCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 MAY JUNE 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Admission Who is Eligible for Admission Canadian citizens and Landed Immigrants are eligible for admission if they are in at least one of the following categories: 1. Persons who have a B.C. Secondary School graduation certificate or equivalent educational record. 2. Persons 18 years of age or older who do not have a B.C. Secondary School graduation certificate or equivalent. 3. Persons who are secondary school students attending a school in the College Region and have the written recommendation of their school principal. A. For A c a d e m i c Studies Programs and Courses Persons applying for Academic Studies by the deadlines listed below will, if they are accepted, be registered according to the priorities listed on page 6 ("Priority S e q u e n c e in Registration"). Acceptance notices and permits to register will be mailed to each successful applicant within one month of the application deadline. Persons who apply after the deadline, but before the formal In-Person registration periods, will be able to register only at a later sequence in the registration period. Term Application Deadline Date Acceptance Mailed May 31/88 Oct. 31/88 April 1/89 June 30/88 Nov. 30/88 as processed 4. Persons at least 16 years of age who can satisfy a College counsellor that they possess an interest in, and an aptitude for, a vocation for which the College provides instruction, may be eligible to enter the related College Vocational program. Fall 88 Spring 89 Summer 89 International Student Information B. F o r C a r e e r a n d V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m s a n d Courses Capilano College welcomes applications for admission from students who are normally resident in countries outside C a n a d a . To be considered for admission, applicants should p o s s e s s the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade 12) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Registrar of the College. Applicants whose primary language is not English must demonstrate proficiency in that language as courses at the College are conducted in English. At the time of Calendar preparation, Capilano College, along with other Canadian community colleges and universities, is reviewing the form of testing for English language proficiency and applicants should thus check with the Registrar or the International Student Liaison on campus for the current requirement. Applications for admission from international students should be accompanied by a $75 (Can.) application fee. S e e page 17 for information on International Students. When to Apply for Admission Generally, applications for Admission to the College may be made at any time during the year. However, for C a n a dian citizens and Landed Immigrants, early application deadlines have been established in relation to the formal In-Person registration period for each term. For international students, no application received for admission to the A c a d e m i c Division less than six weeks prior to the commencement of a term can be guaranteed consideration in time for admission in that term; no application for admission to the Career Division less than five months prior to the commencement of a term can be guaranteed consideration in time for admission in that term. Most Career and Vocational programs have earlier application deadlines than those listed above. For details please refer to the specific program in this Calendar. Generally applications should be received before March 1. How to Apply for Admission A. Lynnmour Campus 1. Obtain an "Application for Admission Form" from the Registrar's Office. Persons wishing to enter full-time programs of study or who need assistance in completing this form are advised to arrange a meeting with a College Academic Advisor by calling the Advising Office at 984-4990. Canadian citizens, Landed Immigrants, and international students already in C a n a d a on a student visa wishing admittance tp the College to enter a Career program must arrange an interview with the Career Program Coordinator prior to being admitted. International students not yet in C a n a d a wishing admittance to a Career program must have the Career Program Coordinator's recommendation for admission before being admitted. Individuals who are not admitted to a particular Career program may still be eligible for admission to the College to enter an A c a d e m i c Studies or General Studies program. If in doubt please contact the Registrar's Office. 2. Complete the Application Form and bring or mail it to the Registrar's Office. Include with your Application Form any former education records which are required, such as Official High School Transcripts, Official Transcripts from other post-secondary institutions, English Placement Test scores. INTRODUCTION - Admission 5 3. O n c e your application for Admission and supporting documents have been received, the application will be processed and you will receive a Letter of Acceptance and a "Permit to Register" from the Registrar's Office by mail. (See page 4 for Registration dates and procedures.) B. Howe Sound and Sechelt Centres Each term Capilano College offers a number of courses in Howe Sound and the Sunshine Coast. Students who wish to be admitted to the College in order to register for these courses should contact the Squamish C a m p u s (37827 - 2nd Avenue, 892-5322 or toll free from N. V a n . 986-3515) or the Sechelt Centre (1360 Inlet Avenue, 8859310 or 987-1535) for forms and details of course offerings. Counselling services are available at both centres and the Application procedures are as outlined above. Student Number - Identification Card W h e n a student has been accepted and is first admitted to the College s/he is assigned a permanent student number. This number controls the Student's Record, Statement of Grades and College Identification Card. College Identification C a r d s are issued at the beginning of the term for which a student is registered. These cards will be available from the Registrar's Office within two weeks after the beginning of classes. If the card is lost, a duplicate may be obtained from the Registrar's Office for $3.00. To use the Library Services of the College, to sign out audiovisual materials or to vote in Student Union elections, a student must have a College Identification Card. Registration O n c e you have received your Letter of Acceptance and "Permit to Register", you may select your courses. Priority Sequence for ACADEMIC STUDIES Registration In order to avoid long line-ups at registration, there is a system of priority registration. The priorities are: PRIORITY #1 - All returning students who have achieved a Grade Point Average of 2.0 or greater in their previous term. Resident and Returning Student are defined as: R E S I D E N T : A person who has lived in the official College Region (North Vancouver, West Vancouver, Howe Sound, or Sunshine Coast) for at least four months as of the first day of the term for which application is made. R E T U R N I N G S T U D E N T : Any student who has registered for, and has attended, credit c l a s s e s at Capilano College. Returning students who have been academically disqualified in the previous term should consult a counsellor about eligibility. PRIORITY #2 - All new applicants resident in the College Region in the following three categories: How to Register i) All new applicants who have graduated from high school in an academic program with a Grade Point Average of 2.5 or greater (based on recommended final grades from high school). 1. For Academic Programs and Courses at Lynnmour: ii) All new applicants who have not attended a high school or post-secondary institution in an academic program of studies within two years of the term they are registering. iii) All transfer students from other post-secondary institutions who have achieved a G r a d e Point Average of 2.0 or greater in their latest term. PRIORITY #3 - All other returning students and all other new students from within the College Region. PRIORITY #4 - All other out-of-region applicants. a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Registrar's Office or the Squamish or Sechelt C a m p u s . Timetables giving the times of course offerings, room numbers and instructors are available approximately three weeks prior to each registration period. b. Select the courses and sections you wish to take and complete the registration form. The D A T E and TIME for you to register will be printed in the Timetable. All registration will take place In Person and payment of fees is required at that time. A d m i s s i o n to the C o l l e g e d o e s not g u a r a n t e e that y o u will be able to register for all of the c o u r s e s y o u w i s h to take b e c a u s e of s p a c e or e n r o l l m e n t limitations. INTRODUCTION 6 - Registration may 2. F o r C a r e e r a n d V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m s a n d Courses a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Registrar's Office or the Squamish or Sechelt Centre. b. Complete and submit registration forms and fees payable to the appropriate coordinator for approval. For new full-time students this will normally involve an interview and counselling. Part-time Career and Vocational students may either mail in or bring in their registration form and appropriate fees at any time. c. Registration can often be completed prior to the registration period; however, new registrants who have been accepted and returning students who have not completed their registration must submit approved registration forms and fees payable to the Registrar's Office during Registration for Career students. 3. F o r C o u r s e s in Howe S o u n d a n d the Sunshine Coast a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Registrar's Office on the Lynnmour C a m p u s or from the Squamish or Sechelt Centre. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the appropriate centre. 4. F o r C o u r s e s o n More than O n e C a m p u s a. Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Registrar's Office on the Lynnmour C a m p u s or from the Squamish and Sechelt Centre. b. Complete and return the registration form, with payment attached, to the Lynnmour C a m p u s . 5. F o r E x t e n s i o n C o u r s e s a n d Activities Student Responsibility It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that his/her registration is accurate and complete, and that tuition fees are paid at the appropriate time. Failure to do so may result in no credit granted for work done or immediate deregistration for non-payment of tuition fees. Right to Register A student who has not maintained a satisfactory standing in a program in any term may be denied permission to register in that program in a subsequent term. Change of Name and/or Address It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Registrar's Office of any changes in his/her name, address or phone number. Documentation must be provided to support a change of name request. Course Overload A course overload is a registration for more than 16 credit hours of academic courses or more than the full requirements specified for a Career program. Students may register at their discretion for a course overload up to a total of 21 credit hours as long as they have discussed their need or wish for an overload with a counsellor. Science students, however, are automatically allowed to register for more than 16 credit hours, as long as the total credit hours does not exceed 21 credit hours and does not arise from registration in more than five courses. Students may not register for a course overload until after the Registration period. See page 9 of the Calendar. English Proficiency When to Register Applicants are required to be functional in the English language. T h e College reserves the right to a s s e s s the competence of applicants in the English language prior to granting admission. 1. A c a d e m i c S t u d i e s P r o g r a m s a n d C o u r s e s Academic students will register in the priority outlined above. Students should consult their timetable for the exact date and time of registration. In-person registration periods are scheduled as follows: F A L L 1988 T e r m : August 30 to September 2, 1988 S P R I N G 1989 Term: January 4-6, 1989. 2, Career a n d V o c a t i o n a l P r o g r a m s a n d Courses For those Career and Vocational students who have not pre-registered through their Coordinator prior to Registration: F A L L 1988 Term: August 29, 1988 S P R I N G 1989 T e r m : January 3, 1989 Those students who wish to enroll in English must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test with their registration forms or must take the Capilano College English Diagnostic Test before registering for any of these courses. Schedules of English Diagnostic Tests will be available in the Registrar's Office, 984-4974, Squamish Learning Centre, 892-5322 (986-3515), Sechelt Learning Centre, 885-9310 (987-1535), or the Humanities Division, 984-4957. INTRODUCTION - Registration 7 Changing Registration Status Wait Lists Students who register but are unable to get into a course because it is full will automatically be included on a chronological wait list. T h e s e lists will be posted for student viewing. Students must attend the first class of that course to either be accepted into the class or have their names remain on the wait list. Course Verification Following the last day to add a course the Registrar's Office will issue C o u r s e Verification forms to each student. IT IS T H E S T U D E N T ' S R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y T O C H E C K H I S / H E R LIST O F C O U R S E S . If a student believes that there is an error in his/her registration, s/he must correct the errors with a Course Change Form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct the error may result in an ' F grade on the student's transcript (or no credit being granted for work done). Adding or Changing a Course A student may enroll in a course, change sections, or change from audit to credit status (see A c a d e m i c Schedule, page 4) after the late registration period but before the final date to add a course. This must be done on a Course C h a n g e form, b e signed by the instructors involved and submitted to the Registrar's Office. The addition of a course or change from audit to credit INTRODUCTION 8 - Changing Registration Status status after the final date to add a course may only be done in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Requests for such changes after the final date to add a course should be directed first to the Registrar. Withdrawing from a Course or Changing from Credit to Audit Status Students may withdraw from a course or change from credit to audit status after the last day of the In-Person Registration period but before the final date to withdraw from a course. This must be done on a Course Change Form signed by the instructor involved and submitted to the Registrar's Office. Requests after the final date to withdraw from a course require the approval of the Instructor, Coordinator and Registrar. Approval will not normally be granted unless the records of the College are incorrect as the result of an error by the College, or the student is simply requesting a change from one section to another of the same course, or is transferring to a lower level at the request of the instructor, or the student is unable to meet the deadline date because of illness or emergency circumstances. * N O T E : Approval for late adds and/or late drops will not be granted simply because the student was unaware of, or neglected to comply with, the College's registration policies and procedures. Fees Tuition Fees Non-registration The new tuition fees for the 1988/89 instructional year will be announced in the Fall Timetable which will be available at least one month prior to the beginning of the Fall '88 term. It is likely that they will be higher than in 1987/1988. For details of payment of fees consult the Timetable. Returning students with debts to the College (e.g. lost materials, lost equipment, tuition fees not paid) will be refused registration until such debts are erased. A s a general guideline, the basic tuition fees for 1987/88 were: • $23.50 per credit hour of which $17.50 is refundable if the course is dropped within the first two weeks of the term. • $25.00 non-refundable registration fee. • $2.70 per credit hour Student Activity F e e to a term maximum of $40.50. (This fee is optional for courses in Howe Sound and on the Sunshine Coast.) • $5.00 Recreational Facility Levy for students on the Lynnmour campus registered in 1.5 credits or more. • $3 per credit hour or a minimum of $25 late payment penalty for students who have not settled their tuition fees account by the end of the fifth week of the term. Conditions of Registration a. All cheques and money orders are to be made payable to "Capilano College" and accompanied by a completed Registration Form. b. Underpaid registrations will not be processed. c. A charge of $10.00 will be levied for costs of handling cheques returned by the bank for insufficient funds. The College reserves the right to take only money orders, certified cheques, or c a s h from students whose cheques are returned by the bank for insufficient funds. d. Post-dated cheques will not be accepted. e. Students whose fees are to be paid by agencies, other than Government Scholarships , are required to present a letter to this effect at registration. f. Students with outstanding debts to the College will not be allowed to register until their debts are cleared. Special Fee Waivers for Senior Citizens Any person 60 years of age or over is entitled to free tuition, and is not required to pay student activity fees^or the capital levy. Applicants for this special senior citizen fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification such as the Courtesy C a r d for senior citizens or Pharmacare card at the time of registration. Senior citizens must pay the $25 registration fee. For cost recoverable courses such as Art Institute and private music instruction, seniors must pay full fees. Refunds Students withdrawing from a course within the first two weeks of a term will be refunded a portion of the tuition fees if they have paid more than the non-refundable deposit. In 1987/88 the non-refundable portion was $6 per credit hour and the $25 registration fee. Students withdrawing from a course after the end of the second week of a term receive no refunds. Fees Policy - Extension Programs and Services Department Information about Extension (credit free) courses and services is publicized in brochures distributed by mail on the North Shore, Howe Sound and Sunshine Coast. Tuition fees charged for Extension Programs and Services are based on the principle of recovering the cost of instructional and related expenses. Refunds: The College reserves the right to cancel any course for which registration does not reach the required minimum, and to withdraw, postpone, or combine classes or to change instructors. Fees are payable at time of registration. Fees paid for courses or workshops cancelled by the College will be refunded in full. Applications for withdrawal and refund will not be accepted after the second session of a course has been held and in the case of workshops of short duration (up to three consecutive days) withdrawal applications will be accepted no later than the day before the workshop commences. Refunds are subject to a 2 0 % administration charge. Refunds on discounted and package fees will be subject to the 2 0 % administration charge against the full course fee. Any departure from the foregoing policy will be stated in the course or workshop description. Under no circumstances will refunds be given after the end of a course of workshop. Transfers: In specified courses a student may transfer from one course to another if space is available. Fees are not transferable from one term to another. ' Fee Waiver for Senior Citizens: People age 60 and over are eligible for a 10% discount on fees for most courses. Some co-sponsored and certain other courses are excluded from this policy. At time of registration senior citizens are asked to provide proof of age, such as a Pharmacare card or senior citizens' courtesy card. Also, see "Limit of Responsibility", page 13. INTRODUCTION - Fees 9 General Course Information The Instructional Year The instructional year is divided into two four month terms, Fall and Spring, and an equivalent Summer Session of two months (May and June). Course Credits A student will receive credit only for the courses in which s/he is officially registered according to the records in the Registrar's Office. A credit hour normally represents one hour per week of classroom work per term. Most courses offered are three credit hour courses. A s such, they normally require three class hours per week and may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials. apply towards a Certificate or Diploma from Capilano College; however, some other institutions may not grant credit for some courses challenged. Attendance A student is expected to attend all classes in which s/he is registered, since evaluation of progress in any course is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and examinations. A student expecting to be absent from classes because of prolonged illness is advised to notify his/her instructor as soon as possible and to arrange to make up missed instruction. The instructor may require that a medical certificate be presented to reinstate the student. A student may attend all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the course and pays the normal tuition fee. S/he is required to submit assignments and sit examinations. (See Attendance.) If illness prevents a student from writing a final examination or assignment, s/he may be assigned a grade or granted a deferral at the discretion of his/her instructor. In such c a s e s , a medical certificate must be submitted within one week of the date of the examination or due date of the assignment. Audit Status Faculty members are authorized to dismiss from a class a student who is disruptive to the learning process. Credit Status A student may attend all meetings of a credit class without receiving credit. T h e audit student attends all classes, seminars, labs, etc. of the class and pays the normal tuition fee. S/he is not required to sit examinations or submit assignments. The status of audit will be denied by an instructor if the student has not met the attendance requirements for that class. This denial may be appealed through the grade appeal process. Audit students will be accepted on a space available basis, and are only permitted to register after the last day of In-Person Registration. Credit-Free Status (Extension Programs and Services) A student who has paid the appropriate fee is registered for a credit-free course or activity. Course Challenge Procedure The College has a policy which allows registered College students to request examination for achievement in certain courses. By this procedure, a student may receive credit for a course without taking the course. Interested students should consult a counsellor for current information on the challenge procedure. There are certain courses which may not be challenged. A student challenging a course will be required to pay the normal tuition fee for that course. Courses challenged successfully will be indicated on the student's transcript. N O T E : Credit for courses successfully challenged will INTRODUCTION 10 - General Course Information Visitors A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a limited period of time, provided s/he has permission from the instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend to science and language labs or courses requiring the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, does not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends not more than three weeks during the term. Examination Week For students enrolled in academic courses, the last week of the instructional term is designated as an examination week. If there is to be an examination in a course near the end of a term, it is during this week that the examination will be given. S u c h examinations will be up to three hours in duration. Faculty will be accessible during the examination week to meet with students to review their assignments and final letter grade and/or engage in other instructionally related activities. For students enrolled in Career/Vocational programs, the last^veek of the instructional term will include having regularly scheduled class s e s s i o n s during which time an examination may be administered, or in some program areas a special examination schedule may be set. Students should consult with their instructors for detailed information regarding examination schedules. Academic Policies Grading System Capilano College uses the following categories of grading: Upon the completion of the required assignments by the specified time, the instructor will record the final grade based on the completed work. Grade Point Letter Value A+ A A- 4 1/3 B+ B B- 3 1/3 3 2 2/3 Good C+ C C- 2 1/3 2 1 2/3 Satisfactory D CR F NC 1 W NA AUD 1 4 Classification Excellent 3 2/3 - 0 - 0 - - receive a predetermined grade which reflects the work not completed. Minimal Pass Credit Granted* Fail No Credit Granted*+ Incomplete* Withdrawn*+ Not Attending*+ Audit* * not calculated in Grade Point Average + not shown on transcript Repeating a Course A course may be repeated for the purpose of improving a grade. The grade for each attempt will be recorded with the higher grade used in the computation of the Grade Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include both grades in the GPA computation. Grade Point Average (GPA) GPAs are reported on each Permanent Student Record. The GPA is the sum of the grade point hours earned in the term, divided by the number of credit hours applicable to the Grade Point Computation. Interpretation of Grades "I" Grades are given at the end of a term when, in the judgement of the instructor, the student would have a reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not completed the work required. An "I" grade is only awarded where the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted in the class list with grades. A student granted an "I" grade must complete the necessary assignments on the date specified by the instructor on the grade sheet or s/he will automatically Students are cautioned that other institutions may include "I" grades in the GPA calculation. A student who registers for a course, does not attend and does not officially withdraw may be assigned a grade designation of "NA" at the discretion of the individual instructor. NA grades are assigned as of the final Drop date for the term registered in. STUDENTS WHO HAVE APPLIED FOR STUDENT LOANS SHOULD NOTE THAT N/A GRADES DO NOT CARRY CREDIT AND ARE TREATED AS COURSE WITHDRAWALS. N/A GRADES REDUCE YOUR CREDIT LOAD AND MAY CANCEL YOUR ELIGIBILITY FOR FUTURE STUDENT LOANS AND REQUIRE EARLY REPAYMENT OF EXISTING STUDENT LOANS. All "F" grades are recorded on the student's transcript. These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's Cumulative Grade Point Average. Students are cautioned that other institutions may not grant transfer credit for courses completed with a "D" grade. Registering as an audit student does not guarantee that a student will receive audit status. Based on attendance and participation requirements of the instructor, an instructor will confirm or deny the "audit" status of a student in their course. A denial ruling is open to appeal by the student. The grades "CR" or "NC" are assigned to courses in which a level of mastery is required for successful completion. When a course is graded in this manner, the course outline must state the necessary requirements to achieve the grade of CR. Official Transcript/Statement of Grades A statement of grades is either mailed or distributed from the Registrar's Office. Official transcripts are issued only at the request of the student. The student must complete a Transcript Order Form and pay $5.00 for the first copy and $2.00 for each additional copy. Appeal of Final Grades It is essential that a student take immediate action if s/he wishes to appeal a grade. To do so s/he must contact a GENERAL INFORMATION - Academic Policies 11 counsellor not later than two weeks after receipt of grades A B or Change of G r a d e Notification. The counsellor will discuss the grade and appeal procedure with the student and attempt to arrange a meeting with the instructor. The counsellor will provide the student with a "Final Grade Appeal" form. Biology Chemistry Computing Science Geography Geology Mathematics Physics Anthropology Art Commerce Economics English Fine Arts French German If the student wishes to pursue the appeal, the student must do so within fourteen calendar days of the date on , which the counsellor's report is mailed. Failure to meet this timeline will be grounds for dismissal of the appeal. To continue the appeal, the student completes the "Final Grade Appeal" form and submits it to the Secretary of the Appeals Committee with a fee of $20 for each course to be appealed. Appeals are considered by an Appeals Committee chaired by one of the College Deans. The Committee consists of representatives from faculty, students, and a counsellor. During the Appeal process all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. In all cases the student is informed in writing of the Committee's decision. Should the mark be changed, the $20 fee is refunded. Only those appeals that follow the above process will be considered. Human errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades will be corrected as soon as identified without appeal or cost to the student. Students who complete their programs fill out a "Request for Diploma or Certificate" form at the Registrar's Office one month before the end of the term in which the program is to be completed. Students who complete courses which are not part of a program may also apply to the Registrar's Office for a Certificate. To be eligible for an Associate in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma, a student must have: 1. For an Academic Studies Diploma a. Completed 60 credit hours, of which at least 30 must be completed at Capilano College. b. Obtained a 2.00 G r a d e Point Average or better. c. Obtained at least 45 credit hours from the following subject areas, including at least 6 credit hours in English (100 level or higher), at least 6 credit hours from subjects listed in A below, and at least 15 credit hours from 200 level courses. 12 INFORMATION - Academic 2. For a Career Studies Diploma (by program) a. Completed the program requirements, fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. Obtained a 2.00 G r a d e Point Average or better. 3. For a General Studies Diploma a. Completed 60 credit hours at least 30 of which must be completed at Capilano College. b. Obtained a 2.00 G r a d e Point Average or better. To be eligible for a Certificate, a student must have successfully completed the requirements of a course or program of studies of fewer than four terms in duration, at least fifty percent of which must be completed at Capilano College, and they must have obtained at least a 2.0 G P A (where calculated) in the last term. There is a $10 fee for diploma replacement. Academic Difficulties Diploma and Certificate Requirements GENERAL History Music Philosophy Political Studies Psychology Sociology Spanish Women's Studies Policies Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a Counsellor. The student is encouraged to consult with his/her instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. Disruptive Students In the c a s e where the behaviour of a student or group of students is such as to disrupt the activity of a class, an instructional group, service area or study facility, a member of the faculty or staff may ask the student(s) to modify their behaviour. Should the student(s) fail to follow this request, the student(s) will be asked to leave. If the student(s) refuses to leave, the faculty or staff is advised to cancel the activity or insist on an alternate place for the student(s) to carry out the activity. S o m e time between the cancelled activity and the next meeting of the group, or use of the facility, the student(s) will be requested to meet with the personnel involved and the appropriate faculty coordinator. The purpose of the meeting is to have a commitment from the student(s) to more reasonable behaviour in the future. In light of this and at the discretion of the coordinator, other faculty and/ or the Dean may be invited to the meeting or subsequent meetings. Should the behaviour of the student(s) continue to be disruptive, the coordinator may recommend to the Dean that the student(s) be required to withdraw. Cheating and Plagiarism All forms of cheating, including plagiarism, are serious offences and will normally result in a grade of zero on the examination or assignment, or, at the instructor's discretion, a grade of " F " for the course. Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's words or ideas as if they were one's own. Intentional plagiarism is both dishonest and a rejection of the principles of scholarship. Students in doubt about the need for and practices of acknowledgement of sources should familiarize themselves with proper scholarly procedures. A document explaining these procedures is available from the Media Centre or the Achievement Resource Centre. Copyright Policy A copy of the College Policy and Procedures regarding Canadian Copyright Law is available in the Library and in all departments. This policy applies to all College departments, employees and students. A shortened version with specific application for students is available in the Library and the Student Society office. Student Records All official student records are kept in the Registrar's Office. The information on file for a student is always available to that student for examination. No information on file is divulged to any agency or person other than the student without the student's permission except for institutional research projects approved by the College. The process for approval of such projects is established by the College and the Capilano College Student Union. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. Limit of Responsibility The College accepts no responsibility for the cancellation or discontinuance of any course or program or class of instruction that may be necessary as a result of an Act of G o d , fire, labour problems, lack of funds, or other similar causes. The College accepts no responsibility for any injury, loss or expense sustained, arising out of or in any way connected with a student's participation in any course or program. Misuse of Computer System The misuse of a computer system (such as unauthorized access to other computer accounts or unauthorized use of system software) is not only unfair to other students but can result, at the instructor's discretion, in suspension of the offender's computer a c c e s s in a course, which may result in an " F " grade. Repeated offences may result in a permanent revoking of all computer privileges. Sexual Harassment The College makes every effort to ensure that no student or employee is subjected to sexual harassment. Sexual harassment is seen to be any uninvited sexual advances, requests for sexual favours, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as a basis for decisions affecting employment, admission to the College or registration in college courses, a student's marks or grades, participation in a club, society or organization; or, when such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive working/teaching/ learning environment. GENERAL INFORMATION - Academic Policies 13 Services Academic Advising and Educational Planning Personnel Kerry H O L L O W A Y , B.A. (SFU), B . C . Teacher's Cert. Educational Planning/Advising Assistant Jeri K R O G S E T H , B.A. (UBC) B . C . Teacher's Cert. Advisor Greg S H A R P E , Head of Advising and Student Employment Suzanne S T E W A R T , B.A. (SFU) - Advising Receptionist Myla W A T E R M A N , Educational Planning/Advising Assistant Prospective students may contact the Advising Centre for information on all College programs and courses. Admissions appointments can be made with an Advisor throughout the year for assistance with educational planning and program development. Advisors visit all secondary schools in the College region each Fall and Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities at Capilano College. High school students planning to enter the College may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school by contacting their school counsellor for appropriate dates. For information or an appointment with G r e g Sharpe or Jeri Krogseth, call the "Advising Hotline" at 984-4990. a. Scheduled workshops on study skills to help you succeed at college: (See page 155). b. Personal assistance for you if you are doing well but want to do better, or if you require personal attention with learning problems. c. Professional assessment of your learning difficulties. d. Assistance in using computer resources available in the Centre. Resources available to you are: a. Computer programs to help you develop your reading, spelling, vocabulary, and keyboarding skills. b. Word processing programs. c. Self-paced learning programs on cassette to improve your study and learning skills: listening and concentration, time management, logical and critical thinking, research, English language (grammar, punctuation, etc.), and more. A R C houses a learning library, one typewriter, and a variety of microcomputers and software for your use. Y o u can also pick up written study tips on such topics as listening, notetaking, memorization, and test taking strategies. For more information, call 984-4945 or drop by the Achievement Resource Centre, in Building " B " - Room 107 at the west end of the Library. Achievement Resource Centre The Mathematics Learning Centre Faculty The Achievement Resource Centre and the Mathematics department provide the facilities and services of the Mathematics Learning Centre, a resource open to all students. The Centre is located at the south end of the first floor of the J building (J107) and offers self-paced learning courses, guided independent study in Mathematics, and a Math library. In the general study area there are microcomputers available for student use, which have statistical and graphing packages and other Math software. A Math Video room is equipped with three V C R ' s and has video tapes on topics in Algebra, Calculus, and Statistics. Students requiring assistance may use the learning aids or consult the Lab Supervisor, or Mathematics instructors who drop in at assigned times. If you have any questions, call the Mathematics Department or visit the Mathematics Learning Centre. Donna B U C H A N , B.A. (UBC) M.A. (Educ.) (SFU) (On Leave) Ruth D ' H O L L A N D E R , B . C . Teaching Cert., B . E d . (McGill) M.Ed. (McGill), C . A . S . (Harvard) Bev HILL, B . E d . (UBC) Paul J O N E S , B.A. (Hons.) (UBC) B.C. Teaching Cert., M.A. (UBC) Wendy L Y N N , B . S c . (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) Dennis W R I G H T , B.Sc. (Idaho) M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (Arizona State) Ethelyn M A C I N N E S - R A N K I N , B.A. (Winnipeg) M.A. (UBC) Achievement Resource Centre - Lynnmour The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC), located in the southwest area of the B building, invites you to use its services and facilities. A R C faculty and staff are qualified to assist you increase your learning efficiency. If you have specific learning difficulties, talk over your concerns with A R C faculty. At present the Achievement Resource Centre offers you the following services: INTRODUCTION 14 - Services Special Needs Services Special Needs Services, a component of the Achievement Resource Centre, provides the support services necessary for students with physical disabilities to take part in College programs. S o m e of these services are: advanced timetable scheduling, provision of taped texts and technical aids (Visualteks, talking calculators, etc.), and specialized exam arrangements. Information and advice is available on a c c e s s (to building, washrooms, etc.), financial assistance, transportation, parking, and advocacy. In order to obtain required services, contact Paul J o n e s , Special Needs Advisor at 984-4945 A S F A R IN A D V A N C E O F E A C H REGISTRATION A S POSSIBLE. Achievement Resource Centre - Squamish and Sechelt A R C programs and services are also offered in these locations. Contact the local College receptionist for more information: in S q u a m i s h : 986-3515 (toll free from North Van.) or 892-5322 (local): in Sechelt: 987-1535 (toll free), or 885-9310. Bookstore The Bookstore, located in R building offers required and recommended texts. A postage stamp machine is located in the Bookstore. C a n a d a Post boxes are located on both North and South campuses. Counselling Faculty Faculty Bob B A G S H A W , B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. (Colorado) Dave J O N E S , B.A., M.A. (Dalhousie) Yvonne M C C O L L , B.A. (simmons), M . E d . (Harvard) Ethelyn M C I N N E S - R A N K I N , B.A., M.A. (UBC) S u s a n M I T C H E L L , B . S . E d . (N. Illinois), M.A. (U.Vic) Nancy N E W M A N , B.A. (Concordia), M.Sc. (San Diego) Gary S I E G R I S T , M.B.A. (SFU) Neil C H E S T E R , B . A . P . E . (Sask.), B.Ed., M . P . E . (UBC) J o e I A C O B E L L I S , B . P . E . , M . P . E . (UBC) General Information Athletics Capilano is a full member of the British Columbia Colleges Athletic Association, which is the governing body for all inter-college athletics in British Columbia. Provincial champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a national final. This affords our College's highly skilled student athletes the opportunity to meet with and compete against the best College athletes in C a n a d a . Inter-collegiately, Capilano College competes in Soccer, Basketball, Volleyball and Golf. At present, gymnasium-based Blues teams operate out of what was formerly Delbrook High School's Gymnasium. The facility has been completely renovated and upgraded to meet College standards. Contingent on successful fund-raising, we plan in 1988 to begin construction of a College Recreational Facility on c a m p u s to include a gymnasium, courts for racquet sports, and space for allCollege activities. Each year, our many exceptional athletes, working with the experienced Blues coaching staff, have combined to produce several B C C A A championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. Opportunities to take part in intramural activities are also provided by the College. Activities offered vary from year to year with expressed interests, but usually include such activities as badminton, volleyball, basketball, soccer, touch football, and physical fitness. The Athletic Department annually sponsors several programs directed to both the student body and the community at large. Programs vary with demand but in the past have included Pre-Ski Fitness, Beginner and Intermediate Tennis, and the B . C . Coaching Certification Program. The services of trained counsellors are available to all students in the College. Counsellors assist students in educational planning and provide information and consultation in the solution of academic problems. Counsellors are often helpful in dealing with personal problems and have a real interest and expertise in this area of student life. The College counselling objective is to facilitate the activities of students moving toward selfdirection in decision-making and planning. Counsellors can also assist with career planning, and vocational testing is available for students by appointment. Other services available to students are workshops in such areas as career planning and stress management, and a computer-assisted career choice system. Appointments to see a counsellor may be made through the front desk located in the M building or by calling 984-4990. Drop-in counselling is also available every day from 9 am - 4 pm. A s well, appointment time is a v a i l a b l e one evening per week from 5:00 - 8:00 p.m. Those living in the Pemberton-Howe Sound Region requiring the assistance of a counsellor should contact the Squamish Centre. Appointments may be arranged by calling 892-5322. Sunshine Coast Region residents should call the Sechelt Centre, 885-9310, for information. Career Resource Centre The College assists students considering career options by providing information and reference materials on a wide variety of occupations. The Centre is located in the M building and houses a collection of self-help books, vocational literature, calendars from Canadian and foreign universities and colleges, and brochures and free INTRODUCTION - Services 15 information on campus and community resources. For assistance in the Centre, contact the Advising Centre/ Counselling receptionist in the M building. hot foods and snack items from approximately 8:30 a.m. through 3:30 p.m. and 6:30 p.m. through 9:00 p.m. Monday through Thursday; Friday 8:30 a.m. through 3:30 p.m. Distance Education VENDING MACHINES Open Learning Institute Vending service offering limited food, beverage and confectionery items is available in the South C a m p u s (Cafetheatre) and North C a m p u s foyer areas. The Open Learning Institute offers credit and credit-free university courses by correspondence. For information on course offerings and transfer credit contact the Institute at 7671 Alderbridge Way, Richmond, B . C . V 6 X 1Z9, T E L : 270-4131. USE OF CAFETERIAS Limited dining space (seating and circulation) does not allow for the use of either cafeteria for special functions during the period the food service is in operation. Knowledge Network A wide range of distance learning courses, both credit and non credit, are offered by the province through the Knowledge Network, channel 18. For further information call 875-8217. Open University Consortium The Open University Consortium of B . C . makes it possible for students to combine classroom-based and home study courses from all member institutions in order to obtain a recognized university degree through the O p e n Learning Institute. Credits from home study courses at U B C , S F U , and U.Vic, and/or OLI may be amalgamated to form the basis of the degree. Knowledge Network broadcasts support and enrich many of these courses. Fitness Centre The Fitness Centre is located in the west corner of the south parking lot. The facility contains showers, locker rooms, saunas, an equipment room and an exercise area, complete with weight training and fitness testing facilities. Scheduled fitness s e s s i o n s are intermingled with large blocks of open facility time. The Fitness Centre's professional staff will provide personal consultation and testing services related to health, physical fitness, and weight control on an appointment basis. For more information call 986-1911, local 2281. Food and Beverage Service NORTH C A M P U S The main cafeteria, located in building N, offers full hot meal service during the Fall and Spring terms from approximately 8:00 a.m. through 8:30 p.m. daily except Fridays when it closes at 3:30 p.m. For special events, catering services are available. Contact the Manager, North C a m p u s Cafeteria. SOUTH CAMPUS The satellite cafeteria, located in building B, offers limited INTRODUCTION 16 - Services Health Services and First Aid Personnel D R . Laura J E N S E N , B.Sc. Hons. (SFU), M.D. (UBC) DR. Thais H A L L , B.A. (UBC) M.D. (UBC) Donna S A V A G E R . N . , B . S c . N . ( U B C ) Ind. First Aid Brenda J A R V I S , R . N . , Ind. First Aid Located in the M building on the North C a m p u s , the Health Services and First Aid Department are concerned with maintaining the good general health of all individuals on campus, and with providing a safe and healthy atmosphere in which to work and study. Emphasis is directed toward prevention of disease and injury and attainment of a healthy life style. A Community Health Nurse and a physician are available to provide the following services: 1. First Aid - come to M 103 or phone local 2964. If no answer, call the College switchboard "0". 2. Health Counselling - offered on nutrition, weight control, immunization, birth control and other health related matters. 3. Physical Health Care - such as vision check, hearing tests, blood pressure check, pregnancy tests. 4. Diagnosis and Treatment of Illness—appointments with College Physician may be made in person at M 103, or by phoning 984-4964. 5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics are available in the reception area of Health Services. 6. Regular meetings of the Health and Safety Committee are held. Complaints or suggestions regarding hazards oi potential hazards can be submitted in writing via the Student Representatives. 7. Referrals to outside agencies or individuals can be made through the Health Service. International Students International Student Information Capilano College welcomes Applications for Admission from students who are normally resident in countries outside C a n a d a . Normally, to be considered for admission, applicants should possess the equivalent of Secondary School graduation (Grade XII) in the Province of British Columbia. Students wishing assessment of their academic credentials should contact the Registrar of the College. Applicants whose primary language is not English must demonstrate proficiency in that language as courses at the College are conducted in English. This requirement is usually fulfilled by obtaining a score of at least 560 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). At the time of Calendar preparation, Capilano College, along with other Canadian community colleges and universities is reviewing the form of testing for English language proficiency and applicants should thus check with the Registrar or the International Student Liaison on campus for the current requirements. In addition to courses offered in English as a Second Language (ESL) programs, admission to all courses in the Academic (University Transfer) and Career Vocational Divisions is also open to international students. The attention of interested students is directed to closing dates for applications for Fall and Spring Terms in an earlier section of this Calendar. Applications for admission from international students should be accompanied by a $75. (Can.) application fee. International Student Liaison International students are encouraged to meet with the Liaison for International Students, a faculty member who has been assigned responsibility for advising International Students, and for supporting them in their studies and their educational extra-curricular activities as appropriate. The Liaison for International Students for 1988/89 is Dave J o n e s , room M113, Counselling Department, 986-1911, local 2538. He can provide further information concerning: Student Visa Requirements Medical and Insurance Information Educational Counselling International Development Opportunities A s well as welcoming international students into ongoing programs on campus, the College has also been involved in a variety of international development projects. The College's policy in International Education has three specific foci: I. I N T E R N A T I O N A L S T U D I E S C O - O P P R O G R A M have completed an undergraduate degree or those who are sponsored by their employer. It combines the study of culture, history, language, business, politics and economics of Pacific Rim regions with co-op work experience. See page 152 in this Calendar for more details. II. I N T E R N A T I O N A L E X C H A N G E S The College has for several years been active in student/ faculty exchanges, particularly with post-secondary institutions in Pacific Rim countries. Currently, exchanges are in place involving students from Capilano and Aichi G a k u s e n in J a p a n and with faculty and students from China Institute of Management in Chengdu, Sichuan, PRC. III. I N T E R N A T I O N A L P R O J E C T S Through the auspices of the Association of Canadian Community Colleges ( A C C C ) , the Canadian Bureau of International Education (CBIE) and the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA), Capilano College through its faculty is active in the field of international development. Examples of current activities include: C A N A S E A N International Entrepreneurial Project, L E C T O U R Asia, Malaysian Lecture Series, C h e n g d u Enterprise Centre and Assumption College, Philippines. For further information on these or other International Education opportunities, contact Dr. J o n J e s s i m a n , Associate D e a n , Instructional Services, at 984-4975. Lost and Found Students may address inquiries about lost or found items at the Student Society office O R at C a p Corner, located in the lobby of the B building. Media Centre Faculty Pat B I G G I N S , B.A. (Hon.) (Manchester), A.L.A., B.L.S., M.L.S. (Toronto), M.A. (SFU) Suzanne C L O U T H I E R , B.A. (UBC), M.L.S. (UBC) J e a n C O C K B U R N , B.A. (Alberta), M.L.S. (Alberta) Patricia D A U M , B.A. (Hons.) (Colorado State), M.L.S. (Wash.) Heather G O O D W I N , B.A. (U.W.Ontario), M.L.S. (UBC) George M O D E N E S I , Journalistic Studies (Peru), B.A., M.L.S. ( U B C ) General Information For students at Capilano College, the Media Centre, which includes the Library, is an essential resource. Skills in research can be learned there which will be valuable in whatever career is pursued. The Media Centre's main This diploma program is open to students who normally INTRODUCTION - Services 17 aim is to support all courses offered by the College. If users' requests cannot be satisfied immediately, other resources in the Lower Mainland are accessible through the network of public, college and university libraries. All Capilano services are available to students and community members alike. Lynnmour The Media Centre is an integral part of the instructional process of the College. Books, films, slides, diskettes, magazines, journals, database searches and AN equipment are provided and users are taught how to find and make the best use of these materials. North and South c a m p u s e s . b. No parking is permitted in a Fire Zone. c. Vehicles may park in a Loading Zone for up to 30 minutes while loading or unloading. Vehicles parked in excess of this time period are subject to the College towing policy (see f below). d. Reserved Parking may be made available to selected departments and to handicapped persons requiring a vehicle to be parked near specific work areas. In such cases, a permit must be secured from the Facilities Department allowing extended parking privileges. e. All traffic and parking signs must be observed. Equipment and facilities are available in the Media Production Centre for audio visual and graphics production. f. Vehicles parking in unauthorized areas will be towed away at the owner's risk and expense. For more information, drop by the Media Centre in the B building, or call 984-4944. Student Employment Centre Personnel Sechelt A small collection of general reference is held in the Learning Centre on Inlet Avenue and materials are sent up each term to support the courses offered. A c c e s s to the book and media collection is provided through use of the microfiche catalogue. In addition, the Sunshine Coast Aquaculture Resource Centre is housed in the Sechelt facility to serve the growing demands in the area on all aspects of fish farming. Squamish A small circulating and reference collection is held at the Squamish C a m p u s , 37827 2nd A v e . The collection supports the services and the courses offered at Squamish. A c c e s s to the book and media collection at Lynnmour is provided through use of the microfiche catalogue. Native Student Centre The Centre and Counselling services are available for the benefit of all Native students enrolled at Capilano. The Native Student Society offers programs and events for the entire College community. Parking Parking is available to all students on the north and south parking lots only. For exact locations consult the map on the back inside cover. The following parking regulations, which have been designed to meet the Fire Marshal's instructions, are in effect: a. No restrictions apply to O p e n Parking areas on the INTRODUCTION 18 - Services Lesley GILLIS, Student Employment Advisor Greg S H A R P E , Head of Advising and Student Employment The Student Employment Centre assists students in locating part-time, full-time, summer and career employment. Assistance is also available to students requesting volunteer or work experience situations. In addition, the Centre provides help with a variety of job search techniques such as resume writing and interview preparation, and houses a lending library of resource materials. Students wishing to take advantage of these services should drop in and register at the Centre in the M building or contact Lesley Gillis, 984-4965. Student Newspaper The student newspaper of Capilano College is the Capilano Courier, a bi-weekly publication funded by the Student Society and run by an independent staff of student volunteers. The Courier is a member of Canadian University Press, a co-operative news organization of more than 60 college and university papers from across C a n a d a . A s the Courier \s written, typeset and laid out on campus, there are always positions open in the areas of news and feature writing, reporting, editing, layout, photography, artwork, typesetting and advertising. All interested students are welcome to join. The Courier encourages input from the entire College community. Classified ads (which are free to students, staff and faculty), letters to the editor, and other contributions can be submitted to C-4 portable. Student Society and Student Activities Women's Resource Centre Every student who registers for credit courses at Capilano College must pay Student Activity fees, and is a member of the Student Society. This fee also includes membership within the Canadian Federation of Students. The Student Society is a registered non-profit society incorporated under the Societies Act of B . C . Marsha T R E W , B.A. (Kansas State), M.A. (Central Missouri State), P h . D . (Michigan State), W . R . C . Coordinator The Student Society has two main goals: The Women's Resource Centre is located in the far end of the " M " building on the North C a m p u s . The W . R . C . attempts to ensure equal opportunity for women in all aspects of CoHege activities. For example, the Centre is available to faculty, staff, administration, and students to review policies, practices and curriculum which may present barriers to women. 1. To promote, coordinate and administer the participation of students in the affairs of Capilano College, College Committees, the local community, national student bodies, other post-secondary institutions and external organizations. Personnel Lisa W I L S O N , B.F.A. (Concordia), Music Therapy Dipl. (Capilano, W . R . C . Assistant 2. The recognition by the Capilano College Student Society of responsibilities as a member of a global society, with obligations to work for the protection of basic human rights, and the promotion of mutual understanding. The Centre's faculty and staff are available to help with complaints, such as sexual harassment, which may present barriers to educational opportunities. If you need assistance, call us. In addition, the Society has a commitment to help the students on a day-to-day basis through services. The production of an annual Student Handbook offers information on the operations, detailed services and facilities on c a m p u s and in the community. This handbook is available free of charge through the Student Society office. The Society also organizes social events to provide on-campus entertainment for students as well as to raise funds for clubs. In addition to social events, the Society provides a number of educational forums and lectures on topics of interest to students. The Women's Resource Centre also attempts to ensure equal access to education for women by offering short courses related to educational and career planning. The Student Society is directed by an eleven member executive elected by the student body. Half are elected in October, and half in February. The Society Office is located in N building next to the North Cafeteria and is open from 8:30 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Monday to Thursday and 8:30 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. Fridays. For further information call 986-1813. Student Store There is a store located in the lobby of B building, which is jointly run by the Student Society and Retail Merchandising students. This small shop serves as a laboratory for the merchandising students to practise the skills learned in the program, and also as an information service for students. The store sells items such as stationery, clothing, candy, and bus passes, and also acts as the Information Centre and Lost and Found. Educational and career planning have become more difficult because the employment opportunities traditionally available to women are decreasing. However, many new job opportunities are becoming available, such as jobs in technical and trades occupations. Informed decision-making based on a wider range of options is necessary. Regardless of the direction a woman may choose, the W o m e n ' s Resource Centre tries to ensure that the decision is based on the individual's particular interests and abilities and that a person has considered a wide range of options. To assist potential students and current students in making educational and career decisions, the Centre offers short courses and services (see course descriptions, page 155). These include: 1. Career Planning 2. Making Friends with a Computer 3. Assertive Communication The Centre has an extensive library of books, periodicals and papers by and about women. The Centre is a place where you can study, get assistance for writing papers or doing projects, use the library, and have the faculty and staff help you with goal-setting. For further information, call us at 984-4941 or local 2941. INTRODUCTION - Services 19 Financial Aid and Awards Personnel Marie C R O W T H E R , B . E d . Connie G I B B S , B.A., M . E d . (UBC) Zulekha PIRANI The Financial Aid Office, located in the M building (North Campus) may be contacted for information and assistance regarding the B.C. Student Assistance Program, Bursaries, Scholarships, and Loans. Applications for financial aid administered by the Financial Aid Office are available. The Financial Aid Advisor is available to discuss financial assistance and provide financial advising. The office sponsors workshops on personal money management and distributes a free brochure called Student Money Management. Please check our office hours which are posted in the M building. CAPILANO C O L L E G E FOUNDATION The Capilano College Foundation is an independent volunteer community organization, established under the Societies Act to encourage community interest in the college, to raise and administer donations primarily to aid worthy students who require financial assistance. Membership in the Foundation is open to all contributors. Contributions should be sent to The Treasurer, Capilano College Foundation, c/o O'Neill, Goldstone & C o . , Suite 6 - 1 4 4 West 15th Street, North Vancouver, B . C . Student Assistance The B.C. Student Assistance Program The following information is subject to change. This program is the major source of student financial assistance and is a combination of Federal C a n a d a Student Loan and B . C . Provincial Government Loan. Equalization grants are available to students who meet special criteria. The amount of aid awarded is based on a standard means test. The maximum C a n a d a Student Loan is set at $105 per week or $3,570 for a standard 34 week (two term) school year. The maximum B . C . Student Loan for single students is $2,230 for two terms while married students with dependent children or single parents can qualify for a maximum loan of $3,630. These amounts are subject to change. The C a n a d a Student Loan and B.C. Student Loan are interest-free while a fulltime student and for six months after full-time studies. At the end of six months a student must begin repayment of the loan, with interest, to the bank. Eligible applicants are Canadian citizens or landed immigrants who qualify as B.C. residents. Students who fail to make satisfactory scholastic progress may be ineligible for student loans and grants. Students who are dissatisfied with their award are entitled INTRODUCTION - Financial Aid and Awards 20 to an appeal. Please make an appointment with the Financial Aid Advisor. A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. Applications should be made by the early deadline date of July 1 as delays are common. Students who have applied for student loans should note that N/A grades do not carry credit and are treated as course withdrawals. N/A grades reduce total credit load and may cancel eligibility for future student loans and require early repayment of existing loans. Work-Study Program The Work-Study Program, a part of the British Columbia Student Assistance Program, is designed to provide oncampus work experience for students requiring financial assistance while attending college. A limited number of part-time on-campus jobs, averaging five to ten hours per week, may be available. The program is open only to students demonstrating financial need under the terms of the B.C. Student Assistance Program. For further details contact the Financial Aid Office. B.C. Loan Remission Program Loan remission will reduce debt to ceiling limit of $12,000 for a first diploma. C h e c k with the Financial Aid Office for eligibility details. Students whose debt load is less than $12,000, may be eligible for loan remission of 2 5 % of B.C. student loans negotiated between April 1, 1984 and August 1, 1987. Interest Relief Plan The Government of C a n a d a will pay the interest on fulltime and part-time C a n a d a Student Loans on behalf of debtors who are experiencing financial hardship due to inability to find employment or to temporary disability. Additional information is available from: Student Assistance Directorate Department of Secretary of State P.O. Box 2090, Station D Ottawa, Ontario K 1 P 6 C 6 Tel: (819) 994-1844 or 1-800-567-9602 A detailed brochure and applications are available at the Financial Aid Office. B.C. Youth Foundation Interest-free loans are available to full-time students who are B.C. residents and under 30 years of age. Students are requested to apply first to the C a n a d a Guaranteed Student Loan Plan (B.C. Student Assistance Program.) A suitable adult guarantor is required. Loans may be for fees, books and/or a monthly allowance for living costs. Deadline: Open of Alderman Margaret Campbell's outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and as past president of the Canadian Federation of Business and Professional Women's Club. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three courses. Adult Basic Education Grants Students registered in B T S D , E S L and C A P programs may be eligible for non-repayable grants of up to $320 for full-time students and $192 for part-time students. Contact Financial Aid for details. Bursaries N.B. - Bursaries are non-repayable grants based on need and satisfactory standing The following bursaries are administered by the Financial Aid Office. Applications forms are available and should be submitted before the deadlines. Unless otherwise noted, deadline dates are October 31 (Fall term) and January 31 (Spring term). Capilano College Faculty Association A bursary of $300 will be awarded in each of the Fall and Spring semesters. Financial need is the main criterion. Credit Union Foundation Bursary The Credit Union Foundation of B . C . awards two $200 grants each year on the basis of financial need. Applicants must be Canadian citizens and residents of the area served by the College. Credit Union Foundation: Sid Butterfield Bursary This trust fund was established by the North Shore Community Credit Union in honour of Sid Butterfield for his active leadership in every facet of the Credit Union. Interest from this fund will be disbursed annually to provide educational and vocational bursaries to assist young people who exhibit leadership qualities and dedication to their fellow man. Credit Union Foundation: Tom Dearlove Memorial Bursary This memorial fund was established to honour Tom Dearlove, the first treasurer of the North Short Community Credit Union. Bursaries will be awarded to students who reflect Tom Dearlove's special interest in good citizenship and community work. College Employees Union Bursaries A bursary of $300 will be awarded on the basis of financial need to a full-time student in each of the Fall and Spring semesters. Student Society Bursaries The Student Society provides several bursaries annually to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the main requirement. Birks Family Foundation Bursary A bursary of $250 will be awarded in the Spring semester. Satisfactory scholastic standing is a requirement. Rosalind Brossard Memorial Bursary This bursary is provided to assist a student with financial need in the Long Term Care Aid program. Rosalind Brossard, a former student at Capilano College had an outstanding talent in the Long Term Care Aid field. The bursary is provided by her family and friends in memory of her. Margaret Campbell Bursary This $400 award is made possible by the North Shore Business and Professional Women's Club in recognition Credit Union Foundation Vocational Bursary A bursary of $300 will be awarded. Delta Kappa Gamma International Alpha Province Bursary A $200 bursary will be awarded to a female student who is in financial need. Delta Kappa Gamma International Society of Women Educators, Kappa Chapter Bursaries Twp bursaries of $300 each will be awarded during the college year to female single parents residing in B.C. and studying full or part-time in any program. Candidates will have achieved a satisfactory academic standing and will have demonstrated financial need. Horticulture Bursary Fund A bursary of $500 will be awarded to a worthy horticulture student on the basis of financial need and academic standing in Spring term. Howard/Yano Award The Howard/Yano architectural firm is a longstanding company with a reputation as one of the top postsecondary architectural firms in the province. They INTRODUCTION - Financial Aid and Awards designed the " H " building at the College and have been selected as the architects for the new recreational facility. This $250 award will be given to a student in an academic program. Howard/Yano prefers that the candidate have an interest is architecture but such interest would not necessarily be a prerequisite. loved and respected member of the club and had a lifelong interest in education. The bursary is presented each year to a mature woman student studying full-time or parttime who has satisfactory academic standing, demonstrated financial need and who is registered in the academic program. Deadline: January 31 North Shore Community Credit Union Awards Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia Each Spring a $200 bursary is granted to a student with financial need who exhibits leadership, citizenship and good scholastic standing. Eligible candidates are residents of North Vancouver City or District who have completed one year at Capilano College. A $300 bursary is available to a full-time student at Capilano College completing the first year of the University Transfer program, who is proceeding to second year or to a university in the commerce option, has a good record in the accounting c l a s s e s completed, has maintained a second class standing overall, has financial need and who is interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant. I.O.D.E. Lions Gate Chapter Bursary Founded in 1900 in C a n a d a , the IODE is a national women's organization with over 600 chapters in every province and both territories. The Lions Gate chapter has established a bursary for Music Therapy students who combine scholastic excellence and financial need. Stephen Leskard Bursary Fund In 1985 Stephen Leskard retired after a long and distinguished teaching career at Capilano College. A founding member of the College's Art department, his efforts and professional work contributed greatly to the development of all three Art programs. Bursaries from this fund will be allocated to students in the Foundations of Visual Communications and first year Commercial Art programs. Candidates will be judged on their artistic abilities. F i n a n c i a l need of the candidates is paramount. Apply to the program coordinator. Maple Ridge Arts' Council Bursary A bursary of $1,000 is available to a Fine Arts student entering the second, third or fourth year of a degree or diploma program. Applicants must have graduated from School District No. 42 senior secondary schools and demonstrate financial need. It is also open to a mature student wishing to further his/her Fine Arts Education, but the applicant must have resided in the Maple Ridge area for five years. Please contact the Maple Ridge Arts' Council, Box 331, Maple Ridge, B.C. V 2 X 7 G 2 for an application form. DEADLINE: J u n e 30th. Mary Neil Memorial Bursary This $400 award is presented by the West Vancouver University W o m e n ' s Club in memory of Mary Neil, a former president and active member. She was a much INTRODUCTION 22 • Financial Aid and Awards North Vancouver University Women's Club Bursary A $100 bursary will be awarded to a female student from North Vancouver who is pursuing a degree in Science or Business Management. The donor prefers that the bursary be awarded to a mature woman. Operation Link Bursary Fund These bursaries are awarded to Business Management students. Funds for Operation Link are provided by voluntary contributions of employers participating in Business Management's work practicum program. Apply to the Financial Aid Office by Oct. 3 1 . Maureen Piekaar Bursary This bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, a teacher in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an M O A student who is in financial need and has a satisfactory standing of 7 0 % or better in the first term of the M O A program. George Raven Wood Fund A large number of bursaries will be awarded in both Fall and Spring terms. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. A limited number of first semester students may be considered in exceptional c a s e s but must provide a letter of recommendation from an instructor. Bursaries are available to part-time and full-time students. Caroline Smith Memorial Award O n e $150 award will be granted annually in memory of Caroline Smith. Vancouver Foundation Bursaries For more than twenty years the Vancouver Foundation has been providing financial assistance to students enrolled in past-secondary institutions in British Columbia. Under the block grant scheme, lump sums are provided to 23 post-secondary institutions for disbursal by respective financial aid personnel to deserving students. These grants, administered through the institution's financial aid office, are to assist full-time students who have identified vocational or academic objectives, demonstrated ability to reach those objectives, and who, along with their families when possible, are contributing towards their educational costs, but still require and merit further financial assistance. John Percy Williamson Memorial Fund Bursaries will be awarded in the Spring term. A minimum G P A of 2.3 (C+) is required. Deadline: January 31 Scholarships Scholarships are generally administered by the R e g istrar's Office. Please direct inquiries to 984-4900. The Registrar's office is located on the first floor of A building. Capilano College The College offers a number of scholarships to students with a demonstrated record of scholastic excellence at Capilano College. Many of these scholarships are for specific programs. There are also s o m e significant scholarships for students entering the College. B.C. Telephone Company Awards for Returning Students Two awards of $500 will be awarded in the Spring term. Students completing first year who intend to continue second year at Capilano and who have an outstanding scholastic record may be selected for these awards. Campney & Murphy Scholarship - Legal Secretarial Program This Scholarship will be available to a second term student based on scholastic achievement, financial need and career potential. Apply to the Program Coordinator. Capilano College Athletic Scholarships Several athletic scholarships have been established by contributions from the following donors: Vancouver Safeway Employees Union Keith Plumbing Time Out Sports Arrow Transport Carling O'Keefe Breweries Quadra Athletic Budget Rent-a-Car Confratellanza Italo-Canadesse Scholarships are awarded on the following criteria: 1. Above average academic standing 2. Leadership and character 3. Demonstrated exceptional athletic ability In addition, preference is given to students who attend Capilano College for their second year of studies. Apply to: J o s e p h lacobellis, Dept. of Fitness & Athletics. Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarships These scholarships - sixteen in total - are awarded to outstanding high school graduates who enroll at Capilano College. O n e scholarship in the form of a tuition fee waiver for two consecutive academic terms in a program of study of the student's choice is made available through each of the 16 high schools in the College region. Each high school chooses the Capilano College Board Entrance Scholarship recipient based on criteria of demonstrated superior scholastic achievement in Grades 11 and 12 in courses of study relevant to the program of studies the student wishes to pursue at this College. Capilano College Fee Waiver Scholarships for Returning Students Several scholarships will be awarded to outstanding returning full-time students who have completed one year at Capilano College. The scholarships will be in the form of fee waivers for second year. Candidates will be automatically selected by G r a d e Point Average. Capilano College Foundation Scholarships for Highest Academic and Career Students Four $600 scholarships will be awarded annually to the highest achieving full-time students in the Academic and Career programs as determined by G r a d e Point Average. Selection is automatic. Scholarships are limited to returning students and are intended to help defray tuition fee and book costs. Michael Carr Memorial Award for Second Semester Students This $250 award will be given annually to a student enrolled in the second semester of any first year program at Capilano College. The award will go to a student who has combined hard work and perseverance in scholastics and athletics and who has shown involvement in the community. Students who are pursuing studies in spite of handicaps are encouraged to apply. Letters of reference from an instructor and an athletic coach may be requested to supplement the application. Deadline: Open Certified General Accountants Association of B.C. for Accounting/Business Students The Certified General Accountants Association of B . C . offers two scholarships equivalent to the first year's tuition (approximately $550) to students graduating from an accounting/business program who has been admitted to INTRODUCTION - Financial Aid and Awards 23 t the C G A program from Capilano College. Apply to the Business Management Program Coordinator. Davis and Co. Legal Secretarial Scholarships A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship - English and Communications This scholarship, donated by the West Vancouver Memorial Library and West Vancouver Municipal Employees Association, will be awarded to a student in a Fall Term course which emphasizes the development of a student's creative skills and abilities in the use of the English language. Faculty in English and Communications will determine the winner of this scholarship. Contact the Coordinators in the Comunications or English departments. The Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence Dr. Paul Gallagher, former Principal of Capilano College, was noted for his scholastic achievement, qualities of leadership, enthusiastic approach to work and leisure, warmth and compassion towards others and his belief in the innate goodness of people. In his honour the College Board has established the Paul Gallagher Scholarship for Excellence. The recipient of this Scholarship will exemplify the universal qualities of excellence espoused by Dr. Gallagher. Applicants must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants and must have completed at least 15 credit hours of course work at Capilano College prior to taking up the Scholarship. The value of the Scholarship consists of a direct payment to the College of tuition fees and other set charges and an allowance of $250 per term towards the cost of books and other educational expenses. The Scholarship may be held for a maximum of two terms. Application forms are available from the Financial Aid Office and must be submitted to the Financial Aid Officer no later than December 3 1 . Kathleen Herauf Memorial Scholarship - Legal Assistant Program This award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Legal Assistant Program in the Spring semester. Apply to the Legal Assistant Program Coordinator. Rita Johnson Memorial Award for Mature Women Students This award was established in honour of Rita Johnson, who worked in the Women's A c c e s s Centre at Capilano INTRODUCTION 24 - Financial Aid and Awards College. She was working towards a Master's degree in Counselling at U B C . Rita began post-secondary studies in her middle years after raising four children, and the Memorial Award was established to assist mature women students enrolled in either part-time or full-time studies in any field of po$J\secondary study. Preference will be given to mature women who have an interest in academic studies and who have a demonstrated interest in and awareness of women's issues. Applicants may be (or plan to be) part-time or full-time students. Student applicants will hopefully have at least a 'B' average. Prospective student applicants will hopefully demonstrate an active interest in returning to school and/or paid employment. Applications are available at the Women's Resource Centre, M102, and the Financial Aid Office in M Building and can be submitted at any time. Constance MacGregor Memorial Scholarship Social Sciences/Canadian Studies The Capilano College Foundation has established this $400 scholarship in recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson MacGregor. The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible to apply, a student must have achieved an excellent standing in the study of Social S c i e n c e , particularly in relation to Canadian affairs. Music Scholarship Fund Scholarships for students in Music Transfer, Music Therapy, and Commercial Music will be awarded to students who demonstrate academic achievement. Apply to the Coordinator of Music Programs. Park Royal Scholarships Park Royal has established two scholarships of $500. One will be awarded to the first year full-time student with the highest Grade Point Average in the Career Division who is returning for the second year of the program, and the other to the first year student with the highest G r a d e Point Average in the Academic Division who is returning for a second year. Science Faculty Scholarships This scholarship fund, raised by the Natural S c i e n c e s faculty, will be used to provide two $500 scholarships to outstanding students entering a full-time first year science program in the Fall semester. Students wishing to apply for these awards and who expect to graduate from high school with high marks, should obtain an application form at the Natural Sciences Division office. Deadline for submission of applications is May 1st. Science Tuition Scholarship The purpose of this award is to recognize and encourage scholastic excellence, to reflect the College's reputation as an excellent institution, and to encourage outstanding high school graduates from within the College's region to continue their studies at Capilano College. The value of the scholarship is the complete waiver of tuition fees for the Fall term. Any Science student registered in the Fall term who meets the following criteria will receive this scholarship: 1. The student must have graduated in the previous Spring term from a secondary school in School District 44, 45, 46 or 48. 2. The student must have a G . P . A . of at least 3.5 in four grade 12 courses, including: Algebra 12 and English 12 plus any two of: Biology 12 Geology 12 Chemistry 12 Geometry 12 Computing S c i e n c e 12 Physics 12 3. The student must be registered in the Fall term at Capilano College for at least 16.5 credits which must include Math 110 and at least two of: Biology 110 Geology 110 Chemistry 110 Physics 110 or 114 Computing Science 103 Students who think they qualify should request the Registrar to adjudicate their credentials at the time of registration. The Society of Management Accountants of British Columbia Scholarship Cost and Managerial Accounting The Society provides an award of $500 towards remission of the Registered Industrial Accountants fees. This award is available to the graduating student attaining the highest mark in Cost and Management Accounting. Contact the Coordinator, Business Management. T. Buck Suzuki Memorial Scholarship • Science Two $500 scholarships will be awarded for excellence to full time Natural S c i e n c e s students; one first year student and one second year student. Students who are in the process of completing first or second year Natural Sciences must apply for the award through the Natural Sciences Division by the middle of April. Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Administration Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. S h e was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Dean's offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerrie's friends at Capilano College who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Office Administration Program in the Spring semester. Apply to the Office Administration Coordinator. Scholastic Awards for Graduating Students Dean's List Special recognition will be accorded students who complete a full program of studies at the College with a 3.50 or higher grade point average during the term. Students with "I" grades are not eligible for the Dean's List. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a 3.50 cumulative grade point average or higher when they have successfully completed a minimum of 30, 45, or 60 semester hours at Capilano College. Governor-General's Silver Medal This award is presented to a Diploma graduate from a program of two year's duration who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point average, and who has attained this grade point average on a minimum of 15 credit hours per term, or full program load as outlined in the Calendar, during attendance at Capilano College. Lieutenant-Governor's Medal Awarded for academic excellence and contribution to the College and community to a graduate in a Vocational or Career program of less than two year's duration. President's Citizenship Award This award is given in recognition of the student who has made the greatest contributions to College life. President's Award The President's Award is presented to one Diploma graduate in Academic Studies and one Diploma graduate in a Career Program who have achieved exceptional academic excellence. Harold Kirchner Scholarship Two graduating scholarships of $100 each will be presented annually. One scholarship will go to the top scholastic Career Program graduate, and one to the top scholastic Vocational Program graduate. INTRODUCTION - Financial Aid and Awards 25 26 Academic Studies/University Transfer Academic transfer courses offered at Capilano College provide the student with a variety of academic options within the framework of a two-year, comprehensive college. Students transferring to a university can select full programs of study acceptable for equivalency to courses in the first two years of university (see note on Counselling). Students who desire to take part-time academic studies or who are interested in academic courses at the first or second-year level, without the intention of continuing to upper-level study, can select from a range of courses in various disciplines. Students in need of extra help in key areas of academic study can select courses aimed at basic literacy (see notes on the Writing Centre and Math Learning Centre). Students interested in special fields of study such as Canadian Studies, W o m e n ' s Studies, Labour Studies, Scientific Computer Applications Technology, Interdisciplinary Studies or self-paced learning can select from innovative programs in these areas (as offered from year to year). The focus of academic instruction at Capilano College is on disciplinary and inter-disciplinary study of the highest intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews the curriculum and delivery modes to ensure academic currency and acceptable university equivalency. A basic library collection is available as are full media reference services to complement the courses of study. The Academic Studies area is divided into three divisions—Humanities, Social Sciences and Natural Sciences—which are arranged as follows: Humanities: Chinese, English, Fine Arts, French, German, J a p a n e s e , Philosophy, Spanish, Theatre Social Sciences: Anthropology, C o m m e r c e , Economics, Geography, History, Political Studies, Psychology, Sociology, Women's Studies Natural Sciences: Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Geology. Mathematics, Physics Labour Studies courses fall under the jurisdiction of the Labour Studies Department. Associate in Arts and Science Diploma A student who has completed the requirements of any four-term College program may receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma, provided she/he has fulfilled the following conditions as outlined under Diploma and Certificate Requirements. Transfer To and From Other Institutions The Academic Division takes seriously its responsibility to maintain transferability with other post-secondary institutions. To this end, meetings are held with other institutions to ensure that current practice is commonly acceptable and that a full transfer package can be articulated. Changes in programs, new courses or new course numberings are carefully compared between institutions and this College strives to offer the most complete two-year package possible within budget and facility restraints. There is agreement among all public B . C . colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the pertinent instructional division. Transfer information accurate to the time of printing is to be found in the Transfer G u i d e section at the back of the calendar. Students are urged to read this section when establishing their programs of study. Counselling A Counselling and admissions placement staff assists students in selecting the best program of studies. The final responsibility for course selection, however, rests with the student. All academic students are advised to see the Admissions Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their courses of study. Students should consult the the University Transfer Guide in this calendar. English Entrance Requirements At present new students who wish to enroll in English courses must, B E F O R E R E G I S T E R I N G IN A N Y E N G L I S H C O U R S E , write either the Language Proficiency Index Test or the English Diagnostic Test (EDT) given by the English Department of Capilano College. E D T s are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. ACADEMIC - General Information 27 English Diagnostic Test EDTs are given prior to and during the registration week at Capilano College. These tests are administered by the English Department and may be used for admission to English courses offered at Capilano College only. Preregistration is required at the Registrar's Office and a fee of $20 is charged. Schedules for these tests are published in the term timetable and are also available by contacting the Humanities Division office. Students who, because of exceptional circumstances, cannot attend any scheduled sittings of the test may write the test on an individual basis. Every effort must be made to attend the scheduled sittings, however, and permission to have a personal sitting will be granted only in extraordinary cases. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Registrar's office. Writing Centre (Room H470) The English Department Writing Centre provides: 1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing assignments. 2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts, information sheets, exercises and software. 3) an English instructor available to answer any specific writing questions you might have on such topics as researching, grammar, and analysis. 4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or graded assignments with an English instructor. 5) a computer room where you can do grammatical exercises and word processing. Math Learning Centre (Room J107) This centre is equipped with math learning aids, video tapes, diagnostic tests, calculators, microcomputers and reference textbooks. Students taking math courses are encouraged to make use of this centre to study math, and to seek assistance from the faculty member or supervisor on duty. Self-study programs are available for students wishing to refresh or improve their mathematical skills through the Algebra 12 level. Refer to the course descriptions of Math 009, 010, 011, and 012 and consult with a math instructor for further information. Self Study Courses In keeping with the College's policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is possible for the student to pursue studies in first-year Biology and Chemistry on a self-study term format. Refresher courses in Math through the Pre-calculus level are also available in this self-study format. ACADEMIC 28 - General Information These packaged courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides, video tapes and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college courses. They are also available to students who are attending any Capilano College campus, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/tutorial instructional format. Registration Priority In a course with high demand, registration priority will be given to students who have not attempted the course previously at Capilano College. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Lab/Course Relationship Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of labAutorial requirements and the timetable for these components. Students should note that it is necessary to pass both labs and lectures. The cost of the labs are included in the tuition fee, except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Academic Course Descriptions Full descriptions of all academic courses can be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read carefully the general discipline information included in each section. It is the student's responsibility to be familiar with the special information needed to select academic courses. Please note that university transferable courses for Art and Music appear under their respective program headings in the CareerA/ocational section of the Calendar. Course Description Code On the right hand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: English 010 Language Skills (F,S) (3,0) The first letter(s) indicate the term in which the class will be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer. Thus, English 010 is to be offered in the Fall and Spring terms. The first number indicates the number of credit hours granted for the course (which is usually equivalent to the number of instructional hours per week), and the second number denotes the number of lab and conversational hours per week. Thus, English 010 is offered three hours a week for three credit hours with no lab time. * Some classes may have additional hours for tutorials. Please check the Timetable for this information. Special Programs Women's Studies Program A Women's Studies Program consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano College. Fall 1988 Business Management 178, 179,255 Economics 101 English 202 French 130, 190,290 Geography 106 History 110 Labour Studies 100, 110, 115, 117, 119, 142, 151, 182, 210 Political Studies 104 Sociology 200, 201 Spring 1989 Anthropology 204 Biology 105 Business Management 178, 179, 256 English 203 French 131, 191,291 Geography 108 Geology 111 History 111, 205 Labour Studies 101, 110, 111, 142, 151 Political Studies 104 In addition to the Women's Studies college credit and transfer credit courses, there are career and academic courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. Course descriptions appear under the appropriate discipline. Scientific Computing Applications Technology (SCAT) Program APPLY TO THE REGISTRAR to have the Specialty added to your Diploma at the time of graduation. Drop your name off at the Registrar to be placed on our mailing list. The Department of Computing Science offers a two-year program leading to a Diploma of Technology in Scientific Computing Applications. The goal of the program is to produce graduates employable in a technical environment where their academic and programming skills will enable them to solve problems of a scientific nature. The program is the only two-year program in the province that is oriented primarily to technical software development and applications. As the major portion of the program is university transferable, graduates have the option of entry into third year Computing Science or the job market.. See Computing Science for more details. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can choose courses from the list below. All courses hold full transfer credit and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at SFU. To qualify for a Canadian Studies Specialty, complete a College diploma with at least 24 credits from the following list. Choose these credits from courses in at least three different departments. Of the 24 credits you choose, at least six must be numbered 200 or above. For a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to a General Studies Diploma, an English or Communications course is required. SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION A. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are advised to consider the following courses to fulfill their Science requirement: Biology 104, 105 or 113. (Note: Transfer credit for these Biology courses is limited to non-science students.) Chemistry 104, 105 Computing Science 100, 104 Geology 110,111 Geography 112, 114 Math 100, 101, 102, 105, 108, 109 Physics 104 Please check the prerequisites given in the individual course descriptions. Note: Biology 104 and Chemistry 030 fulfill Biology and Chemistry requirements for the Nursing Program at BCIT. B. Science Students Capilano College Natural Sciences Division offers a complete first and second-year university transfer program in Biology, Chemistry, Computing Science, Math and Physics. A two-year university transferable program in Scientific Computing Applications Technology is also offered. ACADEMIC • General Information 29 In addition, the Natural Sciences Division offers science iii) Computing Science transfer requirements in the following: pre-Medicine, preDentistry, Engineering, Geology, Geophysics and other earth sciences, Physical Geography, Forestry, Agriculture, Pharmacy, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, Dental Hygiene. Students wishing specific course requirements for a particular program should contact the Natural S c i e n c e s Division. FIRST Y E A R For first-year and second-year transfer programs, select courses from those listed below: SECOND YEAR FOR TRANSFER TO UBC: Computing Science 222/223 Math 200/205/230 Art Electives (6 credits) Electives (6 credits) FOR TRANSFER TO S F U : Computing Science 222/223/224/226 Math 205 Electives (15 credits) Consult S F U calendar for prerequisites to upper division courses. i) Biological Sciences (including Biochemistry) FIRST Y E A R Biology 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 110/111 or 108/111 or 114/115 Math 110/111 English (six credits) SECOND YEAR A complete selection of second-year courses which are transferable to all three B . C . universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. ii) Chemistry FIRST Y E A R Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Elective (six credits) SECOND YEAR Students planning to pursue a major or honours course in Chemistry should consult a faculty member as requirements differ with different universities. Chemistry 200/201 and 204/205 (Transfer to U B C . Consult a faculty member) Physics 200/201 and 210/211 or 220/221 and 210/211 Math 200 and 230, and 235 depending upon university (consult a faculty member) Elective Science Elective from Math or Physics ACADEMIC 30 - General Information Computing Science 103/104/105 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 (UBC) Math 110/111 Physics 110/111 or 114/115 or 108/111 English (6 credits) (UBC) English (3 credits) or Philosophy 110 (SFU) iv) Geological Sciences (including Geophysics, Geochemistry and other earth sciences) FIRST Y E A R O N L Y Geology 110/111 Physics 108/111 or 110/111 or 114/115 Chemistry 108/109 or 110/111 Math 110/111 English (six credits) v) Mathematics FIRST Y E A R Math 110/111 Physics 114/115 or 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 English (six credits) Elective (six credits)* * (Math 101, 102, Computing Science 103 are recommended for S F U - b o u n d students. Computing Science 103, 105 are recommended for U B C - b o u n d students.) SECOND YEAR Math 200, 230, 231, 205 or 215, 235 Computing Science 103/105 Non-science Elective (six credits) Elective vl) Physics FIRST Y E A R P h y s i c s 114/115, or 110/111 or 108/111 Chemistry 110/111 or 108/109 Math 110/111 English (six credits) Non-science Elective or Geology, Biology or Computing Science (six credits) SECOND YEAR Physics 2 0 0 / 2 0 1 , 2 1 0 / 2 1 1 . 220/221 Math 200, 230, 235 Non-science Elective (six credits) Science Elective (six credits) Students interested in honours Physics should consult Physics instructors. vii) Scientific Computing Applications Technology (SCAT) FIRST YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 103V104/105 Math 110/111 Physics 110/111 English 100 Electives (six credits*) R e c o m m e n d e d are: Chemistry 110/11 ( U B C transfer) English 104 Philosophy 110 *lf an approved C S 12 is substituted for C o m p 103, then nine credits of electives are needed. SECOND YEAR Computing S c i e n c e 130/131/222/223/224/225/226/231 Math 101/200/230/(231 or 235) For further information regarding courses, admission and background required s e e description under Computing Science. vlil) Other Programs or Combinations of Programs Consult Natural Science Division for course selection, particularly with regard to second-year choices. ACADEMIC - General Information 31 Anthropology Instructional Faculty B. B E R D I C H E W S K Y , B.A. (U. of Chile), P h . D . (Madrid) K. LIND, B.A., M.A. ( U B C ) General Information Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be attending U B C , S F U or the University of Victoria. Women's Studies 122, W o m e n in Anthropology, may be substituted for Anthropology 120 or 121, minor/major program at S F U and UVic. W o m e n ' s Studies 122 also receives 200-level credit in W o m e n ' s Studies at S F U and U.Vic. University Transfer Credit All Anthropology courses at Capilano transfer to S F U , U B C and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Anthropology 120 Introduction to Anthropology (F) (3,0) A survey of the discipline to include an introduction to human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society, and the individual and society. E m p h a s i s will be placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures such as economics, family patterns, social control in small communities, religion and magic. Anthropology 121 Introduction to Social Anthropology (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Anthropology 120, W o m e n ' s Studies 122, or written permission of the instructor. An examination of Anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural patterns such as kinship, religion, politics, belief systems, language, and the role of Anthropology in a changing world. Anthropology 123 Introduction to Archaeology and the Prehistoric Past (F) (3,0) A survey of the goals of Archaeology, its theoretical framework, and the method and techniques to treat material. Relationship with other disciplines, both in social and natural sciences. Reconstruction and interpretation of the prehistoric past, illustrated with examples. Students will have the opportunity to visit Archaeological collections and laboratories and will participate in group laboratory sessions. Anthropology 124 Archaeology and Human Origins (S) (3,0) An introduction to the theory and evidence for the physical and socio-cultural evolution of human-kind as presented by Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. Students will participate in field trips to museums and Archaeology laboratories. Anthropology 200 Intermediate Social Anthropology (F) (3,0) A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, the theoretical issues in Anthropology. Focus 1988: Cultures of the Pacific Rim. Anthropology 202 Introduction to Cultural Ecology (S) (3,0) The study of people, culture and environment. Themes will include the archaeological record; ecology of early food production; adaptive strategies of hunter/gatherers, pastoralists and peasants; current ecological concerns from an anthropological perspective. Anthropology 204 Ethnic Relations (S) (3,0) A study of the relations between ethnic groups including an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social variables such as economics, education, violence and the family. The focus will usually be on B . C . Students will be engaged in some primary research. Anthropology 206 Indians of British Columbia (F) (3,0) An introduction to Native Indian P e o p l e s of B . C . to include the archaeological past and social organization of different peoples, and current issues. Anthropology 208 North American Indians (S) (3,0) A survey of the cultural history and social organization of native peoples of the North American continent including C a n a d a , the United States and Mexico. A n examination of traditional lifestyles including family, political, religious and ecological patterns; and current issues. Anthropology 249 Comparative Cultures: A Field Study in Anthropology (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Anthropology 120 or written permission of the instructor. An interdisciplinary course to consider in depth a ACADEMIC 32 - Anthropology Biology particular geographic area and its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of observation and study. Students and instructors study in the field. Women's Studies 122 Women in Anthropology (S) (3,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world; their role in economic, political, religious, kinship and expressive systems. Exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women. What is women's experience in cultures and areas such as the Eskimo, A m a z o n , Israeli kibbutz, G r e e c e , Afghanistan, India, Mexico and Africa. Anthropology or Women's Studies credit is available for this course. P l e a s e see W o m e n ' s Studies for further information. Instructional Faculty R.G. C A M F I E L D , B . S c . (Hons.) (Monash), P h . D . (UBC) M. F I T Z - E A R L E , B.Sc. (Nottingham), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto), Coordinator of Biology N.A. R I C K E R , B.A. (Calif.), M . S c , P h . D . (UBC) V . N . T R O U P , B . S c . (Hons.) (McMaster), M.Sc. (UBC) L.K. W A D E , B . S c , M . S c . (UBC), P h . D . (A.N.U.), Coordinator of Natural Sciences Division Laboratory Supervisors and Technician M. D E J O N G W E S T M A N , B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor L. M C D O N E L L , B.H.E. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor C. S A N D E R S O N , B . S c . (Durham), Laboratory Supervisor B. W I L L I A M S O N , Dipl. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician General Information Capilano College Biology Department offers courses to meet a variety of educational needs. The Biology 104/105 and 104/113 sequences meet the laboratory science requirements for Arts students as well as a general interest biology course. Those planning a major in biology or other life science (e.g. Oceanography) should enroll in Biology 110/111. Students lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or both these subjects, should enroll in Biology 108 rather than Biology 110. Pre-professional students who intend to enter Dentistry, Medicine, Forestry, Agriculture, Home Economics, Rehabilitation Medicine, Dental Hygiene or Pharmacy should also take Biology 110/111. A complete selection of second-year courses is available which meet the credit transfer requirements of the three B.C. universities. S o m e of these courses may be included in the requirements for pre-professional programs, and for specific life science programs. The student should consult the Biology Department for details of course requirements for various programs. All biology courses except Biology 200 require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips. S o m e courses also have extended field trips. Students' contributions to the cost of laboratories are included in the course tuition fee. Lab manuals for those courses requiring them must be purchased for a nominal fee. The student is expected to defray in part the costs associated with field trips. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Biology courses transfer to S F U , U B C , and U.Vic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. ACADEMIC - Biology 33 Course Descriptions Biology 110 Self Study • Introductory Biology I (F,S) (3,3) Biology 104 Human Biology I (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: None, but Biology 12 and Chemistry 11 are strongly recommended. The first semester of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses.in biology. Basic principles of human biology will be presented and the impact of the environment upon humans will be evaluated. Major topics will include cells, cell division, human genetics, digestion, respiration, and the cardiovascular system. A self study course equivalent in content to Biology 110, open to all students but designed specifically for students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis, or who have timetable problems. Labs will be done on the same basis as in regular Biology 110 sections, and the course will be completed in the same time. Biology 105 Environmental Biology (S) (3,3) Biology 111 Self Study - Introductory Biology II (S) (3,3) The second semester of a course designed primarily as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses in biology except for Biology 204. Basic principles of ecology will be developed and the impact of contemporary society on the environment will be assessed. Major topics include: ecological concepts and environmental issues. Prerequisite: Biology 110 or 108 A self study course equivalent in content to Biology 111, open to all students but designed specifically for students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis, or who have timetable problems. Labs will be done on the same basis as in regular Biology 111 sections. Biology 108 Basic Introductory Biology (F,S) (4.5,3) This course is designed for the student who has either not taken both Biology 11 and 12, or who has not achieved a minimum 'B' standing in these subjects, and who has not taken Chemistry 11. It covers both the course content of Biology 110 and the background necessary for the student lacking Biology 12, Chemistry 11, or both. Students lacking either of these courses are STRONGLY RECOMMENDED to take Biology 108 instead of Biology 110. Upon successful completion of Biology 108, students are fully qualified to take Biology 111 in the Spring semester. Biology 110 Introductory Biology I (F,S) (3,3) Prerequisite: None; however Biology 11 and 12 with a minimum 'B' standing and Chemistry 11 are strongly recommended. Biology 113 Human Biology II (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 104 A continuation of the study of human anatomy and physiology commenced in Biology 104. The course will involve a detailed discussion of a selection of the following topics: the musculoskeletal, nervous, hormonal, and urinary systems; and a study of the development of the major body systems. Applications of genetics and molecular biology to these systems also will be considered. The laboratory component of the course will provide a complementary practical study of the systems and their component parts. Biology 200 Genetics (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111. Biology 214 is recommended. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in science. Major topics will include the origin of life, cell structure and function, cell division and introductory genetics. An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of heredity. Emphasis will be placed on an analytical approach to classical genetics, genetics of humans and population genetics. There is no laboratory in this course. Biology 111 Introductory Biology II (S) (3,3) Biology 212 Invertebrate Zoology (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Biology 110 or 108 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological concepts including biological systems, evolution and ecology. ACADEMIC 34 - Biology Biology 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major phyla and classes of invertebrates with emphasis upon phylogeny, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The laboratory complements the lecture components and includes a three-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. Biology 213 Vertebrate Zoology (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111. A comparative survey of the major classes of vertebrates, emphasizing evolutionary trends especially in development and morphology of organ systems. Adaptive features in vertebrates are considered. The laboratory complements the lecture component with representative vertebrates being examined. Biology 221 Principles of Microbiology (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 220 A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing metabolism, immunilogical aspects, and ecology of micro-organisms. The role of micro-organisms in agriculture, various industries, health and sanitation is considered. The lab also includes a major project of interest to the student. Biology 214 Cell Biology I - Structural Basis (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. An integrated study of the structure and function of cells and their components. Ultra-structure of cell organelles as determined by electron microscopy will be related to the molecular functions of cells. Emphasis will also be placed on the techniques used to study cells, the evolutionary origin of cells and their components, and on comparisons between specialized cell structure and function. The laboratory exercises will use modern methods of microscopy and separation techniques in a detailed study of cell structures and their functions. Biology 215 Cell Biology II - Introduction to Biochemistry (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 2 1 4 and concurrent registration in C h e m . 201, if not already completed. An examination of the fundamental principles and basic facts of biochemistry starting with protein structure and enzyme functions. Cell energetics, biosyntheses and mechanisms which control cell metabolism will also be considered. The laboratory will involve detailed experimental analyses, using the current techniques of biochemistry, of the molecular functions of cells and tissues. Biology 220 Principles of Microbiology (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Biology 110 and 111; Chemistry 110 and 111. Corequisite: Transfer to U B C requires Chemistry 200/201. A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, growth and genetics of microorganisms will be discussed. The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. ACADEMIC - Biology 35 Chemistry Instructional Faculty A.B. GILCHRIST, Ph.D. (SFU) P.C. LE COUTEUR, B . S c , fvl.Sc (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.), Coordinator of Chemistry, Geology and Physics D.W. READ, B.A., M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (McGill) Laboratory Supervisors and Technicians K.B. HACK, B.Sc. (UBC), Laboratory Supervisor A. LEE SON, B.Sc. (Rhodes), Laboratory Supervisor B. J. MOIR, Dipl. Tech. (BCIT), Laboratory Technician I. SMITH, H.N.C. (Aberdeen), Laboratory Supervisor General Information All chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals and some field trip costs. Students are required to have (and wear) safety glasses in all laboratory periods. University Transfer Credit All Chemistry courses, except 030, carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Chemistry 030 An Introductory to Chemistry (SU) or (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: None (No university transfer credit) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in sciences. Two hour labs are given. Chemistry 030 fulfills the entrance chemistry requirement for the Nursing program at BCIT. Atoms, molecules, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding. Balancing equations, simple stoichiometry problems, solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium, gas laws. Chemistry 104 Fundamentals of Chemistry (F) (3,3) Prerequisite:' None, but some chemistry and mathematics recommended. A course specifically designed for the non-science students who need first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home economics and physical education, etc. A study of chemical principles, stoichiometry, the chemical bond; atomic structure; chemical periodicity; introductory thermochemistry; gases. ACADEMIC 36 - Chemistry Chemistry 105 Fundamentals of Chemistry (S) (3,3). Prerequisite: Chemistry 104. A study of liquids, solids, and changes of state; oxidationreduction, electrochemistry, representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. Chemistry 108 Basic Chemistry (F) (4.5,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 11 or Chem 030, Algebra 12 or equivalent. Math 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 12 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 108 only with Chemistry Department's permission. Any student who has enrolled in Chemistry 108 or Chemistry 110 previously, will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 110, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Chemistry 109 Basic Chemistry (S) (4.5,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 108. Math 111 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Students with Chemistry 110 permitted to enroll in Chemistry 109 only with Chemistry Department's permission. This course covers the material of Chemistry 111, and, in addition, provides the background necessary for a student who has not taken Chemistry 12. Chemistry 110 Principles and Methods of Chemistry (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Algebra 12. Math 110 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry; the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding; thermochemistry. Chemistry 110 Self Study - Principles and Methods of Chemistry (F,S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 12 and Algebra 12. Math 110 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self study course equivalent in content to Chemistry 1 1 0 , open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus or a satellite centre on a regular basis. Chinese Chemistry 111 Principles and Methods of Chemistry (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids, bases and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; transition metals and their complexes; organic chemistry. Chemistry 111 Self Study - Principles and Methods of Chemistry (F,S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 110. Math 111 must b e taken concurrently if not already completed. A self study course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111 and designed to b e of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour C a m p u s or a satellite centre on a regular basis. Chemistry 200 Organic Chemistry (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 105, 109 or 111. Any student who has attempted the course previously will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Instructional Faculty B. N G . , B.A. (Intl. Christian U., Japan), M.A. (London), Teach. Cert. G r a d . Master (Hong Kong) Course Descriptions CHINESE 100 First Year Chinese (F) (3,2) Introduction to Mandarin Chinese as it is spoken in Mainland C h i n a today. Emphasis is on basic phonetics, tones, pronunciation, grammar, writing and conversation. CHINESE 101 First Year Chinese (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Chinese 100 or permission from instructor. This course will focus on perfecting students' basic phonetic skills, improving basic conversational skills and listening comprehension, learning more about Chinese grammatical structures, learning more Chinese characters to enable reading and writing of simple Chinese texts; learning to use a Chinese dictionary as a tool for writing and for further study. A study of nomenclature, structure, and spectroscopy of organic molecules; alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, ethers, alkyl halides; mechanisms and stereochemistry. Chemistry 201 Organic Chemistry (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 200 Aromatic chemistry, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their derivatives, carbanions; amines; nitro, a z o , diazo and related compounds; heterocyclics; carbohydrates, protein chemistry; polymers; natural products. Chemistry 204 Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 105 with " B " standing or Chemistry 109 or 111, and Math 111. A study of g a s e s , thermodynamics, thermochemistry; equilibrium, electrochemistry, solutions, quantitative inorganic analysis. Biological applications of these topics stressed. Chemistry 205 Introduction to Physical Inorganic Chemistry (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Chemistry 204 A study of acids and bases, chemical kinetics, main group systematic chemistry; transition elements and coordination complexes. ACADEMIC - Chinese 37 Commerce Instructional Faculty university transfer elective N. A M O N , B.A. (Kent), M.A. ( S F U ) G . F A N E , B . S c . (City U.), M.B.A. (City U.), R.I.A. J . E . S A Y R E , B . S . , B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) M. T R E W , B.A. (Kansas State), M.A. (Central Missouri), Ph.D. (Michigan State) K.V. T O W S O N , B . S c , M . S c . (SFU) C. W A T K I S S , B . S c . (Carleton), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto) J . W I L S O N , B . C o m m . (UBC), C A . A Fall semester Grade Point Average ( G P A ) of 2.67 with no grade below C - M U S T be achieved to continue into the Spring semester, when the following courses will be taken: The College offers a two year transfer package to U B C consisting of the " P r e - C o m m e r c e Y e a r " and "First Y e a r Commerce" as follows: Year I To enter Y e a r I, contact the Registrar's Office and ask to be mailed a "College Admissions Application Form". Year I requires 30 credits which M U S T include the following: a) Economics 200 and 201 - these may be taken in either order; b) English 100 followed by O N E of English 103, 104, 105, 106. c) The Mathematics requirement is: - If G r a d e 12 Algebra was successfully completed with a " C " grade or better, take Math 108 followed by Math 109 (Note: 110 and 111 can be substituted for 108/109, but this combination is more oriented towards science than business). - If Grade 12 Algebra was not taken (or the grade achieved was less than a "C"), take Math 105 followed by 108 (Note: again 110 could be substituted for 108). - If Grade 11 Algebra was not taken (or the grade achieved was less than a "C"), then Math 010 will have to be taken before the Math 105/108 sequence can be started. For those with Math 108/109 (or 110/111) in Y e a r I: Commerce 291, 294, 296, 297 and one university transfer elective. For those with Math 105/108: Commerce 291, 294, 296, 297 and Mathematics 109. Transfer to SFU or UVic S o m e courses in the U B C transfer package do not transfer to S F U or UVic. Students wishing to transfer to either of these institutions are, therefore, strongly urged to contact the Counselling Division before applying for admission to Y e a r II. Course Descriptions Commerce 290 Quantitative Methods for Business (F) (4,0) A study of standard quantitative methods used in business and industry, including decision theory and basic probability. The study of computer software packages is included. Commerce 291 Applications of Statistics in Business (S) (4,0) The methods and applications of statistics in business; continuous random variables; sampling; estimation of parameters; hypotheses testing and regression analysis. Commerce 292 Principles of Organizational Behaviour (F) (4,0) d) 12 credits (four courses) of electives. Students may choose any university transfer courses at the College, but it is suggested to spread these around rather than taking 3 or 4 courses in only one discipline. Behaviour in organizations as it affects people or individuals, their relationships with others, their performance in groups and their effectiveness at work. Year II Commerce 293 Financial Accounting (F) (3,0) Upon completion of Y e a r I, students must then A P P L Y for admission to the C o m m e r c e Program itself by getting a "Commerce Program Application" from the Registrar's office. There are only 35 seats available in Y e a r II and preference will be given to students with the best Y e a r I records who want to take the entire Y e a r II Program. Applications to the C o m m e r c e Program should be made immediately in late spring once the Y e a r I courses are complete and grades received. Students who wait until late summer may find that all s p a c e s have been filled. In the Fall Semester students admitted to Year II will take: Commerce 290, 292 and 293, Economics 2 1 1 , and one ACADEMIC 38 - Commerce An introduction to the construction and interpretation of financial statements and reports including the balance sheet, income statement, statement of retained earnings and the statement of change in financial position. Commerce 294 Managerial Accounting (S) (3,0) Introduction to the development and use of accounting, information for management planning and control and the development of cost information for financial reports. Computing Commerce 296 Introduction to Business Management (S) (3,0) An introduction to the wide range of interrelationships, both internal and external, of the organization. T h e development of a framework for analysis of the breadth of issues in management and administration. Commerce 297 Capital Markets and Institutions (S) (3,0) Introduction to the economic environment in which businesses operate including the role of the Bank of Canada. Analysis of domestic and international money markets ad institutions and the basic capital asset valuation models. Instructional Faculty A . E . T . B E N T L E Y , B.Sc. (UBC), M.A., Ph.D.. (Missouri) E. E D W A R D S , B . S c , M.Sc. (UBC) M. F R E E M A N , B . S c . (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal.Tech.), P h . D . (UBC) L.F. H A R R I S , B.A., M.A. (UBC), P h . D . (Australia Nat. U.) R. H A U S C H I L D T , B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) E. K U T T N E R , B . S c , M . S c (UBC) P. P A L F F Y - M U H O R A Y , B . A . S c , M . A . S c , P h . D . (UBC) K. T O W S O N , B . S c , M.Sc. ( S F U ) R.H. V E R N E R , B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. ( E W S C ) , B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. W A T E R M A N , B.Sc. (UBC), M . S c ( S F U ) C. W A T K I S S , B.Sc. (Carleton), M . S c , P h . D . (Toronto), Coordinator of Computing S c i e n c e General Information The Computing S c i e n c e Department offers computing courses at the first and second-year university level, as well as computing courses in the two year university transferable diploma program in Scientific Computing Applications Technology ( S C A T ) . Students enrolled in these courses have excellent a c c e s s to the College's computing facilities which include five microcomputer labs and two H P 3 0 0 0 terminal labs. 1. University Transfer Program Students planning to major in Computing Science and Science students fulfilling Computing Science elective requirements normally take C o m p 103/104/105 in their first year. Non-science students wishing an introduction to computers and programming normally take C o m p . 100. The first and second year program requirements leading to a Computing Science degree are listed in the S C I E N C E : G E N E R A L I N F O R M A T I O N section. For details on the transferability of each course consult the transfer guide at the back of the Calendar. 2. Scientific Computing Applications Technology (SCAT) Program The Department of Computing Science offers a two-year program leading to a Diploma of Technology in Scientific Computing Applications. The goal of the program is to produce graduates employable in a technical environment where their academic and programming skills will enable them to solve problems of a scientific nature. S C A T is the only two-year program in the province that is oriented primarily to technical software development and applications. A s the major portion of the program is university transferable graduates have the option of entry into third year Computing Science or the job market. The program is intended for people who have completed high school successfully with a B.C. Secondary School ACADEMIC - Computing 39 Graduation Certificate or equivalent, including English 12, Physics 11 (Physics 12 preferably), and Algebra 12 with at least a 'B' grade. An application form for entry into the program is available from the Registrar's office or the Natural Sciences Division office. Initial selection of applicants will be made beginning in May 1988. FIRST Y E A R Computing Science 1037104/105,. Math 110/111 Physics 110/111 English 100 Electives (6 credits) Recommended are: C h e m . 110/111 ( U B C transfer), English 104, Philosophy 110 * If an approved C S 1 2 is substituted for Comp. 103, then nine credits of electives are needed. SECOND YEAR Computing Science 130/131/222/223/224/225/226/231 Math 101/200/230/(231 or 235) Course Descriptions COMP 100 Introduction to Programming in BASIC (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a " C in Algebra 11 or Math 010. An introduction to computers and computer programming for non-science students. Students intending to take further computing courses should consider C o m p 103 instead of C o m p 100. Topics covered include principles of problem-solving and algorithm design; computers and their O / S ; applications to problems in statistics, data processing, accounting, social sciences, entertainment; language of instruction is B A S I C . Note 1: Any student who has attempted this course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Note 2: Students will receive credit for only O N E of C o m p 100 or C o m p 103. COMP 103 Introduction to Programming in P A S C A L (F,S) (4,0) Prerequisite: At least a " C " grade in Algebra 12 or Math 012, or at least a " C - " in Math 105. Introduction to programming using P a s c a l ; general understanding of computers, principles of programming; specific experience in writing and executing programs; applications will stress scientific and statistical calculations as well as data processing problems. See Notes 1 and 2 under Comp. 100. I ACADEMIC 40 - Computing COMP 104 Fundamental Concepts of Computing (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: C O M P 103 with at least a " C - " grade, or C O M P 100 and Math 105/Algebra 12 with at least a " B - . " Theoretical introduction to computing science; computer organization and architecture; information representation; machine and assembly languages; addressing s c h e m e s ; machine arithmetic; problem solving with low level languages. Hands-on experience with assembly language programming and debugging. COMP 105 Program Design (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in C O M P 103 and Math 110, or C S 1 2 and Algebra 12, and the permission of the instructor. Continuation of C o m p 103; experience in application programming and programming methodology; emphasis on larger projects with a scientific orientation; projects will include problem specification, program design, validation, evaluation, documentation. See Note 1 under C O M P 100. COMP 130 Introduction to A P L (S) (1,0) Prerequisite: C o m p . 103. At least a " C - " grade in Math 110 and Introduction to A P L (A Programming Language) both as mathematical notation and as a computer programming language. A P L primitives and their use, arrays of data and their manipulation, modular design of solutions to problems, practical experience in writing and using A P L programs. Examples will be taken from various areas of Science and Mathematics. COMP 131 The C Programming Language (F) (1,0) Prerequisite: At least a " C - " grade in C o m p 103, or another programming language and the permission of the instructor. Introduction to the C programming language for students with experience programming in P a s c a l or a similar language. Comparison of C with P a s c a l ; C program structure, data types, operators, control structures; arrays and pointers, structures and unions; libraries and separately compiled modules. NOTE: Entry Into any 200 level Computing Science course requires permlssln of the Computing Science Coordinator. COMP 222 Data Structures and Program Organization (F) (4,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Comp 104 and Comp 105. experience in these topics. COMP 231 Introduction to Systems Programming (S) (3,0) Prerequisites: Comp 222. At least a "C-" grade in Comp 104,131 and Operating systems, single tasking and multi-user; multitasking on micro, mini, and mainframe computers. File systems, resource allocation, security. UNIX. Organization of programs and their data structures; methods for modular program design, use of procedure. Definition and use of abstract data types: lists (stacks, queues), trees (binary, AVL, B-Trees, Tries); contiguous and dynamic representations. Applications to searching, sorting; analysis of algorithms. COMP 223 Discrete Structures (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Comp 104 and Math 111. Introduction to mathematical models and formal topics used in computing science; Boolean algebra, sets, relations, functions; proofs, inductin and recursion, recurrence relations; graphs, trees, applications; finite state machines. COMP 224 Numerical Computation (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 105, Math 200, and Math 230. Introduction to FORTRAN; theory and techniques in analysis of scientific data using numerical methods; nonlinear equations, linear algebra, interpolation and function approximation, integration. COMP 225 Introduction to Computer Graphics (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 131, 222, Math 200 and Math 230. A survey of the mathematics, implementation techniques, and practices underlying graphical display of information. How computers display graphical data, relationship between analytical geometry and graphics, implementation techniques used in graphics, interfaces to various programming languages and hardware, hands-on experience programming graphics. COMP 226 Introduction to Digital Hardware (S) (4.5,3) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Comp 104, Math 111 and Physics 111 or 115. Elementary circuit theory; introduction to linear and nonlinear devices; logic gates; flip-flops; clocked logic; A/D and D/A conversion; interfacing techniques; laboratory ACADEMIC - Computing 41 Economics Instructional Faculty N. A M O N , N, (Kent), M.A. (SFU) K.W. M O A K , B.A. (U.Vic), M.P.A. (U.Vic.) J . E . S A Y R E , B . S . , B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston) General Information Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and the production, distribution and consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200-level courses. Students who plan to major in Economics or Commerce should complete Economics 200 and 201 before proceeding to third year courses at U B C , S F U or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at S F U are also advised to complete Economics 120 and 121. Students who plan on entering the C o m m e r c e Program should take Economics 200/201 in their first year. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all Economics courses transfer to S F U , U B C and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Economics 1 0 0 Introduction to Economics (F,S) (3,0) A course that involves tracing the development of conflicting views of the nature of the capitalist economic system. The course will focus on the historical development of capitalist society and on the divergent interpretations of the operation of capitalism as found in the writings of such economists as A d a m Smith, David Ricardo, Karl Marx, J . M . Keynes and Milton Friedman. Contemporary government economic policies and such basic concepts as supply and demand are dealt with. Economics 101 Canadian Economics - Macro and Micro Considerations (F) (3,0) An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy of international trade and tariffs, the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of business, government and unions and federal-provincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of C a n a d a now face. ACADEMIC 42 - Economics Economics 1 2 0 Economic History of the Pre-lndustrial Era (F) (3,0) A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of prehistoric man, the River Civilizations, G r e e c e , Rome and Europe in the Middle A g e s are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. Economics 121 Economic History of the Industrial Era (S) (3,0) A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth to the present in context of several countries including C a n a d a . Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. Economics 2 0 0 Principles of Macroeconomic Theory (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least one 100 level Economics course is strongly recommended. The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory are considered. Included is the study of the possible c a u s e s of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. Economics 201 Principles of Microeconomic Theory (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least one 100 level Economics course is strongly recommended. A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the determinants of income distribution. Economics 211 Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Economics 2 0 1 , Math 108 or 110. Consumer behaviour, production, exchange, equilibrium of the firm under different market structures, factor markets, economic welfare. Transferable to U B C . English Instructional Faculty English Writing Centre F. BROWNELL, B.A. (Wash. St. Louis), M.A., Ph.D. (Boston) J. CLIFFORD, B.A., M.A. (UBC) P.L. CONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC) R. COUPE, B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (UBC) P.L. COUPEY, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (UBC) M.L FAHLMAN REID, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Toronto) G. N. FORST, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC) S.R. GILBERT, B.A. (U.Vic), M.A. (UBC) G. HINDMARCH, B.A., M.A. (UBC) C. HURDLE, B.A.. M.A. (U.Vic) D. H. JANTZEN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (York) C. MCCANDLESS, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC) T. MCKEOWN, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) W.G. SCHERMBRUCKER, B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad.Cert. in Ed. (London), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) R.G. SHERRIN, B.F.A., M.F.A. (UBC) M. SOULES, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Rutgers) S. THESEN, B.A., M.A. (SFU) E. M. WHITTAKER, B.A., M.A. (UBC) The English Department Writing Centre provides: 1) a drop-in centre where you can work on your writing assignments. 2) a set of writing tools: dictionaries, grammar texts, information sheets, exercises and software. 3) an English instructor available to answer any specific writing questions you might have on such topics as researching, grammar, and analysis. 4) a tutorial service where you can look at your EDT results, and discuss, in detail, grammatical concerns or graded assignments with an English instructor. 5) a computer room where you can do grammatical exercises and word processing. General Information For first-year English transfer credit at UBC, students must take two courses from either a) or b): a) English 100, 103, 104, 105, 106 b) English 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 For second year English transfer credit to the universities, English majors should take English 200-201; all other second year students can take any two second year level English courses. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise indicated after the course description, all English courses transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. English Placement Test Those students who wish to enroll in English courses in the Academic Division must submit the results of the Language Proficiency Index Test or the College English Diagnostic Test (EDT). EDT schedules will be posted in the Switchboard/ Reception area and the Humanities Division. Students wishing to write the EDT should pay in advance at the Registrar's office and bring their receipts to the appropriate test sitting. English as a Second Language See listing in the Special Programs section of the Calendar. Course Descriptions English 010 Language Skills (F,S) (3,0) An intensive course in basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty through an academic college program. Curriculum will evolve from the assessed needs of the students. Note: Credit sections of this course are transferable to SFU. English 100 Composition (F,S) (3,0) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of ' purposes, with emphasis on the essay form. Throughout the term progressively increasing emphasis is given to effective organization and development of material. Research technique and documentation is taught. Problems in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, in group discussion and by revision of essays. Transferable to SFU a n d UBC. English 102 Composition (S) (3,0) A composition course designed for those who wish a more intensive and comprehensive approach to English Composition than offered by the usual first-year composition course (English 100). Note: English 100 and English 102 DO NOT transfer together as first year English. English 103 Studies in Contemporary Literature (F,S) (3,0) A study of selected and representative 20th century literature from the major genres. The works studied will be chosen for their intrinsic literary merit and may, in certain sections, also reflect a particular theme of ACADEMIC - English 43 I? significance in the contemporary world. (When material is selected for theme, the issue under consideration will be announced during the registration period.) The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 104 Fiction (F,S) (3,0) A study of selected 20th century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in welldeveloped oral and written criticism. English 105 Poetry (F,S) (3,0) A study of selected major and significant minor 20th century poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. English 106 Drama (F,S) (3,0) A study of selected and representative plays primarily of the 20th century. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. English 190 Creative Writing (F,S) (3,0) An intensive workshop course designed to help students develop expressive skill and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre and to develop an awareness through written practice of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point where it would become acceptable for publication. English 191 Creative Writing (S) (3,0) A continuation of English 190. ACADEMIC 44 - English , English 200 English Literature to 1660 (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. A study of texts in all major genres from selected major authors to 1660. This course will provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference as well as some in-depth study of individual works. English 201 English Literature Since 1660 (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period indicated. English 202 Canadian Literature (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with major representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to World War II. This course will investigate various themes and styles which evolved through the early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. English 203 Canadian Literature (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in the investigation of individual major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since World War II. This course will study the emergence of significant contemporary themes and the Canadian response to them. English 212 Readings in World Literature to 1780 (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major or influential works of literature from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th century, and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts are considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. Fine Arts English 213 Readings in World Literature Since 1780 (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Any combination of two first-year English courses but NOT 100 and 102 together; or instructor's written permission. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1780 to 1920, with emphasis on the 19th century. English 290 Creative Writing - Poetry (F or S) (3,0) Prerequisite: permission. English 190 or 191, or instructor's written This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of poetry. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetry forms while at the same time increasing awareness of one's own voice, one's individual ground for writing, and the development of one's own poetic. Students will be expected to read a variety of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made about their own poetics. Students will have the opportunity to try a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. Instructional Faculty J. JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC) A. ROSENBERG, B.A., M.A., (Toronto) General Information Art history courses are designed to enrich and broaden the student's knowledge of culture past and present, stimulate visual awareness and provide analytical tools with which to decode visual image. A major in art history can lead to careers in: architecture, interior design, commercial art, art gallery curatorial work, museum work, art dealing, teaching art restoration, etc. University Transfer Credit All Fine Arts courses have direct or indirect transfer credit at UBC, SFU and U.Vic. Please check the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for further information. Academic students may also take studio art courses for credit in the Career Division's Art Programs. Please see page 71 for details. Course Descriptions English 291 Creative Writing - Fiction (F or S) (3,0) Fine Arts 100 The History of Art I (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: permission. This course studies the history of art beginning with the pyramids and tombs of Egypt and concluding with the Gothic Cathedrals and Italian fresco paintings of the High Middle Ages in Europe. An understanding and appreciation of art are the aims of the course and through lectures and class discussion students will develop an 'eye' for seeing, and appropriate terms to describe the works shown. Our involvement with the art of the past will clearly reveal how changing styles in architecture, painting, and sculpture are influenced by the historical context and the political, social, and religious thought of each period. English 190 or 191, or instructor's written An intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction while giving the student the opportunity to develop an awareness of voice, word choice and rhythm, dialogue, character, and point-of-view. Students will be expected to read a variety of works of contemporary fiction and discuss various techniques. In their writing, they will have the opportunity to try out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fiction. Women's Studies 104 Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers (S) (3,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation for the literature in English being produced by Canadian women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local, West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the portraits of women and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading and discussion of the literature, there will be class visits for readings and discussion by several prominent West Coast Canadian women writers. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. Fine Arts 101 The History of Art II (S) (3,0) Beginning with the art of the Italian Renaissance, this course studies the history of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the present day. Individual artists including Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Goya, Van Gogh and Picasso are studied in addition to the larger period styles. Because works of art so perfectly reflect their age, the economic, social, and religious ideas of each period will be closely considered. Fine Arts 104 Introduction to Visual Literacy I (F) (3,0) This course examines some of the general or particular themes apparent in Western Art: Classicism, Medievalism; historical works, portraits, landscapes, the ACADEMIC - Fine Arts 45 French human figure. A confrontation with a wide range of images and ideas will encourage the student to become visually literate and confident in the interpretation of all aspects of visual work. Fine Arts 105 Introduction to Visual Literacy II (S) (3,0) In this course there will be an emphasis on local architecture, recent B.C. art, certain aspects of North American painting trends and, when the course is team taught with the assistance of an instructor from Media Resources, there will be an introduction to the aesthetics of Film and Video. As in F.A. 104, the emphasis will be on developing visual literacy. Fine Arts 210 History of Modern Art (19th Century) (F) (3,0) This course studies the mainstream of modern art beginning with the paintings of Jacques Louis David produced during the French Revolution and concluding with the art of Cezanne. Emphasis is given to individual artists and works by Goya, Delacroix, Monet, Van Gogh, Gauguin and others are studied in depth. Aesthetic revolutions and counter-revolutions are explored in conjunction with the social and political upheavals that characterize the nineteenth century. Fine Arts 211 History of Modern Art (20th Century) (S) (3,0) This history of 20th century art begins with the work of Picasso and Matisse and studies the impact of revolutionary movements of art such as Futurism, Constructivism, Dada, and Surrealism. America's post war contribution: Abstract Expressionism, Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual and Earth Art is studied as well as new directions in the art of the 80's. The aim of this course is to demystify modern art by studying the underlying concepts and theories, which will reveal how closely art expresses the ethos of contemporary life. Fine Arts 220 Italian Renaissance Art (F) (3,0) A study of Italian painting, sculpture and architecture from Giotto to the artists of the Early Renaissance in Tuscany, Northern Italy and Venice. Piero della Francesca, Botticelli, Mantegna and Bellini are just some of the artists whose work is considered in depth. Fine Arts 221 Italian Renaissance and Mannerist Art (S) (3,0) This course begins with Leonardo da Vinci in Florence and explores the diffusion of the High Renaissance style in painting, sculpture and architecture in Rome and Venice. Focus is then given to the dissolution of classicism in the work of Michelangelo and the Mannerist artists and architects. ACADEMIC 46 - French Instructional Faculty L. CANTIN ORR-EWING, B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (SFU) O. KEMPO, B.A. (Alta.), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC) F. REID, M.A. (Edinburgh) Instructional Associate J . GACINA Language Lab Supervisor J. NOEL Summary of Programs LEVEL COURSES Beginners French (0 - Grade 11) French 100/101 Intensive French Oral F r e n c h Univ. Preparatory French (Grade 12) French 130/131 French 120/121 1st year Univ. French French 170/171 2nd year Univ. French French 270/271 Students may opt to take a pair of courses in one program, then change to another pair of courses in a different program. Students are also encouraged to take courses in any two programs at the same time. It would be advisable to consult a member of the French Department before registering. University Transfer Credit All French courses are transferable to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. French 100 Beginners' French (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: None For absolute beginners and those who do not have Grade 11 French or the equivalent. An intensive introduction to the French language through grammar, conversation, and laboratory practise. French 101 Beginners' French (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: French 100 This course, together with French 100, covers high school French Grades 8, 9, 10 and 11 and prepares the student for French 130 or French 120. (See under Intensive Oral French courses and French courses below.) Recommended also for those who are considering taking French 130 and who need review work. INTENSIVE ORAL FRENCH PROGRAMS Intensive Oral course has the one-day-per-week immersion approach: 4 3/4 hours of Audio/Visual class, conversation, and lab. The emphasis in the Intensive Oral courses is on Canadian content and the audio-visual method is used. Students are required to supply two new tapes onto which a lesson is recorded for practise at home during the week. French 130 University Preparatory French I (F,S) 3,1.75) Prerequisite: Grade 11 or French 100/101 This is a course designed by Canadian linguists within a Canadian context. The method emphasizes the spoken language. May be taken concurrently with French 120. French 131 University Preparatory French II (F,S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: instructor French 130 or written permission of the A continuation of French 130 (however the student will be expected to start writing short compositions). May be taken concurrently with French 121. French 121 University Preparatory French II (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: This course, together with French 120, constitutes Grade 12 French. A continuation of French 120, this course is designed to give a limited fluency in speaking and reading as well as writing skills. May be taken concurrently with French 131. French 170 First Year University French I (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: Grade 12 French, or French 120/121, or French 130/131 or permission of the instructor. To be taken by all students intending to proceed to a major or honours program at another institution. Continues the linguistic development of the student by means of grammar revision, written and oral exercises, weekly assignments, compositions on and studies in French literary texts. French 171 First Year University French II (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: The following French courses meet on a twice-a-week basis; three hours of instruction, plus one hour of conversation with a native French speaker, and 3/4 hours of language laboratory work. (The exception is French 270/271, which has three hours of instruction, one hour of tutorials, 1 1/2 hours of conversation and 3/4 hour of lab.) IMPORTANT Students intending to proceed to a major or honour program at a university should enroll in these courses. French 120 University Preparatory French I (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: of Instructor French 100/101 or French 11 or permission French 170 or permission of Instructor A continuation of the work done in French 170, including composition and study of French literary texts. French 270 Second Year University French I (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: FRENCH PROGRAMS French 120 or permission of the instructor French 170/171, or permission of Instructor An advanced course with emphasis on written work, including formal translation, stylistic exercises, dictations and comprehension tests. Literary works chosen from 20th century novels will be studied, requiring some background reading. The course includes cultural enrichment through medium of slides, films and music. French 271 Second Year University French II (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: French 270 or permission of Instructor. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 270. A continuation of the work of French 270, literary texts will be chosen from 20th century French works; background reading required. Course includes cultural enrichment. This course, together with French 121, constitutes Grade 12 French. This is a conversational approach to the French language, including continuing instruction in basic grammar and laboratory practise. May be taken concurrently with French 130. ACADEMIC • French 47 Geography Instructional Faculty K. EWING, B.A., M.Sc. (Michigan) B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) G. WILSON, B.Sc. (NY State), M.A. (UBC) General Information Geography courses are offered for students who are interested in pursuing a career in Geography as well as for those students desiring both Arts and Science electives. The study of Geography opens the doors for men and women in a wide variety of fields including: Teaching, Urban Planning, Forestry, Resource Management, Recreation, Economic Consulting, Mining, Fisheries, Weather Forecasting, and Map making. The focus of Geography is on the environment in which we live. These courses in Geography will give you a whole new perspective on the world. University Transfer Credit All Geography courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Geography 100 Human Geography (F) (3,0) Different cultures in different landscapes are compared and contrasted to our own. This course examines the many issues of human population, perception of the environment, diffusion of ideas, and cultural aspects of resource use and urban growth, to give students a view into the many concerns on the human side of Geography. Geography 101 Environmental Geography: Perception & Change (F) (3,0) There are numerous environmental issues that reach a crisis from time to time. This course examines how we perceive the environment, our lifestyles, and how our attitudes affect the environment. Such issues include our use of water, the food we eat, herbicides and pesticides, and our overall use of energy. This is an excellent course for those concerned about the world we live in. Lectures, seminars, informal discussions, and audio-visual materials are used to make students aware of, examine and analyze some of the most serious concerns in the world today. The environment is in jeopardy from our actions — what can we do about it? ACADEMIC 48 - Geography Geography 106 British Columbia: A Regional Analysis (F) (3,0) A body of information that is frequently missing from our education is that of the province we live in. This course informs you about B.C. — its physical environment, the risks of living in this province, the variety of peoples, and the economics involved in its resources. From an economic, political, historical, and cultural perspective one learns that contemporary problems are frequently a function of the past. For those interested in business, teaching, or wanting a basic knowledge of B.C., this is an excellent course. Note: This course also serves as Canadian Studies credit to SFU. Geography 108 Canada: A Topical Geography (S) (3,0) The understanding of Canada and Canadians is becoming more and more important to our economic and social well-being. This course examines Canadian problems and issues in terms of the different regions in Canada. Topics include the changing economy, cultural diversity, urban growth, and resource management, as we focus on the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, the Western provinces, and the Northern frontier. Note: This course carries Canadian Studies credit to SFU and is a component of the professional development program. Geography 112 Introduction to Earth Environments (F,S) (3,2) An introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in landscape development. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to illustrate the various features. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions between people and their physical environment, eg. the physical and cultural history of the Fraser River Delta; the Athabasca tar sands and nature peoples; pipelines and permafrost. Note: This course fulfills the requirements as lab science transfer credit. Geography 114 Weather and Climate (F,S) (3,2) A course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures, labs and discussion groups), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily. Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples and the interactions Geology between climate and other elements of our environment, including man (air pollution, urban climate and mountain weather for example). Note: This course fulfills the requirements as lab science transfer credit. Geography 200 Technology and Economic Environments (S) (3,0) An examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues such as development versus underdevelopment, poverty, the location of industrial activities and the North-South dialogue. Geography 201 Urban Studies (S) (3,0) More and more of us are living in an urban world. This course is designed to examine problems and issues that arise with urban living; including psychological problems, the cost of housing, transportation issues, slums, suburban living, and the future direction of cities. While this course uses local examples, it also draws on examples from other cities in the world. This course approaches these topics through field trips into the city, slides, films, and simulated games. Urban studies leads to careers in urban planning, real estate, land management, architecture, and urban politics as well as giving general community awareness. Geography 205 Economic Geography of the Pacific Basin (S) (3,0) This course examines the Pacific Basic in terms of its social, economic and political geography. The emphasis is placed on the relationships that exist between countries of the Pacific Basin and British Columbia. In particular, three countries will be examined —Japan, Korea, and China. Geography 221 Map and Airphoto Interpretation (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: At least one other Geography course This is a second year course which is essential for those considering Geography as a major and is also appropriate for those who intend to pursue careers in Geography, Forestry, Mining, Cartography, and the numerous other areas that use maps and airphotos. This course combines lectures and labs that cover the basics of map reading and interpretation, map making, aerial photography, and remote sensing of the human and physical landscape. Instructional Faculty D. ATHAIDE, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc, Prof. Teacher's Cert. (UBC) A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc, Prof. Teacher's Cert. (UBC) General Information Geology courses are designed for students planning a university degree program in the geological sciences or in the arts, humanities or social sciences. Geology 110 and 111 are especially appropriate for students in need of a laboratory science. They provide an understanding of the origin, structure, composition and history of the earth. Courses include weekly two-hour laboratory investigations or the equivalent in field projects. Lab tuition fees are included in the course fee, however students must purchase a lab manual and share some field trip costs. University Transfer Credit All Geology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide. Course Descriptions Geology 110 Physical Geology (F) (3,2) Structure and composition of Earth's interior is deduced from indirect evidence: gravity, magnetism, heat-flow, volcanoes, and earthquakes. Knowledge of the composition and structure of the continents and ocean basins is also gained from these indirect sources as well as direct study of minerals and rocks and the ways in which they are constantly altered and recycled. This process (the rock cycle) will be seen as the result of interactions between three processes: the atmospheric and hydrospheric cycles and the lithospheric cycle (plate tectonics). Intervention by man in the operations of and interactions between, atmospheric, hydrospheric, and lithospheric cycles is examined. Geology 111 Historical Geology (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. The geologic evolution of Canada and the adjacent ocean basins since the earth originated more than 4.5 billion years ago. Topics include: age and origin of the solar system, determination of relative and absolute ages of minerals, geologic time scale; origin or continents, ocean basins, atmosphere, and sea-water, origin of life, fossils and stratigraphic paleontology; geological history of the North American continent and the Atlantic, Arctic and Pacific Oceans; the geological history of Canada's mineral and fossil fuel resources; environmental impacts of mineral and energy projects in Canada. ACADEMIC - Geology 49 German Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions B. HANKIN, B.A. (UBC), M.A. (Wash.) German 100 Beginning German (F) (3,1.75) Instructional Associate A comprehensive introduction to the German language: comprehension and speaking are reinforced through reading and writing. Films, tapes, games, field trips, etc. help develop an awareness of the cultures of the Germanspeaking countries. R. FREIBERG General Information NOTE: All courses in German include four and 3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or second-year German course must consult with the German instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the department prior to enrollment. German 101 Beginning German (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: German 100 or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course is a continuation of German 100 and must be taken in order to realize First Year level college/university German. German 101 should be taken whenever possible, in the term following German 100. German 200 Intermediate German (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: German 101, Grade 11,12 German or the equivalent with written permission of the instructor. University Transfer Credit All German courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. SFU: Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College German courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in German. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. UBC: In the case of UBC, present equivalent standards provide transfer credit on the following basis: Capilano College UBC German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 200 and 201 (3 credits each) 100(3) 200 (3) The student wishing to major in German fulfills department requirements with German 223, which may be taken in the third year by permission of the department. ACADEMIC 50 - German German 200 reviews basic German grammar and usage, and introduces students to modern German short stories by such authors as Kafka, Brecht and Boll. It aims through the discussion of the cultures and concerns of the German-speaking peoples to increase the ability to communicate in the fullest sense of the term. German 201 Intermediate German (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: German 200, German 12 (or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor.) Continues the review and development of German language skills at the Intermediate level. Together with German 200 it completes the requirements for the Second Year of college/university German. History Instructional Faculty R. CAMPBELL, B.A. (California), M.A. (UBC) M. LEGATES, B.A. (Washington), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. (Yale) General Information History teaches an understanding of the past that helps one to cope with the present and suggests possibilities for the future. Critical thinking and analysis form the core of history, and they are essential skills in a rapidly changing society. Students planning to major in History should have at least four history course at the College. These can be ANY four courses. An intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at SFU should take six history courses in the first two years. For UBC the requirement is four history courses. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate non-English language. University Transfer Credit All History courses at Capilano (including Women's Studies 120) transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions History 102 Europe from the Reformation to the French Revolution (F) (3,0) A survey of European history which begins with the sixteenth century Protestant Reformation and includes absolutism, the scientific revolution, the Enlightenment, the old regime and the French Revolution. History 103 Europe in the 19th and 20th Centuries (S) (3,0) This course focuses on such topics as the Industrial Revolution, the rise of political ideologies, nationalism and imperialism, the two world wars, and the inter-war period. History 108 Issues and Themes in U.S. History (F) (3,0) A study of American history, from 1607 to 1877, which analyses the social and political development of that nation from early settlement through the Civil War era. Emphasis is placed on the development of an "American" culture, and appropriate comparisons are made with the development of Canada. History 109 Issues and Themes in U.S. History (S) (3,0) A study of U.S. history from 1865 to the present. The course analyses the development of America as a world power after the Civil War. Special emphasis is given to "American" culture and appropriate comparisons are made with Canada. History 110 Canada Before Confederation (F) (3,0) A study of New France and British North America. Special emphasis is placed on the issues and ideas which are significant in the creation of Canada. In particular we look at the making of Canadian society in the years before Confederation. History 111 Canada Since Confederation (S) (3,0) This course analyses the development of Canada since 1867. In particular we discuss the issues that affect most Canadians: relations with the United States, prosperity and poverty, and the making of a Canadian "culture". By the end of the course students should have not only a better understanding of this country's past, but also what makes Canada unique. History 205 British Columbia (S) (3,0) From the first contact between natives and whites in the 18th century to the political domination of Social Credit, this course analyses the main issues that have affected British Columbians. It also examines some aspects of the development of the North Shore. History 207 Europe in the Middle Ages and Renaissance (S) (3,0) This course covers a colourful and creative period in European history from the 3rd to the 15th century. Topics include the late Roman Empire and rise of Christianity, monasticism and the church, feudal society and politics, the rise of towns, the crusades, the Black Death, and the art, culture and society of Renaissance Italy. History 208 Canadian-American Relations (F) (3,0) This course examines the major events and themes that have shaped the Canadian-American relationship. From the American Revolution, the war that ultimately created both countries, to recent years, we analyse the influence that the United States has had on Canada. ACADEMIC - History 51 Japanese Women's Studies 120 Women and the Past: An Historical Survey (F) (3,0) A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to 20th century North America. It reveals women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as wett as public and political activities are studied. The course examines reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history". Instructional Faculty N. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A., Teaching Cert. (Osaka U. of Foreign Studies) Course Descriptions J A P A N E S E 100 First Year Japanese (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: None A comprehensive introduction to the Japanese language through the study of vocabulary, grammar and culture. Emphasis is placed on oral comprehension in the earlier stage, in order to prepare students to speak the language. J A P A N E S E 101 First Year Japanese (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Japanese 100 or permission from instructor. This course will focus on oral comprehension of simple discourse, reading comprehension of simplified texts, speech delivery - extending greetings, expressing requests, asking questions - writing simple sentences with coherency, and understanding cultural differences. ACADEMIC 52 - Japanese Labour Studies Instructional Faculty N. AMON, B.A. (Kent), M.A. (SFU) M. BOLTON, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) S. DIAMOND P. LANE, LL.B. (Osgoode Hall) S. LANYON, B.A. (UBC), LL.B. (UBC) E. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) L. MCGRADY, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Man.) A. N. MACLEAN, B.A. (Alto.), LL.B. (UBC) B. MERRALL, (Diploma) Labour College of Canada R. NEWKIRK, B.A. (Lethbridge), Teaching Cert. (Lethbridge) S. O'DONNELL, B.A., M.A. (UBC) P. PETRIE, B.A., M.A., (Maine) S. RUSH, B.A. (W. Ontario), LL.B. (UBC) General Information The Labour Studies Program is committed to meet the special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations and the labour movement in general. Close relations with the labour movement are maintained through the Users' Advisory Committee which is open to representatives of unions who use the program. This hard-working group of representatives actively engage in promoting and developing the program. Courses in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit and credit-free basis. The Fall program is offered in October and November and the Spring program in March through May. Each Fall and Spring a special brochure describing the courses to be offered is issued. This brochure is available by writing the program or telephoning. Courses are offered in the evening and on weekends. Many participants in the program have their registration fees paid y the Education Department of their Union. Some of t ' credit courses offered in the program are as follows: Course Descriptions LSP100 Introduction to Economics for Trade Unionists (F) (1.5,0) Introduces economics and emphasizes both orthodox and alternative views of how the Canadian economy has developed and how it operates. Canadian economy is placed in an historical and international perspective. Discussion will centre around government policies towards unemployment, inflation and the Canadian dollar. LSP 101 Labour Economics: Alternatives and Options (S) (1.5,0) This course builds on the material from LSP 100 to provide information on alternative economic models including Marxist economic theory. Discussion will focus on the development and nature of capitalist economics and the causes of short and long term economic crises. LSP 110 The British Columbia Labour Code (F,S) (1.5,0) Among other issues, this close look at the B.C. Labour Code examines unfair labour practices, the Labour Relations Board, collective bargaining, strikes, essential services and grievance arbitration. Sessions will also cover labour law, procedures before the LRB and arbitration boards, as well as portions of the Human Rights Code. LSP 111 The Canada Labour Code (F.S) (1.5, 0) A broad examination of the Code and decisions which affect unions under federal labour jurisdiction. This course will introduce methods of labour law research and their application. Emphasis will be placed on the policy underlying the code and the creation and effect of the collective agreement. LSP 113 Public Service Staff Relations Act (PSSRA) (F,S) (1.5,0) A wide examination of the federal labour laws dealing specifically with the public sector worker and their impact. There will be emphasis on labour law research methods and their application, collective agreements, grievances and back-to-work legislation for "essential" service workers. LSP 115 Issues in Occupational Health and Safety (F,S) (1,0) A general background to and overview of the main social, medical, economic, technical and legal issues facing B.C. workers in the field of health and safety. Special attention will be given to the Worker's Compensation Board. LSP 116 Workers' Compensation - Act and WCB (F.S) (1,0) The statutory and administrative framework of the Workers' Compensation Board is examined. The course is adjusted to the expectations of the majority of people enrolled in any term, but is generally geared to familiarize ACADEMIC - Labour Studies 53 students with the preparation and presentation of appeals to the Board of Review and Commissioners. All phases of claims handling are examined, from initial acceptance or rejection, including setting of wage rates to assessments and the payment of pensions. LSP 117 Introduction to UIC Procedures (F,S) (1,0) This course emphasizes a practical understanding of the framework of unemployment insurance and, therefore, the jargon used in the act and by the commission. The course will cover the structure of Canada's Unemployment Insurance Act, including the most recent amendments. It will outline the qualifications needed in order to claim unemployment insurance, including "insurable employment," the "variable entrance requirement," "repeaters," "new entrance and re-entrance" and "part-time worker." LSP 119 Civil Rights and the Workplace (F,S) (1,0) To study the specific civil rights problems arising in the workplace, including issues of political, economic and legal rights of the worker; examination of legal remedies available to trade unions and the employee to prevent infringement of civil rights in the workplace; protection of civil rights under the provincial and federal legislation through contracting and in collective agreements. A problem-solving format with discussions of current civil rights issues, "right-to-work" legislation, race and sex discrimination. LSP 131 Race and Ethnic Relations (F,S) (1.5,0) The issue of racism has been used in the past to weaken and divide unions. This course will help unionists become sensitive to complexities of race and ethnic relations; give practical advice on integrating minority workers into the union and develop techniques to deal with biases and prejudice at the workplace and in the community. Approaches to combatting the disruptive effects of racism will be discussed. LSP 140 History of the Labour Movement in Canada (S) (1.5,0) A survey of the history of the labour movement in Canada from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through to mass industrial unionism. By looking at specific conflicts a good overview is obtained of the struggles of the labour movement to gain the right to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively and provide decent wages and working conditions. ACADEMIC 54 - Labour Studies LSP 142 History of the Labour Movement in B.C. (F) (1.5,0) The birth and growth of trade unionism in B.C. Through a wide collection of printed and visual materials participants will analyze the raw and vital struggles between B.C.'s working people and the industrialists who opposed them. The major economic and political issues of the movement will be traced; the right to organize, the right to bargain, the demand for the nine and eight-hour day, the problems of racism and immigration, the struggle to organize the industrial, public and clerical sectors, the fight for women's rights, political expression. LSP 151 Leadership Skills, Assertiveness and Advocacy (F,S) (1,0) Attempts not only to provide women with the skills they need to take a leadership role in their trade union, but also takes a careful look at the way sex role stereotyping inhibits us from developing these skills. This course covers the following areas: Women and Power, Assertiveness, Advocacy, Organizing and Group Dynamics. LSP 210 Arbitration (F,S) (1.5,0) This course, which is open to students who have previously completed LSP 110, 111, 113 or any other Labour Law course, will be an advanced arbitration course dealing with matters such as rules of evidence, procedures, selection of arbitrators, arbitration powers and a brief history of arbitration. It will deal with grievance arbitration arising out of the collective agreement. Mathematics Instructional Faculty A.E.T. BENTLEY, B.Sc. (UBC), M.A., Ph.D. (Missouri) L.F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., (UBC), Ph.D. (Austral. Nat. U) R. HAUSCHILDT, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (UBC) J. JOHNSTON, B.Math (Waterloo), B.Ed. (Toronto), M.Math (Waterloo) R.R. RENNIE, B . S c , M.Sc. (Brigham Young), Ph.D. (UBC) K.V. TOWSON, B . S c , M.Sc. (SFU), Coordinator of Mathematics R.H. VERNER, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (EWSU), B.C. Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. WATERMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (SFU), B.C. Teaching Cert., (UBC) C. WATKISS, B.Sc. (Carleton), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Toronto) Laboratory Supervisor LYNN, W., B.Sc. (Carleton), M.A.Sc. (Waterloo) General Information The Mathematics Department offers courses in Mathematics, primarily at the first and second year university level. In addition, refresher courses or skill upgrading courses are available. For a detailed description of the Computing Science courses and programs, see the Calendar section entitled Computing Science. no university transfer credit but is a grade 11 equivalent for prerequisite purposes. The signature of a Math instructor is required. (ii) Mathematics 105 is a precalculus course at the Algebra 12 level which is recognized by post-secondary institutions in B.C. as an Algebra 12 equivalent. It is run on a regular classroom format and requires a "C" grade or better in Algebra 11 or "C-" in Math 099 or "B" in Math 010 as a prerequisite. Math 105 receives transfer credit at UBC if combined with Math 110 or 108 and receives transfer credit for SFU's Math 100 or Math 110. Math 105 is also offered on a self-paced format with the permission of the instructor. Course Descriptions Mathematics 009 Arithmetic (SU,F,S) (1,0) A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a self-paced course primarily intended for returning students who require a basic math refresher. Mathematics 010 Elementary Algebra (SU,F,S) (1,0) Prerequisite: Math 009 or permission of the instructor. Refresher/Skill Development Courses Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills necessary in the solution of algebraic equations and the factorization of polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with emphasis on straight lines. This course is offered on a self-paced format. OPTIONS TO G E T ALGEBRA 12 EQUIVALENT COURSE: For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction. a) OPTION 1 - Mathematics 009, 010, 011, 012 Mathematics 011 Intermediate Algebra with Functions (SU,F,S) (1,0) These courses are offered in the Math Learning Centre on a self-paced format. Diagnostic tests, workbooks, video tapes and individualized instruction are available. Registration for each course is ongoing throughout the academic year. For placement within the series it is suggested that you consult a Math instructor. Postsecondary institutions in B.C. recognize the sequence of Math 010, 011 and 012 as an Algebra 12 equivalent. These courses receive no transfer credit at UBC (except if combined with Math 110 or 108) or U.Vic., but the sequence Math 010, 011 and 012 receives transfer credit for SFU's Math 100 or Math 110. b) OPTION 2 - (i) Mathematics 099 and (ii) Mathematics 105 (i) Mathematics 099 is a grade 11 equivalent course that is offered in a regular classroom format. Students must have completed academic math courses to grade 10 and preferably have a "P" in Algebra 11. This course receives Prerequisite: Math 010 or permission of the instructor. This course continues the development of the algebraic skills introduced in Math 010. Inequalities; functions, exponential and logarithmic functions; systems of linear equations; analytic geometry with emphasis on the conic sections. This course is offered on a self-paced format. For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction. Mathematics 012 Trigonometry (SU,F,S) (1,0) Prerequisite: instructor. Math 011 or 099 or permission of the Introduction to the trigonometric functions, trigonometric identities; inverses, triangles, vectors and applications. ACADEMIC - Mathematics 55 This course is offered on a self-paced format. For transferability see "Option 1" of Mathematics introduction. Mathematics 099 Intermediate Algebra with Functions (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Permission (signature) of a Math instructor. Math 099 begins with a review of Introductory Algebra and continues with the development of Intermediate Algebra with emphasis on functions. Students will be introduced to linear, quadratic, exponential, ahd logarithmic functions, and will receive some exposure to trigonometry. Primarily for students who require an Algebra 11 equivalent and who anticipate taking precalculus (Math 105). Academic Transfer Courses Entering students should use the following two sections, Parts A and B, and guidelines for selecting math courses at the first-year level. Due to the specialized needs of some programs at the universities, the Mathematics Department advises students to consult the university calendar and to seek guidance from a college counsellor or math instructor for the appropriate course selection. A. STUDENT PLANNING TO PROCEED IN SCIENCE, COMPUTING SCIENCE, MATHEMATICS, ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING AND FORESTRY. These students normally take Math 110,111 during their first year. Comments: 1. Math 101, 102 are recommended by some science departments at S F U . 2. Science students should consider taking Comp 103, 104 or 105 as electives in their first year. 3. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C" grade in Algebra 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. B. STUDENTS PLANNING TO PROCEED IN ARTS OR COMMERCE PROGRAMS. Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one-year science course elective, normally take one of the following two-course combinations: Math 101 and 102 Math 101 and Comp 100 Math 105 and 108 Math 105 and 110 Math 108 and Comp 100 Math 108 and 101 Math 108 and 109 Math 110 and 111 Students planning to enter First Year Commerce at Capilano College or at UBC after one year at Capilano ACADEMIC 56 - Mathematics College take: a) Math 105 & 108 or Math 105 & 110 (For students having completed Algebra 11 with a "C" grade or better) b) Math 108 & 109 (or Math 110 & 111). (For students having completed Algebra 12 with a "C" grade or better). For transfer to SFU, the following are required: Math 105 (if B.C. Algebra 12 not completed) and Math 108. In addition, Math 101 is advised. For Honours in Business Administration Math 109 is required. For a detailed description of the Commerce courses and programs at Capilano College see the calendar section titled Commerce. Students planning to study Economics at UBC must take Math 108 and 109. University Transfer Credit Unless otherwise stated after the course description, all the following Mathematics courses transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide in the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Mathematics 101 Introduction to Statistics (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Algebra 11 or Math 010 An introduction to the language of statistics and some statistical methods, including random variables and their distributionrrandom sampling, normal distribution, estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. Mathematics 102 Statistical Methods (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 101 A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including t-tests and their non-parametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. Mathematics 105 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (F,S,SU) (3,0) Note: This course is not transferable to UBC except if combined with Math 110 or 108. Prerequisite: Algebra 11 with a "C" or Math 099 with at least a "C-" grade, or Math 010 with at least a "B" or BMTH 045 with at least a "B". A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs and trigonometry. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus courses or who require an Algebra 12 equivalent course. NOTES: 1) For transferability see "Option 2" of Mathematics introduction. Mathematics 111 Calculus II (F,S) (4.5,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 110. 2) Any student who has attempted this course within the past year may not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. A study of the anti-derivative; the integral, techniques of integration and application of the integral; sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. 3) Math 105 is also offered on a self-paced format with the permission of the instructor. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. Mathematics 108 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences I (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Algebra 12 or Math 012, or at least a "C-" grade in Math 105. A brief review of algebra, functions, and analytic geometry. The derivative with applications to curve sketching, optimization, growth and decay. The integral with applications. Mathematics 120 Statistical Computing (S) (1,0) Prerequisites: Math 101 and Math 110, with a grade of "C-" or better in each. A study of important statistical methods used in the analysis of experimental data, with an emphasis on the use of statistical computer software packages. Topics include: single and multifactor analysis of variance, linear regression and correlation, non-linear and multiple regression, goodness of fit tests, non-parametric tests. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 108/110. See Note 2 in Math 105. Mathematics 109 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: 110. At least a "C-" grade in Math 108 or Math Functions of several independent variables, partial derivatives, extrema, Lagrange multipliers, integration techniques, multiple integrals, some techniques for solving differential equations and difference equations. No duplicate credit will be given for Math 109/111. See Note 2 in Math 105. Mathematics 110 Calculus I (F,S) (4.5,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Algebra 12 or Math 012 or at least a "C-" grade in Math 105. The Mathematics Department encourages those students with only a "C" grade in Algebra 12 to take Math 105 before attempting Math 110. A brief review of functions; trigonometry; analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to MAX-MIN and related rate problems, the definite integral, logarithmic and exponential functions. No duplicate credit will be given for Mathematics 108/110. T h e Math Department o f f e r s a full s e c o n d year u n i v e r s i t y transfer p r o g r a m in m a t h . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g to take 200 level math s h o u l d s e e k advice from math instructors. Mathematics 200 Linear Algebra (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. A study of vector spaces, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. Mathematics 205 Introduction to Probability and Statistics (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Math 111 with at least a "C-" grade or Math 110 and permission of instructor. A calculus based study of probability, investigating the elements of probability, discrete and continuous random variables, mathematical expectation, moment generating functions, Central Limit Theorem, sampling from normal populations, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing. Mathematics 215 Introduction to Analysis I (S) (3,0) Note: This course will be offered in the spring when sufficient student demand is evident during the previous Fall semester. Prerequisite: 111. At least a "B-" average in Math 110 and A course for students who plan to proceed in Mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of sequences ACADEMIC - Mathematics 57 Music MUSIC TRANSFER P R O G R A M and series; introduction to continuity, the derivative, Riemann Integral. This program is designed for students who desire to go on to a B.Mus. degree program at a Canadian university. All courses in this program carry transfer credit to the Music Department of UBC. Transferability has also been arranged with the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. The program consists of a liberal arts education and specialized music training, including theory, history, and applied music. Some courses also carry transferability into the Faculty of Education at UBC. Mathematics 230 Calculus III (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 111. Corequisite: Math 200 (if not already completed) or permission of instructor. Analytical geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double and triple integrals; transformations to various coordinate systems. In addition, students desiring to transfer into the Faculty of Arts with a major in Music may take Music 100/101 and Music 120/121 in their first year, and Music 200/201 and 220/221 in their second year. Mathematics 231 Calculus IV (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in Math 230. For further information look in the Career section of the Calendar under Music. Vector calculus; line and surface integrals; Green's Thereom; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stoke's Theorem; applications. Mathematics 235 Introduction to Differential Equations (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" grade in each of Math 200 and Math 230. An introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; second order linear equations; first order linear systems; phase plane, applications to physics, geometry and electric circuits. fr ACADEMIC 58 - Music Philosophy Instructional Faculty M. BATTERSBY, B.A. (NYU), Ph.D. (UBC) J. DIXON, B.A., Ph.D. (UBC, M. HAHN, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (UBC), CPhil (UCLA) There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural continuation of Philosophy 110, and will appeal especially to students who have an interest in either the natural or social sciences. University Transfer Credit Philosophy 130 Philosophy of Science (S) (3,0) All of the Philosophy courses offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia Prospective philosophy majors should consult the faculty. Course Descriptions Philosophy 101 Introductory Philosophy (F) (3,0) 1 An introduction to the philosophies of morality, politics, knowledge and the invisible world, with emphasis on the relationship between law and morality; civil disobedience; reason and passion; Existentialism; Feminism; freedom and determinism; Communism; doubt and certainty; the nature of reality. The emphasis of this course varies from instructor to instructor and prospective students should consult the outlines of different instructors' courses when registering. Philosophy 102 Introductory Philosophy (S) (3,0) A continuation of Philosophy 101. Note: There is no prerequisite for this course (one does not need completed credit in Philosophy 101 to take it). Students entering the College are welcome to begin their introduction to philosophy with this course. Philosophy 110 Logical Self-Defense (F,S) (3,0) An introduction to the basic rules of clear and rational thought. The student will be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we can no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and can develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. Philosophy 120 Understanding Scientific Reasoning (S) (3,0) This course will provide students with an introduction to modern formal logic, and then utilize that skill to explore such topics as the nature and testing of scientific theories in both the natural and social sciences, the difference between causal relations and correlations, and rational decision making. Attention will be given to both the problem-solving and philosophical aspects of scientific reasoning. Students will learn how to understand the activity of science through theoretical reflection on it and detailed study of developments which promise to bring about scientific revolutions. Topics to be discussed might include: socio-biology, artificial intelligence, the concept of intelligence, the nature of explanation, the role of observation in science, determinism and indeterminism, causation, inductive inference, scientific method, laws and theories, and the status of theoretical constructs. There are no prerequisites, but the course is a natural companion to Philosophy 110, and will appeal to students of mathematics and the natural or social sciences. Philosophy 200 Political Philosophy (F) (3,0) This course provides an analysis of the rationale for political institutions and action. Some of the questions considered: Are we really obliged to obey the law? Can the law be justifiably represented as authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the policeman's holster? Does the state have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programs of education? This is not a study in the history of political thought and every effort is made to view problems from a contemporary perspective. Philosophy 201 Political Philosophy (S) (3,0) A continuation of Philosophy 200. Philosophy 202 Introduction to Formal L o g i c (F) (3,0) A standard introduction to the formal techniques of argument analysis. Formal logic was invented to mirror and evaluate mathematical reasoning and is now a branch of mathematics of its own. Our interest in it will, however, not be mathematical. Instead we will concentrate on the relation of formal logic to everyday reasoning and language in general. The course is essential for students thinking of majoring in Philosophy, but also very useful to computing science and mathematics majors. It is designed to transfer to SFU as their Philosophy 210 (required for both philosophy and computing science majors), and to UBC with general philosophy credit. There are no prerequisites, although students may find Philosophy 110 provides useful background. ACADEMIC - Philosophy 59 Physics Philosophy 210 Metaphysics and Epistemology (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least one Philosophy course or permission of the instructor. An introduction to some of the traditional problems of metaphysics and epistemology. Some of the questions considered are: Does God exist? What is the relatjonship between faith and reason? Does free will exits? Is sense perception a reliable source of knowledge? What is the nature of causality? Is materialism true? What is the nature of mind? What is the relationship between mind and body? What is the scientific method? While this is not a course in the history of Philosophy, it will cover many of the classical attempts to answer these questions. Philosophy 211 Metaphysics and Epistemology (S) (3,0) Instructional Faculty M. FREEMAN, B.Sc. (UBC), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), Ph.D. (UBC) M.I. HENRY, B.Sc. (Alta.), M.Sc. (UBC) P. PALFFY-MUHORAY, B.A.Sc, M.A.Sc, Ph.D. (UBC) Laboratory Supervisor B. SIMSON, B.Sc. (SFU) General Information All first year physics courses include a weekly two-hour laboratory period. The cost of the labs is included in the course tuition fee except for lab manuals. University Transfer Credit A continuation of Philosophy 210. All physics courses at Capilano carry transfer credit to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details please refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Philosophy 220 Philosophy in Literature (F) (3,0) Course Descriptions Prerequisite: Philosophy 210 An examination of the lively relationship between Philosophy and Literature. Philosophical theories will be approached and discussed via literary work which either embodies the theories or grounds them in human experience. Textual sources will range from the classical Greek plays to last month's best seller. Philosophy 221 Existentialism in Literature (S) (3,0) This course is, in spirit, a continuation of Philosophy 220, but it is centred on the Philosophy of Existentialism in literature. There will be an introductory set of lectures on Existentialism as a philosophy. Textual sources will range from Dostoyevsky's "Notes from the Underground" to Sartre's "Nausea." Physics 104 Principles of Physics I (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: No Physics prerequisite. Algebra 12 or Math 105 is required. Physics 104 is accepted at BCIT as equivalent to Physics 12. This course serves as an introduction to physics for students with little or no background in the subject. It is intended for students not taking further studies in science. Topics include mechanics, energy, ray optics and heat. Physics 108 Basic Physics (F) (4.5,2) Prerequisite: corequisite. Algebra 12 or 105. Math 110 is a pre or The course covers the material of Physics 110, together with those topics from high school physics needed by a student with no previous background in physics. A student passing this course should be able to enter Physics 111 in the Spring. Students who have previously attempted Physics 108, 110, or 114 will not be permitted to register in Physics 108. Physics 110 General Physics I (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 11 or Physics 104; and Math 110 is a pre or corequisite. A survey of mechanics covering vectors, statics, kinematics, dynamics, energy, momentum, rotation, gravitation, vibration, and special relativity. ACADEMIC 60 - Physics Physics 111 General Physics II (S) (3,2) Physics 210 Physics Laboratory I (F) (1,3) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 110. Math 111 is a pre or corequisite. Any student who has attempted the course within the last year will not be allowed to register without the instructor's permission. Prerequisite: As for Physics 200 which must be taken concurrently. Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, wave optics, and atomic and nuclear physics. Physics 211 Physics Laboratory II (S) (1,3) Physics 114 Fundamental Physics I (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: As for Physics 201, which must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: Physics 12 or Physics 104; Math 110 is a pre or corequisite. A weekly three-hour lab in mathematical methods, electrical measurements and optics. A weekly three-hour lab in electron dynamics, electricity and electronics. A survey of mechanics similar to Physics 110 but at a , more advanced level. This course, together with Physics 115, is particularly suitable for students going into the physical sciences or engineering. Physics 220 Mechanics I (F) (3,0) Physics 115 Fundamental Physics II (S) (3,2) Newtonian mechanics of particles. Topics include kinematics, viscous and turbulent drag, rocket propulsion, conservation laws, and centrifugal and Coriolis forces. Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 114 or at least a "B" in Physics 108 or 110. Math 111 is a pre or corequisite. A continuation of Physics 114; material similar to that of 111 but at a more advanced level. Physics 200 Heat, Kinetic Theory and Waves (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in either Physics 111 or 115; and Math 111. Math 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Physics 210 must be taken concurrently. Heat, temperature, the first and second laws of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and waves. This course, together with Physics 201, 210 and 211, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in chemistry. Prerequisite: At least a "C" in either Physics 110 or 108 or 114; and Math 111. Math 230 is a pre or corequisite. This course, together with Physics 221, is required for students majoring in physics and recommended for students majoring in math or computer science. Physics 221 Mechanics II and Special Relativity (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C-" in Physics 220; and Math 230. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. More advanced topics in mechanics: application of special relativity to elementary particle creation and space travel, eliptical and interplanetary transfer orbits, rigid body dynamics and gyroscopes. Physics 201 Electrical Circuits (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C -" in Physics 200; Math 230. Math 231 is a pre or corequisite. Math 235 is a recommended corequisite. Physics 211 must be taken concurrently. The study of electrical and magnetic fields; fundamentals of a.c. theory; LR, RC, LRC circuits; resonance; mechanical analogs; forced and damped oscillations, and waves. ACADEMIC - Physics 61 Political Studies Instructional Faculty E.M. LAVALLE, B.Comm., LL.B. (UBC), M.A. (Duke) P. MIER, B.A. (SFU), M.A. (Toronto) S. PERSKY, B.A., M.A. (UBC) University Transfer Credit All Political Studies courses at Capilano are transferable to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Political Studies 100 An Introduction to Political Thought - Plato to Machiavelli (F,S) (3,0) The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the tradition of Western political inquiry from the Ancient Greeks to the emergence of the Nation State. Elements within this tradition will be approached from an historical and philosophical perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed upon the critical reading of original texts and background material will be presented in lectures and additional reading. Major topics include ancient and medieval political thought, and the rise of the national state. Political Studies 101 Contemporary Ideologies (F,S) (3,0) An introduction to the historical development of contemporary ideologies with an examination of the ideas expressed in the political process. The course includes a critical analysis of Liberalism, Conservatism, Fascism, Social Democracy and Marxism-Leninism. Political Studies 102 Comparative Government (F,S) (3,0) An introduction to the elements of government and politics in a comparative perspective. This course will take two or more political cultures and examine the formal and informal political structures and processes in each. A variety of states/countries are selected each term to use as "case" studies (e.g. U.S. and Latin America; Western Europe and the Soviet Union). Political Studies 104 Canadian Government (F,S) (3,0) A study of the processes, ideologies and government structures which make up the Canadian political reality. This course will examine the role of the prime minister's office, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial relations and Canadian foreign policy. ACADEMIC 62 - Political Studies Political Studies 201 International Relations (F) (3,0) A study of aspects of global conflict and world politics providing students with the background necessary for an understanding of sources of power, techniques of wielding influence and the formulation of foreign policy. The course will examine the origins of the Cold War, Imperialism, local and global wars, detente, and problems of militarization and disarmament. Students will be introduced to primary diplomatic materials. Political Studies 202 Government and Politics of British Columbia (F) (3,0) This course will provide an understanding of the political institutions, dynamics, and socio-economic processes of provincial, regional, and municipal governments in Canada, with particular emphasis on B.C. Specifically, it is intended to familiarize students with the activities of political parties and state institutions in B.C., especially since the end of World War II. It is designed to develop students' skills in critically analyzing the B.C. political process from several methodological perspectives within the discipline of political studies. Political Studies 203 International Organizations (S) (3,0) Since the emergence of the Concert of Europe in 1815, international organizations have played an increasingly important role in world politics. This course examines the history and development of international and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations which act in the international arena. Special emphasis will be placed on the United Nations, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, the Warsaw Treaty Organization, the European Economic Community and the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance. Political Studies 207 Selected Issues in Contemporary Social and Political Theory (F) (3,0) This course will examine some of the major contributions to social and political thought beginning with the rise of the Welfare State to the current problems associated with the structure and organization of late capitalism. Topics will include a discussion of the role of the state, the Frankfurt School, Neo-Marxism, Cultural Theory, the fate of Liberal Democracy, Civil Society vs the State, NeoConservatism, Militarism, and the question of Power, and how particular theorists have responded to these developments, (for example, Keynes, Arendt, Gramsci, Althusser, Poulantzas, Bahro, Foucault, Habermas, Offe, Friedman, Marcuse, and Williams). Psychology Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) E. ECCLES, B.A. (Hons.), M.A. (UBC) R. HAWRYLKO, B.A. (Hunter), M.A. (SFU) M. MACNEILL, B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Calgary) S. MOE, B.A., M.A. (Mexico) University Transfer Credit All Psychology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. For more details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Description Psychology 100 Introduction to Psychology (F,S) (3,0) A course designed to introduce the beginning psychology student to some of the major concepts and approaches necessary to an understanding of human behaviour from a psychological perspective. Topics covered include learning, development, sexuality, personality theory, and other selected issues. Psychology 101 Theories of Behaviour (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A course for those students who desire a complete survey of the basic areas of Psychology (when combined with Psychology 100), before proceeding to an in-depth study of particular areas. The course covers such topics as research methodology, stress, physiological psychology, altered states of consciousness, behaviour disorders, the therapeutic process, and other selected issues. Psychology 200 Social Psychology (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the dynamics and effects of social influences on individual human behaviour. The course looks at such topics as attitudes and attitude changes, social beliefs, roles, conformity, group processes, leadership, prejudice, interpersonal attraction and psychological effects of the physical environment. Psychology 201 Group Dynamics (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the behaviour of people in small groups which provides an intellectual and experiential approach to small group theory and allows students to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting. Psychology 204 Developmental Psychology (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will be encouraged to do research projects and observations. Psychology 205 The Psychology of Aging (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging. As well as being exposed to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through such means as community projects. Psychology 206 Adolescent Psychology (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and 101 This course will examine the research findings and theories pertaining to the development and behaviour of adolescents. Topics covered will include biological and sexual maturation, personality, intelligence, motivation and social issues such as delinquency and family relationships. To be offered Spring 1989. Psychology 220 Theory of Personality (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytic theory to learning theory. Included will be the ideas of Freud, Rogers, Maslow and others. Concepts to be considered will include the development of personality, and the structure and dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, and students will become familiar with empirical research in these areas. Psychology 222 Abnormal Psychology (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour. Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. This course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. ACADEMIC - Psychology 63 Sociology Women's Studies 110 Women and Psychology (S) (3,0) A psychological examination of sex-role definitions, their origins, development in childhood and maintenance in adult life, with reference made to major psychological schools of thought in terms of sexual bias. See more detailed course description under Women's Studies. Not offered 1988/89. Transferable to SFU and UVic. Instructional Faculty N. GAYLE, B.A. (York), M.A. (Western), Ph.D. (UBC) M. SPEIER, B.A. (New York), M.A., Ph.D. (Berkeley) General Information All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in Sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial Sociology, communications, media, government research and related areas. Students registering for Sociology courses should note that there are no prerequisites for any of the courses and that courses can be taken in any order or combination, according to student interest. Those who intend to major should complete Sociology 100 and 101. University Transfer Credit All Sociology courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. All 200 level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward second-year courses. The UBC transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit towards a major. For details consult the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Sociology 100 Social Structures (F,S) (3,0) The course systematically covers major topics and issues of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand and come to terms with, the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine". This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, inequality, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this "machine" and in turn how we react to that influence. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 101 Concepts of Theories of Society (F,S) (3,0) With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the 19th and 20th centuries. We will look at three major approaches to understanding society (functionalism, conflict theory and symbolic interactionism) and employ ACADEMIC 64 - Sociology these approaches to analyze events of current interest. Both Sociology 100 and 101 are required for students intending to major in Sociology at SFU or UBC. Sociology 200 Canadian Society (F) (3,0) An introduction to the study of Canadian society and culture, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change in a multicultural, complex society. Sociology 201 British Columbia Society (F) (3,0) A continued sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society with special emphasis on British Columbia. Close attention will be given to social movements and economics, historical and cultural developments which have shaped British Columbia from a frontier into a modern industrial society. course will relate the various art forms to the social context in which they exist; hence it will develop an understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (expressed as Art), social institutions and social behaviour. This .course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 223 or 101. Sociology 223 Media and Society (S) (3,0) An intensive study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as media and its technological, economic and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of advertisement, news production and the movies. This course is particularly recommended as a complement to Sociology 222 or 100. Sociology 210 Current Social Issues (S) (3,0) A study of social concerns and cultural problems common to current conditions in the 20th century in our society and in global perspectives. Classical sociological concepts will be used to examine current social issues in a global framework of political, economic, and cultural analysis, such as mass violence, the economics of the arms race, the sociology of war and peace, social inequality, etc. Current issues are placed in the context of the student's daily world, as it is happening now — this should develop the student's sociological imagination. This course can be taken by itself, or as a complement to Sociology of the Third World. Sociology 211 Sociology of the Third World (F) (3,0) A study of the major theories of development and under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the "developed" and "under developed" societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic and political causes and effects of under development. Both sociological and "non-sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 210, Current Social Issues. Sociology 222 Sociology of the Arts (F) (3,0) A sociological study of creative endeavours of western civilization through painting, music and the cinema. The ACADEMIC - Sociology 65 Spanish Instructional Faculty C. FURSTENWALD, B.A. (Mexico), M.B.A. (Washington) General Information All courses in Spanish include a total of four and 3/4 hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; 3/4 hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of Spanish who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Spanish Instructor first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Coordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry. In order to avoid any misunderstandings, such students are invited to discuss these problems with the Language Coordinator prior to enrollment. University Transfer Credit All Spanish courses at Capilano transfer to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. S F U : Students who wish to proceed to SFU and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at SFU for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. As a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. Courses which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. UBC: At UBC, present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans to major in Spanish may enter UBC's Spanish when s/he completes the Capilano courses. Course Descriptions Spanish 100 First Year Spanish (F) (3,1.75) This is a beginners' course which offers a comprehensive introduction to the Spanish language. Emphasis is placed on grammar and the development of the students' speaking, understanding and writing skills. Spanish 101 First Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: Spanish 100 or permission from instructor. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100, this course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following ACADEMIC 66 - Spanish Spanish 100. Recommended also for those who are considering taking Spanish 200 at a later date and need review work. Spanish 200 Second Year Spanish (F) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: Spanish grade 12, or Spanish 100/101 or permission of instructor. A review of Spanish grammar with special emphasis on problematic areas normally encountered by students of the language. The reading, writing and oral fluency of the student will be improved through translations, compositions and a high degree of conversation. Also, the student will be introduced to Hispanic Literature. Classes will be conducted in the Spanish language only. Spanish 201 Second Year Spanish (S) (3,1.75) Prerequisite: instructor. Spanish 200 or permission from the A continuation of the work of Spanish 200. This course should be taken, wherever possible, in the term following Spanish 200. Theatre Arts Instructional Faculty D. MOORE, B.F.A. (U.Vic.) W. MURDOCH, B.F.A. (U.Vic), M.F.A. (UBC) General Information The Theatre Program runs a series of acting courses in the Fall and Spring terms through the College's Academic Division. These are available to both full-time and parttime students who wish the opportunity to continue their interest in Theatre at a post-secondary level. The aim of the program is to provide a professional approach to acting through in-class instruction and performance experience, both on campus and on tour at such performance venues as the Presentation House Studio Theatre. Students may enroll in any course at any time, but the second year courses require an audition if Theatre 100 or 101 have not previously been taken. This program prepares students, who are professionally inclined, for entrance to professional theatre schools while providing students with more casual interest with transfer to other more specialized college and university Theatre Departments. Also, for those who simply wish to pursue theatre for the sheer joy of it, these courses will provide an excellent background introduction to the discipline and group sharing that any cooperative creative venture provides. Daytime and evening sections of most courses are offered to allow both full-time and part-time students to take advantage of the Theatre Program. University Transfer Credit Theatre courses at Capilano have transfer credit or elective credit at SFU, UBC and U.Vic. Please consult Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar and instructor. Course Descriptions Theatre 100 Acting I (F) (3,0) A workshop course in the art of the actor, focusing on voice, movement, and scene work to develop the student's awareness of the actor's resources and his/her own strengths and weaknesses as a performer. In addition to readings and a written analysis of a professional production, the student will rehearse and perform a monologue and a short scene, applying approaches and techniques taught in class to the final presentation of theses scenes for an invited audience. Video and audio tapings of student work will be used to augment individual comment and coaching provided by the instructor. One accelerated section of Theatre 100 will be offered. Students will cover the same topics at a quicker pace, with one extra performance assignment during the term. This section is recommended for students who have studied acting for two or more years at secondary school or equivalent. Students in doubt regarding placement should contact the instructor. Theatre 101 Acting II (S) (3,0) A continuation of Theatre 100, exploring performance improvisation and non-scripted theatre. A workshop course focusing on improvisation as an essential tool in developing the actor's imaginative resources and providing the confidence necessary to any form of "thinking on one's feet." Improvisation will be taught as a performance skill in its own right through the use of theatre games such as seen at Theatre Sports, but it will also be explored as a means to develop and amplify scripted works. Theatre 200 Script and Stage (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Theatre 100 or 101 or audition by appointment with the instructor. This course focuses on scripted material and the means that both the actor and the technician use to bring about a full rendering of the work chosen. A particular performance problem will be given practical application as the students rehearse and perform a show presented in the on-campus Studio. The Theatre Lab section of the course will introduce students to design, promotion, and production organization, which will then be given immediate application in the mounting and marketing of the performance. The Acting section of the course will give practical application of the acting skills required by the particular project chosen, as the students will be taken through a professionally conducted rehearsal period culminating in a short run to a paying public audience. Theatre 201 Rehearsal and Performance (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Theatre 200 or audition by appointment with the instructor. This course takes the lessons learned in Theatre 200 and applies them to a professionally mounted performance out in the community which is likewise mounted and marketed on this larger scale. The choice of material will be based on the students' abilities and needs as perceived by the Theatre 200 experience. Preparing for the productions is a major undertaking and students can expect to be engaged in rehearsal outside of scheduled class times. ACADEMIC - Theatre 67 Women's Studies Instructional Faculty India, Mexico and Africa. Women's Studies offerings are taught by fully qualified instructors with experience in the field required by each course. These faculty are seconded from relevant disciplines to Women's Studies. Transferable to SFU and UVic as either Anthropology or Women's Studies credits, and to UBC as Anthropology credit. University Transfer Credit SFU: Students who wish to pursue further courses in Women's Studies are advised that SFU has instituted a minor program in Women's Studies. Transfer credit has been received for Women's Studies 104, 110, 120, 122 and 192, and is being sought for 193. For further information on transferability refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Course Descriptions Women's Studies 110 Women and Psychology (S) (3,0) A psychological examination of sex-role definitions, their origins, development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine the differences in life patterns between men and women and the effect these have on personality development and self-concept. It will include a critical examination of male and female consciousness and the extent to which these affect and determine potential for human growth and freedom. Reference will be made to major psychological schools of thought in terms of sexual bias. Non-sexist alternatives to present psychiatric practices will be explored. Transferable to SFU and U.Vic. Women's Studies 120 Women and the Past: An Historical Survey (F) (3,0) A survey of the lives of women from the Ancient World to 20th century North America. An uncovering of women's participation in and contribution to the making of history. Private lives as well as public and political activities will be studied. The course will examine reasons behind the extent to which women have been "hidden from history." Transferable to SFU, UBC and U.Vic. Women's Studies 122 Women in Anthropology (S) (3,0) The anthropological perspective applied to women in different cultures of the world: their role in economic, political, religious, kinship, and expressive systems; exploration of the work of women anthropologists and the effect of theory on understanding women; women's experience in cultures and areas such as the Eskimos, Amazon jungle, Israeli kibbutz, Greece, Afghanistan, ACADEMIC 68 - Women's Studies To be offered Spring 1989. Women's Studies 104 Contemporary English-Canadian Women Writers (S) (3,0) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation for the literature in English being produced by Canadian women writers today, with emphasis on the current, local, West Coast literary scene; to examine and discuss the portraits of women and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings. In addition to students' reading and discussion of the literature, there will be class visits for readings and discussion by several prominent West Coast Canadian women writers. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and U.Vic. 69 Career/Vocational Programs Capilano College offers a variety of employment related programs. Admission is limited and applicants are considered on the criteria established for each program area. In general, Grade 12 standing is required for two year Diploma Programs although others may be admitted on the basis of their experience and abilities. documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admissions Advisor, Counsellors and in the Division. The programs offered are under constant review to make certain that students are taught the latest techniques and skills. Advisory committees composed of employers review and recommend content of all programs. Admission Dates Student Course and Work Load Full-time programs are designed so that successful completion is a full-time task. Students are advised not to undertake other activities that require large time commitments, including employment, while undertaking full-time studies. Employment Opportunities for the Graduate Although employment opportunities for the graduates have to date been good, the College is in no position to guarantee jobs for its graduates. Exemption Standing Students may be exempted from certain courses upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge. Such exemption standings will be noted on the Permanent Studies Record. Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credit hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours per academic year without effect upon the status of the certificate or diploma in the particular program. Such exempted hours are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Exemption in excess of two courses, or six credit hours, may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the appropriate Program Coordinator and the Dean. Transfer To and From Other Institutions There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credits. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions: the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for the certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable CAREER/VOCATIONAL 70 - General Enrollment in some Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Coordinator prior to admission. APPLICATIONS MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE MARCH 1 of each year in order to guarantee consideration for the next Academic Year (September). Applications received after that date will be considered if spaces are available. Unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for the next year must re-apply. Canadian Studies Specialty Students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian content courses can apply for a Canadian Studies Specialty to be applied to their diploma. See details on page 29. Scientific Computing Applications Technology Program (SCAT) The College offers a two-year program leading to a Diploma in Scientific Computing Applications which is aimed at producing graduates employable in a technical environment where their academic and programming skills will enable them to solve problems of a scientific nature. For more information see page 29. Course Description Code On the right hand side of each course description there is a series of code letters and numbers, for example: English 010 Language Skills (F,S) (3,0) The first letter(s) indicate the term in which the class will be offered. Example: F-Fall, S-Spring, SU-Summer. Thus, English 010 is to be offered in the Fall and Spring terms. The first number indicates the number of credit hours granted for the course (which is usually equivalent to the number of instructional hours per week) and the second number denotes the number of lab and conversational hours per week. Thus, English 010 is offered three hours a week for three credit hours with no lab time. Art Programs Instructional Faculty A. CLAY, B.F.A. (NSCAD), M.F.A. (UBC) B. COGSWELL, N.D.D. (Hammersmith) (R.C.A. P. DEGGAN, Diploma (Worthing Co. England) W. EASTCOTT, Sr. Cert. (V.S.A.) (R.C.A. J. EDGE, Alberta College of Art F. FORSTER, Alberta College of Art K. HOLLAND, Dipl. (Johannesburg School of Art) J. JUNGIC, B.A., M.A. (UBC) T. KINGAN, N.D.D. (Blackpool), A.T.D. (Mane), R.C.A., Teach. Cert. (Manchester), B.C. Teach. Cert. M. LLEWELLYN, B.A. (Manchester) J. LONG, B.P.A. Art Center (Los Angeles) D. MACLAGAN, A.O.C.A., I.D.C., F.C.A. D. MCLAREN, Cert. (Sheridan College), B.H.Sc. (Guelph) D. MARSHALL, Cert. (B.C.) M. MEES, Cert. Handcraft House F. MOLNAR, Dipl. (Pennsylvania) J. NEWTON-MASON, Dipl. (Worthing Col., England) G. PEARSON, B.F.A. (U. Vic), M.A. (U. of Sask.) L. RICHMOND, M.Art. Ed. (W. Wash. State), Teach. Cert. (London) J . THORNSBURY, M.Art Ed., W.Wash. D. YASINSKI A. ZIMMERMAN, Art Center (Los Angeles) General Description The Art Department offers three major programs—Studio Art, Graphic Design and Illustration, and Clay and Textile Arts—and two shorter, specialized programs—Crafts Instructor Training for Community and Institutional Needs, and the Art Institute. Admission and Registration Procedures 1. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION. STUDIO ART, AND CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS applicants should refer to special requirements noted in those sections. 2. For the purposes of admission to art courses a full-time student means a person of any age who takes a full career program (which may include some Art courses and some Academic courses or exclusively Art Option courses) which, upon completion in one or two years of study, entitles the student to either a College Certificate or the Associate of Arts and Science Diploma, or entitles the student to seek transfer credit to other post-secondary institutions. 3. Students wishing to repeat a course: Any student who has taken an Art course at Capilano College and who has passed that course may retake it only after all available spaces have been filled by those students who wish to enroll in the course for the first time. STUDENTS MAY NOT REPEAT A COURSE MORE THAN ONCE WITHOUT AN APPROVAL IN WRITING FROM THE COORDINATOR. Advance Registration - Art Programs i. Fall T e r m 1988 STUDENTS ENTERING FIRST YEAR OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMS: STUDIO ART: Contact the College (984-4911) before May 27 to arrange for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available. Full and part-time students. CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS: Contact the College (984-4911) before May 13 to arrange for an interview. Bring a portfolio if available. CRAFT INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR COMMUNITY AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS: Applicants to this program should have a strong craft background. Contact the College (984-4911) before May 13 to arrange for an interview. A portfolio or samples of work is required. (Evening interviews available.) If space is available, late interviews will be conducted August 24, 25, 26. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION FOUNDATION Portfolio submission is from May 2 to May 6. No late submissions accepted. Full-time students only. ii. S p r i n g T e r m 1989 Students must contact the coordinator of the desired Program for permission to enter. Signature of coordinator or instructor required to register. Prerequisites Prerequisites may be waived in.writing by either the Program Coordinator or the instructor concerned when it is felt that a student possesses the ability to cope with the requirements of any given course. History of Art Courses Art students may wish to consider the following courses offered by the Academic Division: Fine Arts 100 and 101. (May be taken instead of Fine Arts 104 and 105 for credit in the Art Program.) Transfer Credit The Transfer Guide in the Calendar should be referred to regarding transferability of specific courses. The student should understand that advanced standing in any institution is usually based on interview and portfolio submission, as well as credits held. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 71 STUDIO ART PROGRAM Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911. Two Year Associate In Arts and Science Diploma Over 200 careers in art can be identified, from that of a painter or sculptor, to that of an archaeological illustrator or jeweller, a film-maker or industrial designer, to a gallery curator or an arts administrator. Artists are self-employed as painters and potters, have small businesses as furniture-makers or freelance designers, work for large corporations as designers or illustrators and for public institutions as curators and educators. The Studio Art program gives a thorough foundation in the fundamentals of Fine Art, which will enable the student to make informed decisions regarding future career choices. Career Opportunities In the 1985 report of the National Advisory Committee on Culture Statistics, the arts were given an $8 billion value to the Canadian economy, with over 300,000 people employed in the cultural industry. Art and Culture is an expanding industry, and offers opportunities for employment and self-employment as well as great self-fulfillment. Many people would consider the vocational satisfaction and sense of fulfillment to be gained from pursuing a career in the arts to be paramount, but the practical considerations are also important; therefore professional counselling should be sought before selecting a specific art career option, as the expectations for employment and salary vary greatly from career to career. Full time students will gain a wide variety of basic skills and insights in this intensive two-year program of studies. It will provide them with a firm, broad foundation for further study in Visual Arts or in any of the related fields. These studies may be continued.at the Emily Carr College of Art and Design, or other appropriate institutions. The Program The Studio Art courses carry transferability for entry into B.F.A. programs at university. The Studio Art Program provides studio experiences in Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture, Drawing, Design and Art History. A schedule of guest speakers and field trips ensures regular contact with other than resident instructors and further expands the student's knowledge and awareness. Through exposure to as broad a range of concepts, materials, techniques and processes as possible, students are assisted to develop personal directions and creative maturity. They will learn how to conduct their own artistic education according to their individual CAREER/VOCATIONAL 72 - Art priorities, abilities and ambitions. Emphasis is placed on preparing students to function effectively within the context of current thought and practice. Part-time students are accepted into the program whenever possible, so that members of the community may participate for other than professional reasons. Admission Requirements Prospective full-time students are normally admitted on the basis of an interview and portfolio presentation. The nature and scope of work presented is for the candidate to decide, but it should provide as accurate a picture of his or her past and current artistic activities as possible. Sketchbooks, research material and preliminary studies should be included wherever possible, in addition to completed work. Slides, photographs or any other supporting evidence may form part of the portfolio. Where appropriate and with the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Those wishing to enter courses for which they do not have the prerequisites should be prepared to present a portfolio so that faculty may assess the applicant's level of competence. Some part-time students may be admitted to a course when space is available. Special Fees and Expenses Although the Studio Art Department can supply some of the materials required for the courses, the student can expect a financial outlay for some basic supplies, as indicated in the course outlines. University Transfer All Studio Art courses carry some University transferability. Students should refer to the Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar. Program Content Credit (L) Lab Hours or (S) Studio Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM Art 150-1 Drawing I Art 167-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture I Art 182-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking I 2-D Studies - Printmaking II Art 183-1 Design Concepts I Art 185-1 FA 104-2 Introduction to Visual Literacy I CMNS 150 Basic Communications SECOND TERM Art 151-1 Drawing II 2-D Studies - Painting I Art 171-1 Art 172-1 2-D Studies - Painting II Art 174-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture II Art 189-1 Design Concepts II FA 105-2 Introduction to Visual Literacy II CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts THIRD TERM Art 250-1 2-D Studies - Painting III Art 255-1 2-D Studies - Painting IV Art 257-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture III Art 262-1 Drawing III FA 210-2 Modern Art (19th Century) FOURTH TERM Art 263-1 Drawing IV Art 265-1 3-D Studies - Sculpture IV Art 282-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV Art 283-1 2-D Studies - Printmaking IV FA 211-2 Modern Art (20th Century) 66 6 72 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 39 0 39 3(L) 3(S) 3(S) ~9 Course Descriptions Art 150 Drawing I (F) (3,0) An investigation of the conceptual, technical and perceptual aspects of the drawing process through a wide variety of methods, materials and stimuli. Experiences in current approaches and concerns, including representational, interpretive and experimental drawings in assorted media. Emphasis will be on developing the student's confidence, knowledge, graphic sensitivity and control of media. Specifics to this course will be: study of graphic elements (line, tone etc.), media investigation, perspective, structural analysis (of natural form), life study. Art 151 Drawing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 72 3(S) 3(S) 3(L) 3(S) 12 3(S) 3(S) 3(L) ~9 3(L) 3(S) 3(S) ~9 39 ART INSTITUTE: Advanced Option Courses For students with previous experience the program offers the following courses: FALL TERM Art 300 Art Institute I - Sculpture & Printmaking 12 credits Art 150 A continuation of Art 150, with the inclusion of the following specifics: composition and design exploration, colour, collage, large scale drawing, photo-realist project. Art 167 Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture I (F) (3,3) An introduction to 3-dimensional work as a means of expression, communication and discovery. Some basic sculptural techniques will be explored, these will include: assemblage, wood construction, modelling, mould making, casting. Sculptural content and subject matter will be considered in the context of the student's own work. An examination of historical sculpture developments will be a feature of the class; however, the emphasis will be upon developing an understanding of contemporary sculptural concerns. Art 171 Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting I (S) (3,3) Through a combination of assigned studio work, personal research projects and an introduction to recent and current trends in the Visual Arts, students will gain an understanding of how both abstract and concrete concerns may be expressed in terms of imagery and through a variety of methods and materials. Acrylics will be the preferred medium but students will be encouraged to investigate the characteristics and possibilities of other media according to their individual needs. Guest speakers, field trips and slide-lectures will be a feature of the course and both individual and group critiques will be conducted at regular intervals. SPRING TERM Art 301 Art Institute II - Sculpture & Printmaking 12 credits CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 73 Art 172 Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting II (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 171 A continuation of Art 171 with added emphasis on devlloping personal areas of interest and research in addition to designated painting problems which will require students to express their ideas in multiple or mixed-media techniques of a more ambitious nature. There will be opportunities for students to relate their painting activities to other areas of study within the program and to become more responsible for determining their own priorities and goals. There will be further exposure to contemporary philosophies and activities in the Visual Arts. Art 174 Three-Dimensional Studies: Sculpture (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 167 A continuation of Art 167, but with the inclusion of the following materials and techniques: metal casting, wood carving and jointing, steel welding. Art 182 Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking I (F) (3,3) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. An introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and acquatint. Discussions regarding the image-making potential of printmaking and the creative processes in general will be ongoing. Particular emphasis will be given to the relationship between printmaking and painting with the student producing a number of pieces demonstrating either technical competency and creative potential. Most work will be executed in black and white. texture, volume, rhythm, proportion, etc. Sources of imagery and methods of extending the form-vocabulary will be investigated and standards of craftsmanship developed. Art 189 Design Concepts II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 185 Essentially a continuation of Design Concepts I, but with added emphasis on the students' ability to effectively communicate ideas and intentions through their work and to create original designs according to set criteria. Students will find opportunities to relate their experiences in design to other and more specialized areas of study in the Program and, by the end of the course, will be able to respond to problem-solving situations in an original, creative fashion. Art 250 Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting III (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 172 In addition to assigned painting problems, students will be required to define their own areas of research and visual articulation as they embark on a thematically linked series of works. As much freedom as possible will be given with regard to subject matter, content, materials, methods, scale, etc. and students will be encouraged to re-define the painting process in terms of their own needs and priorities. Emphasis will be placed on relating work in this course to other areas of the Program, especially with respect to Printmaking and to current trends in the Visual Arts. Art 255 Two-Dimensional Studies: Painting IV (F) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 250 Art 183 Two-Dimensional Studies: Printmaking II (F) (3,3) A continuation of Art 250 but with an increased need for students to define their own areas of interest and to extend their thinking in an innovative, self-challenging A continuation of Art 182 with emphasis on printing procedures both in black and white and colour. The student will also be introduced to mono and relief printing methods (including lino/wood blocks and etched plates) and editioning procedures. Discussion of historical and contemporary approaches to image-making will be ongoing. fashion. As in Art 250, guest speakers, field trips, slide lectures etc. will be a feature of the course. There will be a continuing stress on relating work in this course to contemporary activities in the Visual Arts and to other areas of the Program. Experiments with images, methods and materials will be encouraged, with a view to the development of personal modes of expression. Art 185 Design Concepts I (F) (3,0) Art 257 Three Dimensional Studies: Sculpture and Design (F) (3,3) An introduction to the basic elements of both two and three-dimensional design and their use according to formal and expressive needs. Using a variety of materials and processes, students will translate ideas into tangible form through the manipulation of colour, tone, shape, line, CAREER/VOCATIONAL 74 - Art Prerequisite: Art 174 Continued studies in 3-dimensional art. Students will be encouraged to pursue media and themes of their choice and to develop individual styles. Bronze casting will be offered as a main component of this course. Art 262 Drawing III (F) Prerequisite: (3,0) Art 300 Art 151 Continued study of drawing as a means of discover, expression and communication. Conceptual, perceptual and technical aspects of drawing will be examined. Specifics to this course will include: advanced graphic elements, unconventional media, objective/subjective research. Art 263 Drawing IV (S) Prerequisite: (3,0) Art 262 Further study of drawing with an emphasis on the development of personal modes of expression. The work of the three previous courses will be reviewed, with the addition of perceptual exploration, and portfolio presentation. Art Institute I - S c u l p t u r e a n d Printmaking (F)(12,0) Designed to meet the needs of students with several years of experience in sculpture or printmaking or who have left college, art school or university and may no longer have access to specialized equipment and facilities, the Art Institute will emphasize access to wellequipped studios as well as lectures, seminars and tutorials with instructors and invited professional artists. The format will be one day of lecture and three or more days of working time per week. Art 301 Art institute II - S c u l p t u r e a n d Printmaking (S) (12,0) A continuation of Art 300. Art 265 Three-Dimensional Studies: Prerequisite: based upon the individual's need. A folio of work will be produced to document this research. Technical aspects that surface will include photographic possibilities and dimensional prints. S c u l p t u r e (S) (3,3) Art 257 Further study of historical and current sculpture concerns as well as the study of the craft and design fields. The first workshop project will be a review of the available techniques through the process of producing set forms, using specific materials. Throughout the remainder of the course the emphasis will be on the development of personal modes of expression through the student's choice of media and subject matter. Each student will be expected to work on two projects from a supplied list of suggested themes. Art 282 Two-Dimensional Studies: (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Printmaking III Art 183 or Instructor's permission A comprehensive study of intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced printmaking student. Other areas that come under consideration will include collographs, uninked embossing and the practical application of colour theory. Discussion of current directions in printmaking and their relationship to painting and sculpture will be ongoing. Art 283 Two-Dimensional Studies: (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Printmaking IV Art 282 or Instructor's permission Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be combined colour printing techniques CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 75 CLAY & TEXTILE ARTS PROGRAM First Year Certificate Program - Foundation C o n t a c t P e r s o n : Joyce Fancher, 984-4911. Major Program Requirements 36 18 FIRST Art 154TERM Introductory Drawing I Art 158 Design I Art 160 Textile Surface Design I Art 163 Clay I Art 168 Weaving I 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 9 O n e Y e a r Certificate, T w o Y e a r D i p l o m a P r o g r a m Career Opportunities Graduates may choose to work independently as artists/ craftspeople or they may find employment as instructors in community art programs or in institutions where art and craft courses are used as therapy. The Program Students are trained to develop skill and understanding of contemporary fine craft. Open to both full and part-time students, the first year of the Program is a Foundation year. The core content consists of Weaving, Textile Surface design, and Ceramics and is supported by courses in Design and Drawing. Upon completion of the first year students may receive a certificate. Upon completion of the second year, during which students have a choice of specializing in either clay or textile arts, students will receive a diploma. Students who have a demonstrated equivalent of the first year may enter directly into one of the second year specialties and receive a certificate. Studio and Gallery visits are an important learning segment of the program. Guest lecturers from all craft disciplines are brought in to enrich the courses. Market research and marketing techniques for the craftsperson are a vital part of the program through lectures and seminars. Admission Requirements Prospective full-time and part-time students are admitted on the basis of an interview. A portfolio which contains as accurately as possible an overview of the students' work is required. With the Coordinator's permission, the portfolio requirement may be waived. Special Fees and Expenses Some of the materials needed for the course are supplied by the Department. The student can expect an additional outlay, which amount may vary according to the needs of the course. University Transfer All courses marked with an asterisk (i.e. * Art 158) are transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units to the BFA Studio Program at UBC. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 76 SECOND TERM Art 153 Introductory Drawing II Art 161 Textile Surface Design II Art 165 Clay II Art 169 Weaving II Art 178 Design II 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 ~9 Second Year Diploma Program - Clay Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements THIRD TERM Art 273 Functional Clay I Art 275 • Sculptural Clay I CMNS 150 Basic Communications F.A. 104 Introduction to Visual Literacy I ELECTIVE 54 6 60 24 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 FOURTH TERM 3 Art 274 Functional Clay II 3 Art 276 Sculptural Clay II CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts 3 F.A. 105 Introduction to Visual Literacy II 3 _3 Art 230 Marketing Skills 15 24 ~3 3 ~3 Second Year Diploma Program - Textile Arts Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements THIRD TERM Art 267 Weaving III Art 284 Textile Surface Design III Art 290 Dyes and Dyeing CMNS 150 Basic Communications F.A. 104 Introduction to Visual Literacy I FOURTH TERM Art 268 Weaving IV Art 285 Textile Surface Design IV Art 230 Marketing Skills CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts F.A. 105 Introduction to Visual Literacy II 54 6 60 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 15 21 21 3 ~3 Course Descriptions * All courses marked with an asterisk are transferable to SFU and UBC and carry 1.5 transfer units to the BFA Studio Program at U B C . Art 153 Introductory Drawing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 154 Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with an emphasis on a more individual and interpretive approach, developing themes for drawing aimed at illustration and reproduction. Study of drawing styles and modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and distortion. Drawing with pen and ink; washes, ink and brush, felt markers, mixed media. Study of mass, light and dark, plan, depth and space, and their graphic representation through various drawing techniques. Art 161 Textile S u r f a c e D e s i g n II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 160 Exploring paste resist techniques with stencils and silkscreen printing methods. Applique and quilting techniques will be used for surface decoration and design methods for each method will be explained. There will be an introduction to the history of printed fabrics. * Art 163 C l a y I (F) (3,3) An introduction to basic processes of pottery, including pinch, dugout, coil and slab, elementary wheelwork, glaze application, kiln loading and firing, and field trips to pottery studios and galleries. * Art 165 Clay II (S) (3,3) Art 154 Prerequisite: Introductory Drawing I (F) (3,0) Further study of wheelwork with progressively more advanced shapes and designs. An introduction to glaze theory and the history of ceramics around the world. This course offers the students of both the textile and ceramic arts the opportunity to develop those drawing skills that will be useful in the practice of those crafts. The study of primary drawing media and basic techniques, including pencil, pen and ink, brush and ink, marking pens, conte and pastel. Study of perspective drawing from direct observation. Study of representational rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Learning to visualize in graphic terms, symbolizing, stylizing in terms of line and line characteristics. Developing power of observation and graphic sensitivity. * Art 158 D e s i g n I (F) (3,0) Art 163 Art 168 W e a v i n g I (F) (3,3) Beginning experiences in loom weaving. Learning to warp a loom, drafting basic weaves on four harness looms. Class will include samples and finished pieces, with an emphasis on colour relationships, surface textures and fibers. Introduction to dye methods. Slides and examples of historical, ethnic and contemporary woven textiles will be used as inspiration. Art 169 W e a v i n g II (S) (3,3) An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual art fundamentals with analytical and creative study of basic elements of pictorial organization. Process and nature of visual communications, form characteristics are investigated with reference to fine arts, crafts and applied arts. Exercises in creating meaningful graphic communications on set and freely chosen topics will be employed. Media will include pencil, paint, ink, collage materials and mixed media. Study of more complex weave structures by exploring the four and eight harness loom. Techniques will include fundamental loom controlled weaves, hand-manipulated structures, space dyeing and painting warps and double weaves. Although emphasizing the development of technical skills, the course will also encourage personal expression through use of structures in individual projects. Art 160 Prerequisite: Textile S u r f a c e D e s i g n I (F) (3,3) Exploring traditional printing methods including wax resist with brush, tjanting and block. Bound and tied resists will also be explored using natural and fibre-reactive dyes. Design techniques for each medium will be studied and there will be an introduction to the history of dyed fabrics. * Art 178 D e s i g n II (S) (3,0) Art 158 Further study of design principles, pictorial organization, characteristics of visual form and media. Extensive study of form and colour characteristics as a means of expression and communication of moods, attitudes and associations derived from nonvisual experiences. Study of form symbolism and contemporary society. Introduction to three-dimensional space and form. Experiments with various materials and explorations of CAREER/VOCA TIONAL - Art 77 the principles of design as applied to crafts, fine and applied arts. Art 230 Marketing Skills for the Craftsperson (S) (3,0) This course is designed to be a survey. It will develop professionalism and good management in the craftsperson. Areas covered are Advertising and Promotion, Marketing, Portfolio Design, and Photography. Art 267 Weaving III (F) (3,0) This course has been divided in three parts. Part one will serve to investigate the designing process as it specifically relates to textiles. Part two will cover a survey of ethnic and historic textile sources. Part three will be a technical component to the two previous areas. Further exploration of the design possibilities of woven textiles. Each student will work on a series of individually designed projects in a technique of his/her choice, developing ideas and personal expression with class feedback and individual critiques. * Art 273 Functional Clay I (F) (3,3) Art 165 Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary styles and creative ceramics. Field trips to ceramic supply shops. * Art 274 Functional Clay II (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: Art 273 Increased emphasis on craftsmanship and design. Exploration of dinnerware mainly made on the wheel. Development of original glazes and manipulation of glaze characteristics. Art 275 Sculptural Clay I (F) (3,0) An introduction to the concepts and techniques of using clay as a sculptural medium. A wide variety of construction and firing techniques will be examined with an emphasis on personal exploration. Three dimensional design as well as historical and contemporary concepts of the visual language will be the foundation for personal growth. Technical information covering clay bodies, firing techniques and glaze application will be presented. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 78 Prerequisite: Art 275 Further study of concepts and techniques of using clay as a sculptural medium. Students will be encouraged to pursue techniques and concepts of their choice and to develop individual style. An investigation of combining non-clay materials with clay construction will be encouraged. The use of glaze and non-firing sources of colour will be explored. Art 284 Textile Surface Design III (F) (3,0) A study of screen printing techniques using paper, was, laquer and direct emulsion stencils — direct light sensitive techniques on fabric. Basic paper-making techniques. Art 285 Textile Surface Design IV (S) (3,0) Art 268 Weaving IV (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 276 Sculptural Clay II (S) (3,0) - Art A study of direct dyeing techniques including fabric painting using fibre reactive dyes, disperse dyes, french alcohol and acid dyes. Airbrushing will be studied and fabric manipulation techniques using strips, tubes and 3-D construction techniques. Art 290 Dyes and Dyeing (F) (3,3) The emphasis in this course will be on synthetic dyes, although students will also familiarize themselves with natural dyes and colour possibilities. Vat, direct, acid, dispersed and basic dye methods will be covered, using synthetic dyes and incorporating them with dye application methods. A comprehensive notebook will be made of colour samples for future reference. Projects will employ spinning and methods of dye application. CRAFTS INSTRUCTOR TRAINING FOR COMMUNITY AND INSTITUTIONAL NEEDS For students with a craft background the Program offers the following part-time certificate program: FALL TERM Art 187 - Crafts Instructors Training for Community and Institutional Needs I 3 Credits SPRING TERM Art 287 - Crafts Instructors Training for Community and Institutional Needs II 3 credits Course Descriptions GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION Two year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Contact Person: Joyce Fancher, 984-4911. Open to full-time students only. This is a two year Diploma program for those wishing to enter into the advertising industry as a graphic designer, advertising illustrator, or any of the related visual communication professions. Students are trained in design, visual imagery, media choice, typography, advertising layout, and conceptual thinking. Instructors are practising professionals; thus the program relates to the current demands of business and industry. Real and simulated problems are taken from initial concept to finished art. Art 187 Crafts Instructors Training for Community and Institutional Needs I (F) (3,0) Frequently guests from the profession are brought in to evaluate student projects. During the first of this two semester course, students with a strong Craft background will be trained in adaptation and instructional skills. They will improve and extend present craft skills in order to teach people in recreation and community situations or in institutions where Art and Craft courses are used as therapy. This course is a prerequisite for Art 287. GRAPHIC DESIGN & ILLUSTRATION FOUNDATION P R O G R A M Art 287 Crafts Instructors Training for Community and Institutional Needs II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 187 Further training in adaptation and instructional skills for experienced craftspeople. Learning to set up and administer a craft program. Students will do practicums in hospitals, senior citizen centres, schools, or community centres. Clay and Textile Art Program Evening Courses This is a one year full-time program. The program is designed to provide a foundation in drawing skills, figure studies, illustration and painting, media and techniques, design principles and the history of art and design. It stresses the necessity of developing consecutively the creative thought processes and skills necessary for Graphic Design & Illustration. This program provides the direction to prepare the student for further studies in many professionally-oriented art fields. Admission Requirements These programs require a high level of maturity and integrity. Students with life experience following high school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their choice of direction and better prepared; however, highly motivated high school students can succeed here and we encourage those students to apply. Art 194 Textile Surface Design (F) (3,0) Admission is based on a portfolio of past work and experience in related fields, general ability and applicant's interests. The exploration of fabric decoration techniques including Shibori (tie-dyeing), Katazome (stencil and paste resist), wax resist, and fabric embellishment. Applications and portfolios should be submitted from May 2 to 6 of the desired entrance year. NO LATE SUBMISSIONS ACCEPTED. Portfolios are reviewed by an Admissions Committee and are assessed on the basis of drawing, design, colour, creativity, media variety and presentation. Applicants whose portfolios meet the standards of the Program are called for interviews within four weeks of submission. Final decisions on the make-up of the new class is made by June 3. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 79 Portfolio Requirements Graphic Design and Illustration Program There should be a minimum of 12 samples of original work (work produced, drawn, designed, or photographed by the artist) representing current abilities. Imaginative and experimental drawings in any medium (water-colour, guache, oils, etc.) are welcome additions to the portfolio. Samples must be flat mounted, not rolled, framed, or glassed. Major Program Requirements We cannot accept portfolios larger than 20" x 26" (50 cm x 66 cm). Colour slides or prints of any larger work may be sent; however, photographs or slides do not replace the required minimum of 12 samples of original work. The applicant's name and address should be on the outside of the portfolio in large letters. If a portfolio is to be returned, send either stamps or cheque to cover the cost of return postage. Do no send any portfolios by cross-country bus system as they are not delivered to Capilano College. Parcel Post insured or air parcel post insured is usually the best way to have portfolios sent and returned. Capilano College cannot accept responsibility for loss or damage to an applicant's work. Program Content Graphic Design and Illustration Foundation Year Credit Lab Hours Hours Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM Art 156 Principles of Visual Cmns I Design I Art 158 Art 152 Life Drawing I General Drawing I Art 154 Art 155 Mediums & Techniques I Anatomy Drawing I Art 166 FA 104 Intro, to Visual Literacy I *CMNS 150 Basic Communications SECOND TERM Art 157 Principles of Visual Cmns II Art 178 Design II Art 184 Life Drawing II Art 164 General Drawing II Art 159 Mediums & Techniques II Art 188 Anatomy Drawing II FA 105 Intro, to Visual Literacy II "CMNS 153 Communications and the Arts CAREER/VOCATIONAL 80 - Art 36 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 8 FIRST TERM Typography I Art 162 Photography for Graphic Design Art 175 Graphic Design I Art 177 Drawing for Illustration I Art 180 Applied Design I Art 192 Painting for Illustration I Art 195 SECOND TERM Studio Production I Art 170 Graphic Design II Art 179 Drawing for Illustration II Art 181 Applied Design II Art 193 Painting for Illustration II Art 196 Art 197 Typography II THIRD TERM Studio Production II Art 278 Illustration on Media I Art 251 Applied Design III Art 252 3-D Graphic Design I Art 277 Advertising Illustration I Art 295 FOURTH TERM Applied Design IV Art 253 Art 269 Media II Illustration . Art 279 3-D Graphic Design II Studio Production III Art 289 Advertising Illustration II Art 298 2 2 66 36 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2 2 2 2 ~8 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 15 2 2 2 2 2 10 3 3 3 3 3 15 2 2 2 2 2 10 2 2 8 * Students who wish to substitute English courses for Communications 150 may do so with the Communications Coordinator's approval. Part-Time Evening Courses ~4 For students interested in upgrading drawing and design skills to assist in the preparation of a portfolio, we offer the following evening classes: 2 Art 056 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio I (F) (3,0) Art 057 - Graphic Design Portfolio Studio II (S) (3,0) For further information and course outlines, contact the Graphic Design and Illustration Program at 984-4911. 2 ~4 Course Descriptions * Art 152 Life Drawing I (F) (3,0) The study of drawing from the observation of the human figure; exercises in developing visual perception, memory and basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of the human body. Study of line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte, charcoal techniques. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped models. * Art 154 G e n e r a l Drawing I (F) (3,0) The study of primary drawing media, techniques and representational drawing approaches. Drawing as expression of observation and perception of visual aspects of environment and visual thinking. Study of graphic means of representing objects, structure, planes, volumes, space, surface characteristics. Learning to perceive, isolate and select visual elements or descriptive rendering in lead an charcoal pencils. Developing the habit of working daily with a sketchbook, power of observation, perception and graphic sensitivity. Art 155 M e d i u m s a n d T e c h n i q u e s I (F) (3,2) An introduction to basic painting and illustration techniques. On location drawing and wash studies. Watercolours, pencils, coloured pencils, inks, ink washes and combinations of the above. Developing location studies into more controlled classroom works. Art 156 Principles of V i s u a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s I (F) (3,0) Provides the student with an understanding of the basic design process, graphic design principles and fundamental visual communications techniques as utilized by contemporary designers and illustrators. Art 157 Principles of V i s u a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s II (S) (3,0) Examines the basic principles of advertising as applied by a graphic designer or illustrator. It includes a continual study of contemporary graphic designers/illustrators and how they rely on various visual styles to complete assignments, and elementary advertising techniques for the graphic designer/illustrator. * Art 158 D e s i g n I (F) (3,2) (Basic Design 2-D) An introduction to the concepts and principles of visual arts with analytical and creative study of basic elements and pictorial organization. Processes and nature of visual communications, form, elements and their characteristics are investigated with reference to Fine Art, Crafts and Applied Arts. Emphasis on twodimensional composition and graphic media, collage and assemblage. Art 159 M e d i u m a n d T e c h n i q u e s II (S) (3,2) Drawing analysis techniques and the consideration and use of various mediums as they relate to specific subjects, further (to Art 155) location studies and classroom development of same. Art 162 T y p o g r a p h y I (F) (3,2) Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter styles. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive and reproduction lettering. Art 164 G e n e r a l Drawing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 154 Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with emphasis on expressive and interpretive approaches. Developing themes and drawings aimed at illustration, for reproduction and individual expression. Stylization, distortion and caricaturization are explored in relation to the study of line, mass, value and contrast, Various pen, pen and ink drawing techniques are explored. Emphasis on studenfs initiative in researching, investigating and exploring a wide range of drawing theories, schools and techniques. Art 166 A n a t o m y Drawing I (F) (3,0) The main purpose of this course is to help the student to understand the skeletal-muscular structure, functioning of the human body, its basic proportions and structural characteristics. Teaching will be concentrated on drawing the skeletal and muscular detail as well as on drawing structural diagrams of the body in various positions, poses, movements and actions. Art 170 Studio P r o d u c t i o n I (S) (3,2) An introduction to basic studio techniques encountered in a graphic design studio. Students will learn the proper way to present artwork and will be instructed in the ruling of straight lines using the T-square, drawing ellipses, cut masking film, preparation of artwork, copyfitting and type specifying. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 81 Art 175 Photography for Graphic Design (F) (3,2) Basic photography with emphasis on fundamental camera and darkroom procedures. Instruction in 35mm camera operations as an assist in graphic design and illustration. Art 177 Graphic Design I (F) (3,2) An introduction to design elements (shape, line, value, texture, colour) to demonstrate the versatility and application of each. Exercises to develop a sound grasp of design principles and to encourage experiment and discovery as well as how these elements work in combination. Media will include pencil, paint, collage materials and mixed media. * Art 178 Design II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 158 (Basic Design 3-D) Further study of design principles and introduction to the art of third dimension., Basic threedimensional concepts, components and principles of three-dimensional arts material and techniques. Functional aesthetic aspects of contemporary and traditional 3-D art. The elements of 3-D form. Art 179 Graphic Design II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 177 Further study of design principles, pictorial organization, characteristics of visual form. Combining design elements of the previous semester with the new elements of typography and photography. Media will include a wide variety of materials. An experimental, inventive approach will be stressed. Art 180 Drawing for Illustration I (F) (3,0) It is expected that the student will enter this course with basic drawing skills. Its purpose is to develop the students' awareness, the capacity to perceive objects correctly and the skills necessary to draw with quality and creativity. It introduces the students to the many skills that must be developed if they are to visually communicate consciously and effectively. Basic drawing and wash media will be used. Art 181 Drawing for Illustration II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 180 An extension of Art 180 where the students play a greater role in the choices of reference materials, mediums and techniques used. The skillful and imaginative use of illustrative methods is stressed using lighting, negative CAREER/VOCATIONAL 82 - Art shapes, depth, abstractions for emphasis, perspective and correct perception (i.e. the mind interpreting correctly what the eye sees). Uses of drawing and wash mediums will be expanded. As well, the student will be expected to become familiar with current uses of illustration on a broad level. * Art 184 Life Drawing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 152 Further study of drawing from the direct observation of the human figure. Exercises in perceiving and graphically interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media. Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and materials. Perceiving graphic elements in life form and action; drawing from memory and imaginative reflection upon visual experience. Art 188 Anatomy Drawing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 166 Further study of anatomy with emphasis on animal anatomy, comparative study of humans and animal skeletal and muscular structure, functioning, proportions and movements. References to the study of anatomy and its application to the Fine and Applied Arts after the 16th Century will be made throughout the whole class. Study will be through drawing, field trips and lectures. Art 192 Applied Design I (F) (3,2) An introduction to visual communication and the role of professional designers. Design principles, layout techniques, learning tools, methods, material and media. Emphasis will be on concept and on "comprehensive" finish. • Art 193 Applied Design II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 177 and Art 192 A course in techniques relating to presentation of ideas at a professional level. Making rough layouts and tight comps. Ideas evaluated against criteria established. Art 195 Painting for Illustration I (F) (3,0) This course offers expanded skills in perception, visualization and continued practice in control of lof various media. It gives the student the opportunity to develop similar styles to the old masters as well as experiment with his/her own drawing. Art 196 Painting for Illustration II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Art 195 The student's personal style of realistic life drawing is pursued to a much finer degree. Structured tutorials in the use of various mediums as well as a high degree of student/instructor criticism of work in progress are emphasized. Experimentation of style and mediums are encouraged. Art 197 Typography II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 162 This is a continuation of Art 162. In addition, this course expands upon the major role typography has on advertising layouts and design. Construction of various styles of letter forms in pencil, felt marker and brush will be studied. Application of typography in various advertising pieces will be investigated. Art 251 Illustration Media I (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 164 and Art 184 To introduce the student who has achieved a competent degree of drawing skills to the mediums necessary to illustrative techniques. The course develops through stages from pencil, pen and ink, ink and wash, watercolours and eel vinyl. The use of the illustrator's tools and processes such as repellants, air brush, mixed media, etc., are reviewed. Art 252 Applied Design III (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 179 and Art 193 expansion of the uses of mediums to include mixed media and oils. A l l 277 3D Graphic Design I (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 164 and Art 179 This section is intended to give insight into the procedures involved in the design of small commercial retail structure such as boutiques and service shops in shopping centres and malls. Model-building techniques are studied as well as the use of colour in merchandising and display. During this section the emphasis is on exterior design. Art 278 Studio Production II (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 170 Application of learned techniques will be used in the drawing and reproduction of logos and related work. Stimulated assignments such as brochures, reports and packaging will be done, and proper printing specifying will be shown. Art 279 3D Graphic Design II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 277 For the duration of this section the student will work on the design of th interior of a shop plus methods of presentation. The psychology of colour in merchandising will be covered as well as the use of indoor signing and insignia for shop identification. Designer-client relationships will be discussed with methods of presentation. Art 289 Studio Production III (S) (3,2) Th application of design and rendering skills to the development of solutions to print advertising. Explores companies, products, services, corporate identification and their relationship to print advertising layouts and tight comps prepared for class critiques. To familiarize the student with techniques and procedures used in a Graphic Design Studio. The development of skills and disciplines necessary in the production of camera-ready mechanicals necessary for a variety of reproduction methods. Art 253 Applied Design IV (S) (3,2) Art 295 Advertising Illustration I (F) (3,2) Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Art 252 Advertising agency oriented. The interweaving of illustration, photography, graphics and television into advertising, packaging and point of purchase. Consultation on student portfolio. Art 269 Illustration Media II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Arl 251 Taking the techniques outlined in 251 into finished illustrations for books, magazines, murals, etc. A further Art 164 and Art 184 A comprehensive study of contemporary illustration techniques and materials from original concept to final presentation. Art 298 Advertising Illustration II (S) (3,2) Prerequisite: Art 295 Further exploration of illustration techniques using a variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on actual studio working methods. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Art 83 Business Management Instructional Faculty J . ANDERSON, R.N. E. BEST, B.Sc, M.Sc, D. BROWNE, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. L. BURNSIDE, B.A., C A . B. CAMPBELL A. W. CARTER, B.Sc, Computer Convenor B. CHAN, B.Comm., M.B.A. H. CLARK, B.H.E., T.T. Dipl. R. EINBLAU, B.A., M.A. G. FANE, Dipl. Tech., B . S c , M.B.A., Dept. Coordinator G.H. FARRELL, M.B.A., R.I.A., F.S.M.A.C. B. FULLER. F. GRUEN, B.Mgt.Eng., M.A.Sc. E. HALL, B.A. (Hons), A . T . C , Retail Mgt. Coordinator F. HARRIS, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. J . HENDERSON, Dipl. Tech. P. HOLDEN, B.A., LL.B., M.B.A. S. IBARAKI W. INGLIS, B.A., Dipl. Mktg., Department Coordinator W. INKSTER, C.G.A. J . L JESSIMAN, B.A., LL.B., Dipl. Int. Law, LL.M., LL.D. L K . JONES, LL. B. G. KEARY, B.A., M.A. R.B. KIMPTON, B.A., M.A., LL.B. C. KILIAN, B.A., M.A. R. KUBICEK, B.A., M.A. J.K. LAWRIE, C A . D. LAWSON, M.B.A. J.D. LOBLAW, B.A. R. LONGWORTH, B.Sc, M.Ed., E. MCANDREW, B.A., M.B.A. C. MCKIE, B.Comm., M.B.A., P.T.C, Dept. Chairperson L. MICHAELS, B . S c , B.Ed., M.Ed. L. MILNER, Dipl.T, C.G.A., M.B.A. K.W. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A. F. MORRIS, B.A., LL.B., LL.M. B. MOSELEY, B.A., M.B.A., Admin. Mgmt. Convenor R.C. NICHOLS, B.Comm., R.I.A. A.G. OBERNDORF, B.S., M.I.M. R. O'CONNOR, Bus. Admin. P. PODOLAK, Cert. D. RATHBORNE, B.A., C A . R. RENNIE, B.S., M.S., Ph.D. D. SAUER, B.A., Marketing Convenor J . SAYRE, B.S., B.A., M.A. D. SHIELS, B.Sc. (Hons.) L. SPICER, B.Comm. M. TAYLOR, B.Sc. P. TOUCHIE, M.S.M. Dipl. K.Y. TOWSON, B . S c , M.Sc. A.H. VICK, B.Comm. K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lie Acct. (UBC) G. WAUGH, B.A., M.A. J. WESTERN, C A . CAREER/VOCATIONAL 84 - Business Management J . WILSON, B.Comm., C.A., Finance Convenor M. WITTMAN, B.A., M.A. H. B. YACKNESS, B.Comm., M.B.A., C A . Support Staff Marjorie Croft, Div. Assistant Sharon Miletic, Receptionist General Information The objective of the programs offered within the Business Management Department is to prepare students for careers in the various aspects of the business enterprise. The courses offered attempt to satisfy a variety of needs: I. High school graduates planning a career in business or industry who desire a comprehensive business education; (2 years full-time). 2. Persons with a minimum of 7 years business experience in industry, government, the military or private business ventures who desire a concise, formal business education; (10 months full-time). 3. Persons presently employed in business who require additional formal business education or upgrading; (Parttime, day or evening). 4. Persons wanting to take courses that carry credit towards non-Capilano College certificate and diploma programs; (Part-time, day or evening). 5. Persons interested in furthering their knowledge in a particular area of business; (Part-time, day or evening, or co-sponsored events.) These courses provide students with a comprehensive education in basic managerial skills in one of five specialized program areas and have been designed both to lay a practical foundation for those who wish to enter new careers in business and to expand present careers, either as independent entrepreneurs or as prospective employeemanagers. A detailed description of the programs follows. TYPES OF PROGRAMS Programs in the Business School are of three kinds: A. Two Year Full-Time Diploma Programs (see page 85) B. Accelerated Business Diploma Programs (see p. 88) C. Part-Time Evening Certificate Program (see page 90) D. RIA, CGA, and CA transfer courses (see page 91) Admission requirements for each of the programs vary and will be found in the Calendar description relating to the specific program. Full description of course offerings in the Department on page 91. STUDENTS WITH UNSATISFACTORY GRADES IN ANY TERM MAY BE ASKED TO WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM. A. TWO YEAR FULL-TIME DIPLOMA PROGRAMS There are FIVE full-time programs in the Department leading to an Associate of Arts and Science Diploma after successful completion of the program requirements, usually in two years of study. Courses are taught by instructors with practical, up-to-date knowledge; many faculty have full or part-time positions in business in their areas of specialty. Class sizes are not large. Their intensive nature requires a minimum of 18 hours weekly in class and 36 hours weekly of outside study and preparation. DOUBLE DIPLOMA: After receiving a Diploma in one of the Business Management programs at the College, a graduate may earn a second diploma in another program of the Department upon successful completion of all requirements for that second program. In the case of the Administrative, Financial, and Marketing Programs, this may be done in the course of one full academic year or its equivalent. Each program leading to a Double Diploma must be approved by the Department Chairperson. Two Year OLl University Transfer Graduates of Capilano College Business programs receive block transfer of up to 60 credits to the Bachelor of Arts in Administrative Studies program with the Open Learning Institute (OLl). Those with accounting concentrations may follow a program of study that will lead to an OLl degree and the professional designation of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of British Columbia. For further information regarding block transfer, contact the program Coordinator. Admission Requirements Interested persons should apply for admission to any of the programs early in the calendar year. Entry is based on business experience, grades at high school graduation, maturity, interest, and aptitude. Normally, Grade 12 graduation with a minimum of C+ in English 12 and C in Algebra 11 is required, although admission may be granted to mature students who can provide evidence of probable success in the program. A personal interview may be required for admission. The Programs The programs set out below begin in September each year. 1. Administrative Management 2. Financial Management 3. Marketing Management 4. Computer Systems Management 5. Retail Management The first three programs have common first year courses. The second year contains courses tailored to meet the specialized requirements of the particular program. Admission to the second year of a program is based on grades obtained during the first full year of the program. Where student demand is particularly high, students may not be able to continue in the program of their first choice. Students who have taken the first year of Computer Systems or Retail Management normally go into the second year of that program. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 85 1. Administrative Management 2. Financial Management C o n t a c t P e r s o n : Bruce Moseley, 986-1911, Loc. 2345. Contact Person: This program provides a solid core of knowledge and skills which can be applied to a wide variety of administrative positions in business, industry, and government. In addition, the program is of value to those whose goal it is to become involved in the operation of small or self-owned businesses. Management skills of financial resources and the provision of management information for sound financial planning and control comprise the core of the program. Courses allowing for transfer to C.A., C.G.A,, and R.I.A. certification are part of the basic program. John Wilson, 986-1911, loc. 2343. Career Opportunities Career Opportunities Past graduates have found employment in business, industry, and government. Students in this program should expect to find employment in such diverse areas as planning, banking, finance, production, retailing, real estate, marketing, personnel, industrial relations, and small business. Career opportunities include financial planning, budget preparation, and financial control, and can be found in the public and private sectors in investment, banking, real estate, and related industries. Entry to middle management positions in financial accounting, cost accounting, internal audit, and budget preparation are not uncommon. Program Content The Program FIRST YEAR - FALL BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers FIRST YEAR - FALL BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers FIRST Y E A R - S P R I N G BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I FIRST Y E A R - S P R I N G BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I SECOND YEAR - FALL ECON 200 Principles of Macroeconomic Theory CMNS 225 Career Preparation BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 253 Labour Relations BSMG 291 Management Accounting R.M. 161 Management Presentation Skills SECOND YEAR - FALL ECON 200 Principles of Macroeconomic Theory CMNS 225 Career Preparation BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 255 Financial Accounting I BSMG 260 Finance I BSMG 264 Cost Accounting I BSMG 286 Taxation SECOND YEAR - SPRING BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 262 Operations Management BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 268 Human Resource Mgt. BSMG 276 Management Practicum SECOND Y E A R - S P R I N G BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 252 Accounting Microcomputer Applications BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II BSMG 261 Finance II BSMG 274 Cost Accounting II BSMG 276 Management Practicum CAREER/VOCATIONAL 86 - Business Management 3 . Marketing Management Contact Person: Deborah Sauer, 984-4960. As an integral part of today's business, marketing management is concerned with identifying market opportunities, setting goals, and establishing marketing policies and programs to satisfy market needs and corporate objectives. Marketing's task is to understand and coordinate the major customer satisfying activities of the business firm. Career Opportunities Graduates have learned to translate consumer wants and needs into products and services, to cultivate markets and to program distribution activities to reach such markets. In the past, they have become employed in product management, purchasing, merchandising, advertising, public relations, and marketing research. The Program FIRST Y E A R - F A L L BSMG 158 Marketing I BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers 4. Computer Systems Management Contact Person: Tony Carter, 986-1911, loc. 2359. Industry today requires people trained in systems analysis, programming, the application of computers, with a clear understanding of management objectives. This program has proven that it can satisfy the current need for computer personnel. Career Opportunities With the comprehensive training provided, recent graduates have been able to secure positions as systems analysts, operations managers, analyst programmers, sales representatives, and technical consultants. Computer Systems Management 2-Year Co-op Program January 1989 will see the beginning of a new cooperative program in Computer Systems Management whereby students will spend 8 months in industry and 14-16 months in the classroom. The program is aimed at identifying the specific needs of industry in microcomputer applications, programming and systems work, to ensure the successful employment of all our grads. For further information, call the Business Management office at 984-4960. FIRST YEAR - SPRING BSMG 159 Marketing II BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 179 Accounting II BSMG 192 Business Systems CMNS 152 Report Writing BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications SECOND YEAR - FALL CMNS 225 Career Preparation BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 273 Advertising I BSMG 275 Marketing Research SECOND YEAR - SPRING ECON 200 Principles of Macroeconomic Theory BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 276 Marketing Practicum 3SMG 277 International Marketing 3SMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads) CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 87 5. Retail Management C o n t a c t P e r s o n : Eva Hall, 986-1911, loc. 2357 Courses are designed to prepare students for many facets of retailing and to provide them with opportunities for concentrated exposure to creative aspects of the retail industry. Applicants should have some prior retail-related experience. Career Opportunities Careers of previous graduates of the program include positions as store managers, sales representatives, promoters, and sales managers. Many start as management trainees. Program Content FIRST YEAR - FALL R.M. 158 Basics of Colour and Design R.M. 161 Management Presentation Skills R.M. 174 Social Survey BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 164 Retail Mathematics CMNS 152 Report Writing FIRST Y E A R - S P R I N G R.M. 153 Creative Advertising Production R.M. 156 Sales Promotion R.M. 157 Visual Presentation R.M. 172 Product Knowledge R.M. 178 Retail Business Methods BSMG 169 Accounting SUMMER PRACTICUM R.M. 164 Work Experience SECOND YEAR - FALL R.M. 264 Interiors R.M. 272 Independent Store Management I BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 273 Advertising SECOND YEAR - SPRING R.M. 258 Advanced Merchandising R.M. 273 Independent Store Management II CMPT 221 Computers in Retail BSMG 239 Law for Retailing BSMG 257 Finance R.M. 265 Career Readiness B. ACCELERATED BUSINESS MANAGEMENT DIPLOMA PROGRAMS These 10-month programs are designed to offer business training for mature students. The student is provided with an opportunity to gain a clear understanding of business principles and to refine and add to the practical on-the-job experience that has been previously acquired. A unique feature of the Accelerated Diploma Program is the credit given for work experience. For a Diploma, students must obtain 60 credits, of which 6 advance credits are assigned for a minimum work experience of seven years. The remaining 54 credits are earned from satisfactory completion of regular Business Management courses. Admission Requirements Admitted students will have a minimum of seven years business experience in industry, government, education, private business or the military. In addition, acceptance to the program is based upon the nature of the applicant's work experience, maturity, aptitude, and ability to effectively manage the concentrated studies inherent in the program chosen. Since enrollment is limited, it is recommended that interested students arrange with the Department for an interview by April 1st. Current programs are under review, but at present are available in five areas of study: Administration, Finance, Marketing, Retail Management, and Computer Systems. Interested students are encouraged to inquire concerning the current offerings. Each diploma program is covered in three terms: FIRST TERM is an eight-week preparatory period usually held during July and August. Lectures will total 36 hours weekly and are held between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The courses are cross-disciplinary and consist mainly of introductory topics. The SECOND TERM, beginning in September, and THIRD TERM, beginning in January, each consist of fifteen weeks of instruction, totalling 21 to 28 hours weekly in class. In order to allow for some flexibility in meeting particular educational needs and to allow for diverse working backgrounds, it is possible, with the approval of the Coordinator, to substitute certain courses in the Second and Third Term with other courses offered in the Department. The programs normally begin in July each year. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 88 - Business Management 6. Accelerated Administrative Management 8. Accelerated Computer Systems Management FIRST TERM - SUMMER BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers The enhanced Accelerated Computer Systems Management program is modularized into 2-month segments with practically-sequenced courses. Graduates obtain an Associate Arts and Science Diploma upon successful completion of 10 months of intensive training. There is a further option of work experience of four months duration in business or industry. SECOND TERM - FALL BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 179 Accounting II CMNS 225 Career Preparation BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 253 Labour Relations BSMG 291 Managerial Accounting R.M. 161 Management Presentation Skills THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G BSMG 200 Business Policy BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 262 Operations Management BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 268 Human Resources Mgt. BSMG 276 Management Practicum 7. Accelerated Finance FIRSTTERM-SUMMER BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers SECOND TERM - FALL BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 179 Accounting II CMNS 225 Career Workshop BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 255 Financial Accounting BSMG 260 Finance I BSMG 264 Cost and Managerial Accounting I BSMG 286 Taxation THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 252 Accounting Applications BSMG 256 Financial Accounting II BSMG 261 Finance II BSMG 274 Cost and Managerial Accounting II BSMG 276 Management Practicum Program Content FIRST TERM - Part I (2 months) CMPT 152 Programming Structure-* CMPT 180 Introduction to Business Computers CMPT 191 Accounting for Managers I CMPT 155 Quantitative Methods for Managers FIRSTTERM - Part II (2 months) CMPT 189 COBOL Programming I CMPT 222 Microcomputer Applications CMPT 182 Systems Analysis I CMPT 291 Accounting for Managers II SECOND TERM - Part I (2 months) CMPT 205 COBOL Programming II CMPT 226 Microcomputers in Business I CMPT 293 Systems Design CMPT 172 The Entrepreneur in Business I * SECOND TERM - Part II (2 months) COMP 131 "C" Language* CMPT 227 Microcomputers in Business II CMPT 298 Database Management BSMG 160 Marketing THIRD TERM (2 months) CMPT 276 Projects in Industry CMPT 297 Telecommunications * COMP 230 Introduction to Systems Programming * CMPT 296 Fourth Generation Languages (4GLs) * OPTIONAL TERM (4 months) Work experience with selected host company plus Entrepreneurial Component II CMPT 272 The Entrepreneur in Business II * 1 1/2 Credits CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 89 9. Accelerated Marketing FIRST T E R M - S U M M E R BSMG 166 Business Mathematics BSMG 177 Principles of Management BSMG 178 Accounting I BSMG 180 Introduction to Business Computers SECOND TERM - FALL BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 179 Accounting II CMNS 225 Career Preparation BSMG 230 Salesmanship BSMG 240 Canadian Business Law I BSMG 267 Business Finance BSMG 271 Merchandising BSMG 273 Advertising I BSMG 275 Marketing Research C. PART-TIME EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS The courses in these programs, beginning in September and January each year, will provide the student with basic managerial skills that are of practical value in a wide variety of employment positions. Classes are conducted by Department faculty either one or two evenings each week during the term, and those enrolled in the programs may take the courses at their chosen pace. A number of credit courses from both the full-time Diploma Programs and the part-time Certificate Programs are offered during the evenings of both regular College terms. 11. Business Administration Certificate THIRD T E R M - S P R I N G BSMG 222 Microcomputer Applications I BSMG 241 Canadian Business Law II BSMG 276 Management Practicum BSMG 277 International Marketing BSMG 279 Advertising II (Cap Ads) BSMG 200 Business Policy A Certificate in Business Administration will be awarded after the successful completion of two required courses as shown and a choice of any four additional 3 credit courses chosen from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. 10. Accelerated Retail Management REQUIRED BSMG 160 Marketing Management BSMG 187 Introduction to Business This new 10-month program, which is unique in B.C., is designed to meet the needs of employers who wish to offer advanced training to their staff, and to employees who want to gain practical skills that will allow them to go back to work with new areas of expertise, greater flexibility and the potential for new areas of responsibility. FIRST TERM RM 161 Management Presentation Skills RM172 Product Knowledge BSMG 160 Marketing BSMG 169 Accounting Fundamentals BSMG 230 Salesmanship CMPT 183 Introduction to Computers for Retail SECOND TERM RM 153 Creative Advertising Production BSMG 163 Supervisory Skills BSMG 257 Finance CMPT 221 Computers in Retail THIRD TERM RM156 Sales Promotion RM 157 Visual Presentation BSMG 210 Small Business Management BSMG 239 Law for Retailing R.M. 259 Buying RM 264 Interiors Each of the three terms includes a Work Evaluation component. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 90 - Business Management Substitution may be allowed at the discretion of the evening program coordinator. OPTIONAL BSMG 163 BSMG 178 BSMG 179 CMPT 180 BSMG 197 CMPT 222 BSMG 210 BSMG 240 BSMG 241 BSMG 253 Supervisory Skills Accounting I Accounting II Introduction to Business Computers Hands-on Advertising for Small Business (1.5 credits) Microcomputer Applications I Small Business Management Canadian Business Law I Canadian Business Law II Labour Relations Other regular offerings from the Business Management Department. 12. Advanced Business Administration Certificate A second or Advanced certificate will be awarded following successful completion of an additional four 3 credit courses chosen again from the Business Management evening or daytime offerings. NOTE: A student must attain a 2.0 G P A or better to qualify for either certificate. D. RIA, CGA, and CA TRANSFER COURSES Course Descriptions The Department offers a number of courses which carry credit towards non-Capilano College certificate and diploma programs. Some provide transfer credit to other college and university programs, and one should refer to the University Transfer Guide at the back of the Calendar for details. In addition, those professional bodies currently recognizing courses taken at Capilano College are: Institute of Chartered Accountants (CA.) Certified General Accountants Association (C.G.A.) Society of Management Accountants (R.I.A.) An introduction to the Canadian marketing environment and marketing institutions. A detailed study to enable the student to understand the realistic, practical workings and functions of product planning, promotion, market research, selection of trade channels, merchandising, advertising and salesmanship with emphasis on both consumer and industrial goods and services. Currently, the following Capilano courses are transferable to CA/RIA/CGA programs, but students are cautioned to verify with the specific professional body concerned or with the Business Management Department concerning credit requirements. Prerequisite: BSMG 158 or by permission of the instructor. CMNS 150, or pre-test/152 Report Writing BSMG 240/241 Canadian Business Law ECON 200/201 Economics BSMG 180 or CMPT 180 Intro, to Business Computers BSMG 192 Business Systems BSMG 175 Organizational Behaviour BSMG 170 Quantitative Methods I " BSMG 171 Quantitative Methods II BSMG 268 Human Resource Management BSMG 253 Mgt. Responsibility in Labour Relations BSMG 178/179 Accounting I and II BSMG 255/256 Financial Accounting I and II BSMG 260-261 Finance I and II BSMG 264-274 Cost Accounting I and II BSMG 286 * Intro to Business Taxation CMPT 299 ** Management Information Systems * CA/RIA only ** CA only Business Management 158 Marketing I (F) (3,0) Business Management 159 Marketing II (S) (3,0) This course is a continuation of Marketing I. It is intended to add more depth to the basic marketing knowledge and expand on the overall use of the marketing concept in today's competitive environment. Field trips and student projects will form part of the content of this course. Business Management 160 Marketing (F,S) (3,0) Familiarization with all the basic Canadian marketing concepts and their roles within the total Canadian economy and the individual firm. Emphasis will be on consumer product marketing, although some industrial marketing concepts will be discussed. Students will be encouraged to actively participate in group and class discussions on marketing problems and opportunities related to product planning, research, planning, promotion and distribution systems. Merchandising, advertising and salesmanship will also be included in the overview of the marketing principles and their practical approach. Business Management 163 Supervisory Skills (F,S) (3,0) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour. Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict and the introduction of change. Business Management 164 Retail Mathematics (F) (3,0) This course provides a practical knowledge of the mathematical methods utilized in retail operations. Students will develop the ability to efficiently solve various types of problems relevant to retailing. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 91 Business Management 166 Business Mathematics (SU) (3,0) Business Management 178 Accounting I (F.S.SU) (3,0) This course is designed to assist students in developing the basic skills and concepts of quantitative analysis relating to business and personal finance. A review section on problem analysis and algebra is included. An introduction to basic accounting principles and procedures including the recording of transactions, and adjustments in basic accounting records. The student will prepare financial statements for the proprietorship and will study, in detail, the accounting and reporting of cash, accounts receivable, merchandise inventory and longlived assets. Business Management 167 Financial Management (F,S) (3,0) A practical introduction to understanding how to finance a business. The primary subjects undertaken are sources of financing and dealing with lenders. Other closely related topics include: asset management, financial analysis, investment decisions, and financial and profit planning. Students taking this course do not require an accounting background. Business Management 169 Accounting Fundamentals (S) (3,0) This course discusses the ways in which accounting systems are developed and applied to retailing businesses. In addition, the techniques used to apply accounting information to management decisions are thoroughly covered. Business Management 170 Quantitative Methods I (F) (3,0) This course will provide the basic quantitative analytical tools used to aid decision-making in modern organizations. In particular, the mathematics of finance will be covered emphasizing the time value of money. Business Management 171 Quantitative Methods II (S) (3,0) This course covers the quantitative analytical tools used as aids in decision-making, stressing common statistical methods used in the face of certainty and uncertainty. Business Management 175 Organizational Behaviour (F,S) (3,0) The focus of this course is on human behaviour within organizations. Students will actively participate in roleplaying and other simulated activities dealing with organizational and personal factors that influence different types of work behaviour, specific topics such as motivation, leadership, change within organizations, and formal and informal organizations will be explored. Business Management 177 Principles of Management (F,S) (3,0) This course directly addresses the need to achieve high productivity through good management. The essentials of management, planning, organizing, leading, and controlling are presented in a systematic and thorough way. Transferable to SFU, UBC, and UVic. Business Management 179 Accounting II (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 with at least a C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 178. Analysis of funds flows, both cash and working capital. Management uses of accounting; cash budgeting, forecasting, profit planning and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Transferable to SFU, UVic and UBC. Note: when both BSMG 178 and 179 are completed they receive credits at SFU, UBC, and UVic. Business/Computer Management 180 Introduction to Business Computers (F,S) (3,0) Provides a general orientation to the computer — what it is, how it functions, and what it can and cannot do. Provides an understanding and hands-on experience in utilizing a word processing program, introduction to electronic spreadsheets and the disk operating system, and looks into the multitude of uses for computers today and the foreseeable future. Business Management 187 Introduction to Business (SU,F,S) (3,0) In this course the five key tasks in managing an enterprise, i.e. Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control, are explained. In addition, the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production, Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the task of management. Business Management 192 Business Systems (S) (3,0) This course provides students with the basic tools for understanding, designing, and working with the relationships between the many items of corporate information. These concepts are crucial in the "information age" of the 80's. Business Management 193 Retail Merchandising (F,S) (1.5,0) This course provides students with the necessary practi- CAREER/VOCA 92 TIONAL - Business Management cal and theoretical skills to apply retail knowledge within the retail organization or in working with the industry. Business Management 197 Hands-on Advertising for Small Business (F or S) (1.5,0) Students will be introduced to the 'behind the scenes' of an advertising campaign through examples developed from the Vancouver market. Advertising case studies will be used to instruct students on the technique of producing meaningful, effective promotion for small businesses on a small budget. Business Management 200 Business Policy (S) (3,0) The fourth term student gains a basic understanding of the concepts, purposes, and procedures of business policy, and an integrated view of the strategic management of business enterprise. Business Management 210 Small Business Management (S) (3,0) Students will gain an understanding of the unique nature of the small business within the Canadian context. An integrated approach to both the short and longer term managerial activities is stressed, with explicit emphasis on the process of analysis, strategy, and planning required in the small business environment. Business Management 230 Salesmanship (F,S) (3,0) An introduction to professional selling. Communication including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving and creativity will be covered. Specific techniques of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also cover in depth the organization and management of sales activities. Business Management 239 Law for Retailing (S,SU) (1.5,0) including the Sale of Goods, Negotiable Instruments, Employment Law, and Consumer Protection legislation. Available for transfer credit. Business Management 241 Canadian Business Law II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Preferably, BSMG 240, or an introductory college or university course in commercial or contract law, or by permission of the instructor. A second course in law which examines the effect upon business relationships of legal principles from both case and statute law. Principal focus in this course is the application of common law and legislation to commercial transactions apart from basic contract, including Corporations, Torts, Agency, Partnership, Bankruptcy, Creditors Rights, Labour, Insurance, Bailment and Real Property. Available for transfer credit. Business Management 252 Microcomputer Accounting Applications (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 The students will complete microcomputer accounting implementation projects using A C C P A C accounting software. Students will be expected to understand the practical constraints of internal control in the A C C P A C environment. Systems covered will include general ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and inventory control. Business Management 253 Management Responsibility in Labour Relations (F,S) (3,0) A study of management's responsibility and role in present-day labour relations. Topics include history of unionism, contemporary unionism, B.C. Labour Code and collective bargaining. Business Management 255 Financial Accounting I (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. An overview course designed to provide students destined for the retail industry with a basic understanding of the Canadian legal system and selected elements of commercial law appropriate to contracts and business. This course is not transferable. This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in BSMG 178 and 179. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at the intermediate level. Business Management 240 Canadian Business Law I (F) (3,0) Transferable to SFU. Examines the effect upon business relationships of legal principles from both common and statute law. An introductory course in law which focuses on the source of rules and principles of commercial law, the functioning of the Canadian legal system and its components, and involving a detailed examination of the Law of Contract, Business Management 256 Financial Accounting II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 255 with a minimum C- grade. This course is a logical sequel to BSMG 255 in that it studies current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. The CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 93 course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at a level beyond BSMG 255. Business Management 268 Human Resource Management (F,S) (3,0) Transferable to SFU. This course provides the student with a basic and functional understanding of current personnel/human resource management concepts and applications during the development stages of small and larger businesses. Special emphasis will be placed on the concept of personnel management being the responsibility of ALL management, not just the 'Personnel Department'. Business Management 260 Finance I (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. The financial manager's responsibilities are studied in depth in Finance I and the subsequent course, BSMG 261. This course concentrates on the details of financial planning and the management of current assets and liabilities. Other areas of study are financial analysis, time value of money, working capital policy, and the tax environment. Throughout the course contemporary financial issues are discussed. This course is designed for students requiring CGA and RIA transfer credit. Business Management 261 Finance II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 260 with a minimum C- grade. A continuation of BSMG 260. The student studies longer term sources of financing and investment. Major financial policy decisions and international finances are also studied. In addition, relevant current Canadian and international topics are discussed. Business Management 262 Production/Operations Management (S) (3,0) Of special interest to generalist managers and operators of small businesses, this one term course familiarizes the student with the principles, practice and functions of production-operations management, using modern aids to decision-making. Using computing devices and procedures, foundational skills in production control including inventory, quality and cost control are examined. Business Management 264 Cost and Managerial Accounting I (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178/179 with a minimum C- grade. This course examines decision-making and planning in organizations using accounting tools; the nature of accounting controls; common control methods; measures of management performance; the role of the management cost accountant. Business Management 267 Finance (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: A practical look at financial management, this course will cover obtaining financing, management of assets, investment decisions, financial planning, and financial analysis. In addition, contemporary financial issues will be discussed throughout the course. This is for business students who are not majoring in financial management. 94 - Business This course will acquaint the student with an overview of both retailing and merchandising operations in today's competitive market. Discussion will cover the types of retailing establishments, analysis of a trading area, site location, store layout and design, with an emphasis on changing lifestyles and consumer demand patterns. In addition, students will be exposed to a wide range of merchandising techniques and strategies covering many corporations and commodities. The course will include the use of guest lecturers and field trips to emphasize the practical aspects of the subject. Business Management 273 Advertising I (F) (3,0) This course will examine the Canadian and American advertising industry from both micro and macro perspectives. It will enable the student to grasp the basic theoretical and practical approaches to advertising and provide an insight into the various aspects of advertising history, creativity, communication systems, media choice and other functions. This is not a course on designing, creating and preparing specific types of advertising, but is meant to serve as an overview of what advertising is and how it relates to other marketing concepts and operations. Business Management 274 Cost and Managerial Accounting II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 264 with a minimum C- grade. A more in-depth study of subjects covered in Cost and Managerial Accounting 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, planning and cost control systems, performance evaluation methods, strategic decision-making methods. Business Management 275 Marketing Research (F,S) (3,0) BSMG 178/179 CAREER/VOCATIONAL Business Management 271 Merchandising (F) (3,0) Management Prerequisite: BSMG 158 & 159 This course is designed as an introductory course in the basics of marketing research. It will indicate the methods of making the most effective use of marketing research. Through some practical applications of a research project the student will learn the elements of research design, basic methods of collecting data, analysis and reporting. The student will gain a knowledge in the procedures and applications of Canadian and American research. Business Management 276 Management Practicum (S) (3,0) Students in their final quarter in some programs are required to undertake a concentrated period of practical experience in the workplace. While placements are the primary responsibility of each student, assistance is provided by the program convenor and faculty to ensure that work experience and assigned tasks are at an appropriate learning level. In some cases, a directed research project may be undertaken in lieu of the practicum. Business Management 277 International Marketing (S) (3,0) A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product-distributionpromotion mixes for export markets of Canadian industry with emphasis on Pacific Rim and U.S.A. market influences. Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. Business Management 279 Advertising II (S) (3,0) As a follow-up to Advertising I, this course will offer the students an opportunity to create and present a full advertising campaign for an operating company. A team approach will be used to create an advertising agency environment with such areas as research, creative media, and account supervision being studied and portrayed. While not a prerequisite, Advertising I is recommended to fully understand the course content and program. Business Management 286 Introduction to Business Taxation (F) (3,0) This course familiarizes the student with the Canadian income tax system as it applies to corporation, shareholders, and unincorporated businesses, so that the student can identify potential tax problem areas, complete the basic compliance forms, and appreciate its impact on some business decisions. Business Management 291 Management Accounting (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG 178 & 179 with a minimum C- grade. The course will introduce the student to the specialized area of Management Accounting. It will provide an overview to controls effected internally by management, using such tools as budgets, costing and analysis. Planning for an organization will be examined from both the capital and operational perspectives. Computer Management 152 Programming Structure (SU) (1.5,0) Introduction to standard programming structure, standard techniques and programming aids in relation to business applications. Computer Management 155 Quantitative Methods for Managers (S,SU) (3,0) This course, designed for accelerated computer students, surveys the basic quantitative analytic tools used to aid decision making. Both financial and statistical concepts, methods and applications will be examined. Computer Management 172 The Entrepreneur in Business I (S,F) (1.5,0) This course is oriented towards specific job skills needed in our changing environment, some of the topical issues that will be addressed are: business research skills, starting a small business, writing a business plan, proprietorship and partnership. Computer Management 181 " B A S I C " Programming I (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in Bus/Comp Mgt. 180, or by permission of the instructor. Areas of study include: program organization, table handling techniques, file maintenance, desk file organizations, access methods, and programming efficiently. Computer Management 182 Systems Analysis I (SU,F) (3,0) Provides a basic understanding of system concepts including the lifecycle and the concept of a business as an information system. Introduces the skills that are the working tools of systems analysis including form design, coding, charting, flowcharting and written verbal communication. Provides detailed understanding of the four lifecycle phases (Study, Design, Development and Operation) through their application in a detailed continuous case study. Provides an understanding of the logical approach to solving a problem. Computer Management 188 Systems Analysis II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: At least a "C" grade in CMPT 182. This course applies the various techniques learned in CMPT 182 to general business problems, providing the practical experience necessary for the successful implementation of a business system. Computer Management 189 COBOL Programming I (F) (3,0) Provides the student with a practical training in the CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 95 organization and writing of computer programs. Topics include: program structure, text editor, introduction to COBOL language, program instruction, and compilation. Computer Management 191 Accounting for Managers I (S,SU) (3,0) This course provides the student with an understanding of the elements of the accounting cycle. It will focus on how the computer serves the needs of providing financial information for managerial decision making in the context of generally accepted accounting principles. Computer Management 205 COBOL Programming II (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: CMPT 189 with at least a "C" grade or by permission of the instructor. Computer Management 227 Microcomputers in Business II (S,F) (3,0) This course provides the conceptual framework of and "hands-on" experience in practical applications of "leading edge" business programs in desk top publishing, graphics, etc. Computer Management 272 The Entrepreneur in Business II (S,F) (3,0) This course will focus on individual entrepreneurial elements. Oriented towards the organization who is sponsoring the student career paths and individual career planning will be done; assessment analysis of employers and on-the-job training will be another orientation. Computer Management 289 Systems Implementation (S)<3,0) This course is an extension of CMPT 189, strengthening the knowledge of COBOL. Areas of study include table handling techniques, master file updates, file maintenance, program instructions related to disk file handling techniques and programming for efficient execution. A follow-up course to CMPT 293 using the logical design created in the systems design class as a model for implementation. Students will use a 4GL to implement an online application on the HP3000 minicomputer. Computer Management 206 COBOL Programming III (S) (1.5,0) Computer Management 291 Accounting for Managers II (S,F) (3,0) Prerequisite: CMPT 189 and CMPT 205 with at least a "C" grade or by permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: This course is an extension of CMPT 189 and 205. It basically consists of preparing complex programs utilizing the COBOL language. » Business/Computer Management 222 Microcomputer Applications (F,S) (3,0) An introduction to the use of microcomputers in the business world. Hands-on experience with common packages such as Spreadsheets, Data File Management and Forecasting/Graphics is provided. Software, Hardware and Vendor selection is also discussed. Computer Management 223 Microcomputer Applications II (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: BSMG/CMPT 222 Further extends the students knowledge of managing the computer and its peripherals. Discusses more advanced techniques in known packages and introduces more sophisticated applications. Computer Management 226 Microcomputers In Business I (S,F) (3,0) This course provides the conceptual framework of, and "hands-on" experience in practical applications of "leading edge" business programs in accounting applications, project management, etc. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 96 - Business Management Prerequisite: CMPT 293 with at least a "C" grade. CMPT 191 or BSMG 178/179 This course will examine managerial planning from the financial viewpoint taking both the capital and operational perspectives. Computer Management 293 Systems Design (F) (3,0) Prerequisite: CMPT 182 with at least a "C" grade. This course is an extension of CMPT 182 furthering the student's ability to analyze the managerial requirements of information systems. It provides a practical experience in the logical design of on-line systems for business applications. Topics include structured systems analysis and design, data dictionary, and structured charts. Computer Management 295 BASIC Programming II (F,S) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: CMPT 181 with at least a "C" grade. This course is an extension of CMPT 181, strengthening the knowledge of BASIC. Areas of study include disc file organizations, screen formatting, access methods, file maintenance and file reorganization. Computer Management 296 4GL Programming (F) (1.5,0) A new high-level language has emerged to support data base processing. In this course an introduction to 4th generation languages using "Powerhouse" will be provided. The main focus will be the utilization of a data dictionary to drive data entry screens, report writers and batch processing systems. The course is hands-on with numerous exercises utilizing the HP3000. Computer Management 297 Telecommunications (S) (1.5,0) An introduction to the field of data communications and networking, covering aspects of local area networks, protocols and standards, hardware and software components, and PC links. Computer Management 298 Database Management (F) (3,0) This course will focus on data structures and data management techniques with emphasis on the practical application of data base methodology. Topics will include data structure types, index-sequential access methods and such data base topics as elements of a data base administration, data integrity, data security, data dictionaries, and Query facilities. Design considerations will also be discussed and labs will concentrate on creating accessing (both programatically and Query) and restructuring data bases. Computer Management 299 Management Information Systems (S) (3,0) This course will focus on the use of an overall managerial systems approach when working in the management information area — the evaluating of management needs for information and the integration of those needs into the management system. Retail Management Courses RM 153 Creative Advertising Production (S) (3,0) An emphasis is placed on the practical application of advertising principles through developing production skills. Copywriting, layout, design and illustrative techniques will be taught. RM 156 Sales Promotion (S) (3,0) An overview on promotion from a study of personal selfpromotion to the larger world of promoting retailing. The emphasis in class will be on developing confidence and expertise on promoting products and ideas for industry which will include aspects and basics of advertising, media, and trade show production. RM 157 Visual Presentation (S) (3,0) Practical techniques and theory of visually presenting merchandise: window displays, interior displays, and merchandising of fixtures. RM 158 Basics of Colour & Design for Retailers (F) (3,0) An introduction to concepts of colour and design. Application of the principles of graphic composition, basic form and shape, colour theory and visual communications, impact on retail-related themes and subjects through instruction, field trips, individual design and analysis. RM 161 Management Presentation Skills (F,S) (3,0) Business skills will be developed in training for management and supervisory positions. Public speaking, report writing, chairing meetings and management communication skills will be developed. RM 164 Co-op Work Experience (SU) (3,0) The students will explore the various career opportunities in retailing and by networking within the industry. They will complete a 2 week practicum during the summer in a retail or retail-related business. Three credits will be acquired, providing the student receives a satisfactory rating from the employer. RM172 Product Knowledge (S) (3,0) An introductory study of textile fabrics and the textile industry. A survey of the development and use of fabrics including fibre identification and characteristics, production and testing methods. A unique approach to the retail industry will be taken. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Business Management 97 RM174 Social Survey (F) (3,0) RM273 Independent Store Management II (S) (3,0) An historical examination of clothing, architecture and interior design as related to the contemporary world. A continuation of RM 272. RM 178 Retail Business Methods (S) (3,0) Retail business methods in Canada, with a special focus on the Canadian environment and the recent rapid changes in the retail industry. RM 258 Advanced Merchandising (S) (3,0) This course provides students with an opportunity to explore additional selected topics in merchandising which may include market research, small business contracts, trends in visual retailing, and creative media use. RM 259 Principles of Buying (F) (3,0) A study of the principles of buying and selling of retail goods, study of merchandising functions such as inventory control, working with suppliers, developing assortments, and buyer responsibilities. RM264 Interiors (F) (3,0) Fashion Interiors teaches the fundamentals of interior design as they relate to merchandising. Students design a store using the floor plan, renderings, choice of fabric, selection of colours and texture to showcase merchandise. All interior design components are discussed as an extension of the retail world. RM 265 Career Readiness (S) (3,0) The objective of this course is to provide the student with practical skills for successful job search. The students will research several professionals in the retail industry, and will spend a brief period with a professional (during work). Focus will be on resume writing, interview skill development, and other career-related skills. RM 272 Independent Store Management I (F) (3,0) This course is a practical application of the Retail Management courses. The instructor will provide the basic management structure of the Retail Management "Gift Shop" activities weekly. The students will act as store managers in Control, Staff Training, Buying and Display and Promotion. Students will be entirely responsible for operating the store and all those activities and managerial responsibilities in operating a successful retail store. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 98 - Business Management Communications Contact P e r s o n : Crawford Kilian, Coordinator, Office P210. Phone: 986-1911, local 2585. Instructional Faculty Course Descriptions Communications 150 Basic Communications (F,S) (3,0) B. BUCHANAN, B.A., M.B.A. (UBC) H. CLARK, B.H.E., T.T. Dipl. J. COBLEY, B.A. (Brigham Young), M.A. (UBC) C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) R. KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) B. REID, B.A. (Alberta) M. WITTMAN, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (UBC) Development of writing and speaking skills, with material largely related to specific career goals. Extensive practice in improving English basics, many writing assignments, and in some cases a spoken presentation. The Communications (CMNS) Department provides training in writing and speech for students in Career/ Vocational programs as well as those wishing to apply specific skills to the world of work. In addition to courses in English basics, CMNS also offers courses in business and report writing, career preparation, public speaking, and freelance writing. The basics of business writing: memorandums, business letters and resumes. Development of suitable styles for different business purposes. At least one spoken presentation. Communications 151 Business Communications (F,S) (3,0) Communications 152 Report Writing (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Proven English skills. Career Opportunities In an information-based economy, good communication skills are a vital asset in any career. Many career-program CMNS courses offer components on effective job search techniques, including resume writing and interviewing. Courses for freelance writers equip students with the basic skills needed to market their work to magazines, newspapers and book publishers. Admission Requirements Students wishing to enrol in a specialized career-program CMNS course must meet the admission standards of that particular program. In some cases students may wish to take the CMNS component before enrolling in the rest of the program. Such students will require permission of the coordinators of both CMNS and the career program in question. Students wishing to enrol in "open" sections of CMNS, such as those offered in the evening, must meet general College admission standards. Researching, organizing and presenting information for business and technical reports. Attention to graphics, style and report format. Spoken presentations using audiovisual aids are required. Communications 153 Communications and the Arts (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: CMNS 150 or proven English skills. The use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Attention to job-search strategies suitable for artists and craftspersons. Communications 154 Communications in Recreation (S) (3,0) Writing and speech related to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, memorandums, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Communications 155 Communications in Early Childhood Education (F) (3,0) Special Fees and Expenses Effective verbal and nonverbal communication and the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations are required. Most CMNS classes require no special fees; consult the coordinator if you have questions about such fees in your course. Communications 156 Communications for the Media Resources Student (S) (3,0) Awards and Scholarships The Lucille Fisher Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding student enrolled in a credit writing course in the fall term. The award is granted as early as possible in the spring term of the same academic year. A continuation of CMNS 150 with emphasis on interviewing techniques in applied situations. The course also deals with public speaking and group leadership techniques. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Communications 99 Communications 159 Communications for the Legal Secretary (F,S) (3,0) Strong emphasis on English basics (grammar, spelling, punctuation, correct usage), proofreading skills, and business writing. Communications' 170 Public Speaking (F,S) (3,0) Researching, organizing and presenting different kinds of speeches. Attention to voice training, nonverbal communication, and public speaking in various contexts. Communications 179 Legal Communications (F) (3,0) Communications 225 Career Preparation (F,S) (0.75,0) A compulsory course in the final term of all diploma programs in the Business Management department, this is required of all students who intend to graduate that year in their specialized programs. Students use a seminar/ workshop setting to develop skills to prepare for employment. Students should have completed the required course in Report Writing before enrolling in this course. Communications 250 Technical Writing (F,S) (3,0) Intended primarily for students in the Legal Assistant Program. Emphasis is on the styles and formats of writing in law firms, especially letters and contracts. Some attention as well to English basics. The basic techniques of technical writing for students from business or technical backgrounds: extended definition, process, procedure, description and summary. Intensive work in descriptive writing and vocabulary usage; examination of actual technical reports; study of the role of technical writers in corporate settings. Communications 190 Magazine Article Writing (F,S) (3,0) Communications 280 Marketing Commercial Fiction (F,S) (3,0) Researching and writing articles for publication in news media and magazines. Analysis of magazine readership, techniques of researching and interviewing, the current market for articles and development of an effective prose style. Students write three articles in suitable format and submit them for publication in established periodicals. Preparing short stories and novels in commercial genres such as mysteries, romances, thrillers and science fiction. Discussion of the market for such fiction in Canada and CAREER/VOCATIONAL 100 - Communications the U.S. Students will submit three assignments (such as three short stories or a novel synopsis and two chapters) in marketable form. Students should discuss their plans with the instructor before registering. Early Childhood Education Contact Person: Eleanor Worman, Coordinator, 984-4947. Instructional Faculty R. ANNE, Dipl. E.C.E. (Ryerson), Art Therapy (Toronto) J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina General Hospital), Teaching Dipl. (Sask.) M. RAWSTHORNE, B.H.E., M.Ed. (UBC), R.D. L.J. RENNIE B . S c , Dipl. E.C.E. (Brigham Young) E. WORMAN, B.A., Dipl. Child Study (Toronto), Coordinator Ten Month Certificate Program There is a growing recognition of the importance of the early years in the development of children. There is also an increasing need in our society for child care services, and for trained staff who can ensure that the children's needs are met in a variety of programs for preschoolers. The Early Childhood Education program prepares students for work in these centres. Career Opportunities On completion of the 500 hours of work experience required by the Provincial Child Care Facilities Licensing Board, graduates of the 10 month program are eligible to receive the Preschool Supervisor Certificate which qualifies them to be in charge of a Nursery School or Day Care Centre for 3-5 year olds. They may also be employed in programs for under threes or children with special needs. Additional courses, which are needed for Supervisors in those centres, are provided in the Post Basic Early Childhood Education programs. The positions obtained by graduates demand a high degree of maturity and interpersonal skill in addition to the ability to plan and implement program activities for young children. The Program Early Childhood Education is a full time 10 month program beginning in the middle of August. Based on the Competencies in Early Childhood Education developed by the Ministry of Education, the foundation of the E.C.E. program lies in the in-depth study of development from birth to adulthood. The history and current philosophies of Early Childhood Education are examined. An interrelated series of courses focus on the care and guidance of the young child, program planning, and curriculum content. Other areas of study include health and nutrition, parentteacher relationships and community resources. The first week of the program consists of an intensive course in interpersonal skills. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program as students spend weekly periods in a variety of settings under the guidance of qualified supervisors. Two four week block practicums are also included. Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, group projects, role play, and discussions. Students are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings, and self concepts. Admission Requirements Enquiries to the department may be made at any time. Information meetings for potential applicants are held early in the year (usually January and April). Following these meetings applicants are required to attend a group interview with the Program Coordinator and Instructors. Further interviews may be held in early August, if spaces are available. Candidates should be 19 years of age or older, with Secondary School Graduation. A year or more of life experience following high school usually contributes to the development of the maturity and personal characteristics which are necessary for success in the program and in working with young children and their families. Successful applicants will show evidence of development of interpersonal and life skills, emotional health, and a commitment to young children and their families. Related past work experience and education will be considered. Adequate writing and academic skills are essential. Three references are required. Applicants are required to be functional in the English language and the department reserves the right to assess their competence prior to admission into the program. Applicants are required to present a medical report on a form supplied by the College, plus evidence of the absence of active tuberculosis. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $400 on books and supplies. The cost of a First Aid course is additional. Some extra travel costs for Practicums may be anticipated. Graduation Requirements Attendance: Early Childhood Education courses are intensive; regular attendance is mandatory. Provincial certification requires the graduate to hold a valid First Aid Certificate. The student is responsible for obtaining this and for presenting it to the coordinator before the end of October. The St. John's SOFA Certificate or any higher level is acceptable. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Early Childhood Education 101 Continuation into the second term of the program is dependent on the demonstration of an adequate level of interpersonal, academic and teaching guiding skills. C- is the minimum acceptable grade in all courses. Graduation from the program requires completion of all courses in the program with a 2.0 G P A after the first term. After the first term, practicum course grades must be C or higher. Program Content Credit Hours FIRST TERM CMNS 150 Education 155 Education 170 Education 171 Education 172 Education 173 Education 174 Education 175 Education 176 Lab Hours Basic Communications 3 Human Growth and Dev. I 3 Interpersonal Skills 1.5 Introduction to E.C.E. 1.5 Guiding Young Children I 1.5 Curriculum Development I 1.5 Health 1.5 Observing and Recording 1.5 Applied Theory—Practicum I 3 18 SECOND TERM Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives 3 Education 270 Intro, to Working with Families1.5 Education 271 Intro, to Centre Organization 1.5 Education 272 Guiding Young Children II 1.5 Education 273 Curriculum Development II 1.5 Education 274 Nutrition 1.5 Education 275 Human Growth and Dev. 1.5 Education 276 Applied Theory Practicum II 3 Education 277 Applied Theory Practicum III 3 18 THIRD TERM Education 278 Applied Theory Practicum IV 3 CAREER/VOCATIONAL 102 - Early Childhood Education E.C.E. Post Basic Program The Early Childhood Education "Under Threes" Program and the E.C.E. Special Needs Program are two evening part-time programs for persons who have already completed a basic program in Early Childhood Education. Candidates must either hold a Preschool Supervisor's Certificate from the Provincial Child Care Facilities Licensing Board or be in the process of completing the required 500 hours work experience. Completion of the Under Threes Program leads to certification by the Licensing Board as an Under Three Supervisor. Completion of the Special Needs Program leads to Special Needs Certification. Each of the two programs is made up of seven courses including two practicums. Courses are scheduled in the late afternoon and evening to accommodate persons who are working full-time. Some flexibility is possible in scheduling the daytime practicum in order to meet the needs of individual students. _6 10 Courses in these two programs are scheduled on a twoyear rotation. Students can begin at any time in the sequence. A schedule is available on request. There are three core courses which are part of both programs. Credit for these courses taken as part of one program means that the student has credit for part of the second program as well. Graduates of the Capilano College 10 month Early Childhood Education program who complete the two Post Basic Programs are eligible for the College's Diploma in Arts and Science. 6 _6 16 For further details and course descriptions, contact the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. Course Descriptions Education 155 Human Growth and Development I (F) (3,0) The first half of a two-part sequence. Course material spans the period from conception through the preschool years and examines physical and perceptual development, cognition and language, social and emotional development. An introductory study of theories, principles of development, and child study techniques is included. Education 170 Interpersonal Skills (F) (1.5,0) An intensive week-long course in which students gain an understanding of basic communication principles and techniques. Practice in the application of these skills is included. Students gain increased self-knowledge, develop listening skills, and practice sending "I messages" and giving feedback to group members. An ongoing assignment is designed to help students monitor their personal communication skills in practicum, in class and beyond. Education 171 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (F) (1.5,0) An intensive week-long course which introduces the student to many aspects of programs for the young child and the role of the preschool teacher. Course content includes discussion of Philosophy and Goals, Scheduling, Arranging play spaces, the important role of play, and knowing children as individuals. Basic play activities are examined with respect to learning values, equipment, preparation, and teacher guidance. Education 172 Guiding Young Children I (F) (1,5,0) This course develops a theoretical framework of guidance principles and techniques and examines their application. It also discusses the significance of routines in the day care centre program, and describes procedures and teacher guidance in these situations. Education 173 Curriculum Development I (F) (1.5,4) The first of a two part sequence in which curriculum areas are explored with major focus on creative arts and language arts. A foundation of theoretical knowledge is augmented with practical experience, planning, and presenting activities. The course is closely coordinated with the concurrent practicum course so that students have particular children in mind as they plan goals, ageappropriate activities and materials, and teaching strategies. Building a curriculum resource file is a significant component of this course. Education 174 Health (F) (1.5,0) The course is designed to familiarize students with some of the common childhood illnesses. Particular emphasis is placed on the management of the young child with a health problem in a preschool setting. The course also includes preventive health measures, and the symptoms of common childhood illnesses and communicable diseases. Education 175 Observing and Recording (F) (1.5,0) A course which develops skill in objectively observing and recording the behaviour of young children. Weekly supervised observations form the major part of the course. Different kinds of observational techniques are explored. The uses of teacher observations are examined. Education 176 Applied theory—Practicum I (F) (3,6) The first of four practicum courses. In this course the student spends two mornings per week in a practicum centre, arranged by the College, working under the supervision of a qualified supervisor. An instructor also observes the student working in the centre. Assignments are integrated with the course work in Education 173. Students plan, implement, and evaluate activities in creative and language arts. Classroom discussion once a week helps the student integrate theory and practice. Education 254 Theoretical Perspectives (S) (3,0) An overview of major educational theorists within a historical perspective, major contemporary issues in E.C.E., and modern approaches to preschool education in various countries, including Canada, U.S., Israel, England, Japan and the Soviet Union. Education 270 Introduction to Working with Families (S) (1.5,0) This course is designed to develop a beginning understanding of the significance and complexity of an effective relationship between the preschool teacher and the child's family. The student is helped to identify needs, feelings, values, and expectations of parents, to plan for the introduction of new families to the centre, to clarify • roles of family and staff, to further develop communication skills, to examine similarities and differences in customs and values in various ethnic and religious groups, to recognize personal values, and to identify the essence of a professional relationship with parents. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Early Childhood Education 103 Education 271 Introduction to Centre Organization (S) (1.5,0) Education 276 Applied Theory-Practicum II (S) (3,6) An introductory look at some of the administrative aspects of operating a centre for young children. This course assumes a knowledge of curriculum and daily program planning, and identifies necessary functions relating indirectly to children., e.g. handling finances, hiring staff, leadership and management, cleaning and maintenance, policies and procedures, etc. The Provincial legislation regulating child care is examined. Steps to opening a centre will also be discussed. This is a full time block practicum of four weeks duration. The student works under the guidance of a qualified preschool teacher in a centre selected by the College. An instructor also observes the student at work. Classroom discussion once a week is focused on integrated theory and practice. Assignments are designed to extend the developing skills of activity planning and teaching/guiding young children. Education 272 Guiding Young Children II (S) (1.5,0) This is a follow up to Education 172 and will extend the student's repertoire of guidance/teaching techniques. The focus is on responding to the needs of the individual child and on fostering prosocial behaviour and a positive self concept. The student will develop skill in writing behavioural goals, and planning for their achievement. Planning effectively for the new child in the group is also included. Education 273 Curriculum Development II (S) (1.5,4) A continuation of Education 173, the major curriculum areas focussed on are the sciences, math and music. The course is closely coordinated with Education 277, and students will continue to plan activities for presentation in the practicum centre. The integration of activities from various curriculum areas into units or theme presentations is a major part of this course. Education 274 Nutrition (S) (1.5,0) An introduction to the basic nutrients and their role in human physiology, and the special requirements of the preschool child for optimum health. The second part of the course deals with the planning and preparation of foods and snacks for the preschool child, food storage, and food safety. Education 275 Human Growth and Development II (S) (1.5,0) A continuation of Education 155 following the preschooler through the middle years of childhood, adolescence, and into adulthood. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 104 - Early Childhood Education Education 277 Applied Theory-Practicum III (S) (3,6) Like Education 176, this course runs concurrently throughout the term, providing an ongoing practical experience in implementing curriculum activities (from Education 273). The student spends two mornings per week in a centre, supervised as in previous practicum courses. Weekly classes again provide the link between theory courses and the practical application of the theory. Students continue to develop teaching skills. Education 278 Applied Theory - Practicum IV (SU) (3,6) This is the final course of the E.C.E. program, taken after completion of'all other courses in the program. The student consolidates and extends the skills developed earlier. It is a full day block practicum of four weeks duration. Weekly classes again link theory to its practical application. Supervision is as before. Health and Human Services Programs Instructional Faculty T. ADLER, B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (UBC) B. BRAND, R.N. S. ENGELBERT, B.A., R.N. B. MILLER, R.N. M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. K. TAYLOR, R.N. Contact People: Margot Rawsthorne, Coordinator, Office: C119, Phone: 986-1911, local 2201; Arlene Miller, Receptionist; Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant, Office: C1, Phone: 984-4947 4. Minimum age 19. 5. Current First Aid and C P R Certificates. Graduation Requirements Attendance: The four month Long Term Care Aide program is intensive - regular attendance is mandatory. LTCA students must obtain a minimum of B- in LTCA 003, a credit in LTCA 004 and must possess SOFA and CPR certificates on the date of graduation to obtain the Long Term Care Aide Certificate. Fees and Expenses LTCA 003 LONG TERM CARE AIDE PROGRAM Four Month Certificate Program Tuition = $410.00 (in 1987) Uniform & shoes = $80.00 approximately LTCA 004 Text & Student Handbook = $70.00 Other equipment = $55.00 Financial Aid is available to eligible students. Career Opportunities The proportion of elderly in the population is ever-growing; services to the handicapped are increasing. Consequently, there is a steady demand for qualified men and women to work full-time or part-time in this field. Graduates of the full-time program qualify to work with long term care clients in a variety of settings: 1. Group homes for physically handicapped adults 2. Personal care residences 3. Intermediate care residences 4. Extended care facilities Awards and Scholarships The LTCA program offers the Rosalind Brossard Scholarship. Program Content LTCA 003 LTCA 004 Long Term Care Aide Theory Long Term Care Aide Practicum The Program PART-TIME EVENING PROGRAMS Capilano College offers a four month full-time certificate program recognized throughout British Columbia. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to qualify to work with long term care clients in a variety of settings. Food Service Workers Program Two programs a year are offered: September to December, and January to April. Applications are considered in October for the January Program and in April for the September Program. All students who are interested in the Long Term Care Aide program must attend an Information Meeting. This meeting takes place in October for the January program, and in April for the September program. Admission Requirements 1. Desire to work with people requiring long term care. 2. Good physical and mental health (a Medical Certificate and T.B. test are necessary). 3. Grade 10 English or equivalent. (Applicants may be required to complete a reading comprehension test). The Food Service Workers Program, an upgrading evening program, is open to all food service employees involved in institutional food preparation and service. It is designed to help employees who do not have formal training in the food service field, and is of particular interest to those who are employed in Long Term Care facilities. A Capilano College certificate is given to all students who complete a course. The Food Service Workers Program is offered in the Spring term, in March, April and May. Admission Requirements 1. Employment as a Food Service Worker. 2. Grade 10 English or equivalent Special Fees and Expenses $30.00 approximate fee for following courses: LTCA 006, LTCA 007, LTCA 008 Note: Each course receives 0.5 credit, and fees are calculated according to the College Calendar. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Health Programs 105 Graduation Requirements Course Descriptions Attendance at all classes is mandatory to obtain a certificate for the part-time evening courses. Program Content LTCA 006 LTCA 007 LTCA 008 Food Service Worker Level I Food Service Worker Level II Food Service Worker Level III Working with the Mentally Fragile Working with the mentally fragile is a series of evening sessions designed for employees working with the mentally fragile and will be of interest to health professionals or other employees working with the mentally fragile in clinical or residential settings. A Capilano College certificate is given to all students who complete a course. Working with the Mentally Fragile is offered in the Fall term, in September, October and November. Admission Requirements 1. Employment or interest in working with the mentally fragile. 2. Grade 10 English or equivalent. Special Fees and Expenses $30.00 approximate fee for the following courses: LTCA 011, LTCA 012, LTCA 013 Note: Each course receives 0.5 credits and fees are calculated according to the College Calendar. Graduation Requirements Attendance at all classes is mandatory to obtain a certificate for the part-time evening courses. Program Content LTCA 011 LTCA 012 LTCA 013 Preventive Handling of agression Managing Stress The confused elderly LTCA 003 LTC Aide Theory (F,S) (1.5,0) Effective communication with the long term care client and members of the health care team. Ethical and professional standards of behaviour. Growth and development of the long term care client. Need for Nutrition Need for Sexuality Need for Sensory Stimulation Need for Security/Self-esteem Need for Protection and Safety Need for Rest and Activity Need for Elimination Need for Oxygen LTCA 004 Long Term Care Aide Practice (F,S) (0,0) Application of knowledge and skills in supervised laboratory and clinical settings. LTCA 006 Food Service Worker, Level I (F,S) (.5) 1. Basic nutrition. 2. Nutritional needs of the elderly (affected by medication, age.) 3. Sanitation - food handling and storage (cleaning and schedules.) 4. Personal hygiene and cleanliness. 5. Work simplification (making the job easier.) LTCA 007 Food Service Worker, Level II (F,S) (.5) 1. Special diets: Diabetic Low Salt Low Fat Ethnic 2. Portion control. 3. The Meaning of Food to Residents. LTCA 008 Food Service Worker, Level III (F,S) (.5) 1. Myths and realities of aging. 2. Effective communications at work 3. Solving problems in communication LTCA 013 I. The Confused Elderly 1. The signs of confusion in the elderly client. 2. Causes of temporary confusion and the causes of permanent confusion. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 106 - Health Programs 3. The point of view of the confused elderly person. 4. Possible behaviours of the confused elderly and their meaning. 5. Effective ways of responding to the confused elderly in providing care and managing their behaviour. LTCA 011 II. Preventing and Handling Aggressive Behaviour 1. The basic principles of behaviour. 2. Disturbing and aggressive behaviours of elderly clients. 3. The thoughts, feelings, and conditions giving rise to disturbing and aggressive behaviours. 4. Specific strategies for interventions to prevent and/or handle disturbing and aggressive behaviour. LTCA 012 III. Managing Stress and Burn-out on the Job 1. The signs and causes of stress and burn-out on the job. 2. Self-perceptions as care-givers. 3. Develop a personal strategy for dealing with the factors giving rise to stress so as to prevent burn-out. Landscape Horticulture Contact People: Dr. Les Koskitalo, Coordinator, Applied Horticulture, 9861911, loc. 2213 Rob Welsh, Instructor, Applied Horticulture, 986-1911, local 2215 Mrs. Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant, 986-1911, loc. 2208, 984-4947 One Year Certificate Program Career Opportunities Graduates of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture program may find employment in many areas of horticulture including: Municipal parks, golf courses, and residential landscape installation and/or maintenance; garden centre sales, nursery and greenhouse operations. The Program The objective of the Applied Landscape/Horticulture program is to provide individuals with the basic skills and knowledge prerequisite to beginning a career in landscaping or landscape related industries. This full-time 8 month certificate program integrates horticultural theory with practice; the first term emphasizing theory and the second term practical applications. The main areas of study include: - plant materials - soils and plant nutrition - pest management • drainage and irrigation - basics of landscape design - equipment maintenance and operation - grounds maintenance - landscape installation - greenhouse and nursery production - business practices Students will be given instruction to aid in successfully completing the B.C. Ministry of Environment certification examinations in pesticide dispensing and landscape and grounds or greenhouse/nursery applications. Students are also given basic first aid instruction in order to obtain the Workers' Compensation Board Survival First Aid Certificate. Admission Requirements: 1. All prospective students are required to.attend a student/instructor interview prior to acceptance into the program. Interviews are held in mid-May and August. 2. Applicants must be at least 19 years of age and should CAREER/VOCATIONAL 108 - Landscape Horticulture have a genuine interest and desire for commencing or continuing a career in horticulture. 3. The minimum educationa; prerequisite is grade 10, with grade 12 preferred. Students not proficient in basic mathematics may be required to take a math upgrading course. 4. Applicants should be in reasonable health and physical condition. Due to the popular nature of the program-, and its limited enrollment, prospective students are advised to contact the Horticulture Department preferably by mid-May and not later than August 15th. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to the program tuition, students will incur further expenses of approximately $350.00 for books, personal work gear and equipment, certification fees, conference and membership fees. Graduation Requirements Due to the intense nature of the program, regular attendance is crucial. Students are expected to attend and participate in all classes and program activities. Students with poor attendance may be required to withdraw. Participation in all field trips, including the 3day orientation field trip, is compulsory. Students must attain a minimum aggregate G.P.A. of 2.3, must possess a valid B.C. pesticide dispenser or acceptable applicator certificate, and attain a minimum 60% standing in plant materials to successfully complete the program. Awards and Scholarships The Applied Horticulture Award for $500.00 is presented at the beginning of the second term. Applications for this award will be received in mid-December, the award being based upon: - first term marks - program participation -financial need Legal Assistant Program Contact Person: Martha MacKay Office Number H502, Phone 986-1911, local 2726 Instructional Faculty L BAKER, B.A. (UBC), LL.B (UBC) Teaching Cert. (SFU) V. COCHRAN, L L B . (UBC) M. CRAGG, B.A. Law (Durham), Teaching Cert. (UBC) A. DUMOULIN, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) J. FAIRLIE, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS R. TAYLOR, B.A., LL.B. (UBC) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist Support Staff M. HENDERSON, Divisional Assistant M. MACKAY, Program Secretary Members of the Advisory Committee include a representative from the Law Society of British Columbia, the Canadian Bar Association, several private law firms, and a government agency. i Admissions Requirements Prospective applicants may apply by telephoning 9861911, local 2726. All names will be recorded and applicants will receive an invitation to an information meeting, and a formal admission procedures outline. All applicants will be required to have a personal interview. Admission to the program is based on interest in law, maturity, educational and/or work background, and commitment to the Legal Assistant Program. There are 35 seats available in the Legal Assistant Program. Interviews are conducted until the program is full, and are held from February to May. Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma A legal assistant is a person who, while working under the supervision of a lawyer, is capable of originating work and making decisions. This person has knowledge of both procedural and substantive law. Some examples of work functions are: interviewing clients; drafting pleadings, will, probate, conveyancing and corporate documents; legal research; file management; assisting in trial preparation. Special Fees and Expenses The student can expect to spend approximately $500.00 per year on books and photocopying expenses. Since regular use of a law library is necessary for research purposes, students should include necessary transportation expenses. Financial assistance may be available in the form of student loans and bursaries. Information on these is available at the Registrar's office. Career Opportunities Graduates of the program will find challenging careers working as legal assistants in law offices, government agencies, and corporate legal departments. In ten years of operation, approximately 85% of Legal Assistant graduates have become employed within six months of graduation. The Program Upon completion of the two year program, students must complete a six month practicum under the supervision of a lawyer. Students are paid during this practicum by their employer. At the end of a successful practicum, the student is eligible for graduation. Faculty work closely with students and with the legal community to ensure successful practicum placements. Faculty maintain close contacts with the legal community, and several are active barristers and solicitors. As well, support is provided by an 8 member Advisory Committee, which provides information on recent developments in the legal community, and offers advice on topics ranging from curriculum changes to job placement of graduates. Graduation Requirements Regular attendance is necessary. Students must successfully complete all courses offered (67.5 credits). Students must also complete 6 credits of English or University Transfer 100 level courses prior to graduation. These courses may be completed at any accredited postsecondary institution. All students must complete a 6 month practicum, and receive a "Pass" grade. Program Certificate Requirements In order to attain the Legal Assistant Studies Option Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from the following Legal Assistant Courses. Students must also complete six credits of English, Communications, or any University Transfer 100 level courses. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Legal Assistant 109 LEGAL ASSISTANT STUDIES OPTION Program Content Credit Hours 67.5 6.0 73.5 Legal Assistant Courses: University Transfer: In addition to the Legal Assistant Courses listed below, students must take 6.0 credits of English, or University Transfer courses at a 100 level. The 6.0 credits of English or University Transfer must be completed prior to graduation. Consult with the coordinator or program assistant for transfer procedures from other institution. FIRST TERM LGAS 150 Intro to Study of Law I LGAS 162 Litigation Procedures I LGAS 170 Legal Research LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures LGAS 252 Torts I CMNS 179 Communications SECOND TERM LGAS 152 Litigation Proc. I LGAS 156 Intro to Study of Law II LGAS 157 Wills & Probate LGAS 254 Further Study of Torts LGAS 255 Real Property LGAS 268 Criminal Law , . THIRD TERM LGAS 172 Legal Writing I LGAS 179 Legal Interviewing LGAS 180 Contracts I LGAS 256 Family Law LGAS 271 Administrative Law ; 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 J3J) 15.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 J^O 15.0 FOURTH TERM LGAS 153 Corporate Procedures II LGAS 174 Legal Writing II LGAS 181 Contracts II LGAS 253 Company Law LGAS 262 Lit. Procedures II LGAS 199 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 _3 0 18.0 Career Practicum 4.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 _3 0 16.5 i 3.0 Total Credits: 67.5 Academic Transfer: 6.0 Diploma Requirement: 73.5 CAREER/VOCATIONAL 110 - Legal Assistant This is a part-time evening program designed primarily for students with at least two years legal experience, who are presently working in a law office. Those without a legal background may be admitted to a particular course after consultation with the coordinator. The Legal Assistant Studies Option courses start in September and January. Contact the Legal Assistant Program area at 986-1911, local 2726 foe registration deadline information. Certificate Requirements In order to obtain the Legal Assistant Studies Option Certificate students must successfully complete 39 credits. Thirty-three of these credits must be chosen from the preceding Legal Assistant Courses. Students must also complete six credits of English, Communications or University Transfer courses at a 100 level. Course Descriptions LGAS 150 Introduction to the Study of Law I (F) (3,0) LGAS 162 Litigation Procedures II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: LGAS 152 Introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. It will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of common law and equity, the interpretation of statutes, the doctrine of analysis of the system; its strengths and weaknesses. This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a litigation practice. Supreme Court Rules will be studied in detail from the beginning of a process to trial. Transferable to SFU. Provides the student with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading briefs and legal documents; using encyclopedia, annotated reports, law reviews, case comments; locating decisions and preparing memoranda of law. LGAS 151 Introduction to the Study of Law II (S) (3,0) A continuation of LGAS 150 and an introduction to special areas of law. The areas covered will include constitutional law, with an emphasis on the Charter of Rights, and the > law of evidence. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on case law and current developments in the law. LGAS 152 Litigation Procedures I (F) (1.5,0) Introduction to the court procedures in County and Supreme Courts of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pre-trial preparation of documents, the use of precedents in County and Supreme Courts. LGAS 153 Basic Corporate Procedures I (F) (4.5,0) LGAS 170 Legal Research (F,S,SU) (3,0) LGAS 172 Legal Writing I (F,S) (3,0) Course work includes drafting of agreements, statements of claim and defences, letters and memos, and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on developing different writing styles, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of specific areas of law. LGAS 174 Legal Writing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: LGAS 172 A continuation of the work begun in LGAS 172; students will be expected to draft more complex documentation. An examination of the B.C. Company Act and the various documents that a legal assistant must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registrations will also be covered. Differences between reporting and non-reporting companies will be studied. Procedures relating to the listing and trading of securities are also examined. Practical information about the organization of legal offices. Instruction in timekeeping, filing and communications systems, use of data processing equipment in law offices, ethical responsibility of legal assistants and legal terminology will be covered. LGAS 156 Introduction to the Study of Law II (S) (1.5,0) LGAS 179 Legal Interviewing (F) (3,0) This course is a continuation of LGAS 150 and is an introduction to the law of evidence including relevance, materiality, admissibility, opinion evidence, etc. This course will give an understanding of the role of the legal assistant and of the process of legal interviewing. Students will acquire skills in conducting various types of interviews and preparing minutes of evidence. LGAS 157 Wills & Probate Procedures (S) (3,0) An examination of the Wills Act, Probate Fees Act and Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration. Students will also learn how to deal with the various assets after Letters Probate or Administration have been obtained. LGAS 176 Legal Office Procedures I (F) (3,0) LGAS 180 Contracts I (F) (3,0) The objective of this course is to give the students a general understanding of the fundamental principles of contract law, including offer and acceptance, certainty, intention, consideration, privity capacity and public policy. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Legal Assistant 111 LGAS 181 Contracts II (S) (3,0) LGAS 256 Family Law (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Law and the family: marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; custody; access, guardianship, adoption; the role of Family Court, and human resource agencies will be covered. The various legislation in this area will be examined with special emphasis on the Divorce Act and the Family Relations Act. LGAS 180 This course is a continuation of LGAS 180; Topics include frustration, breach, misrepresentation, mistake, and remedies. LGAS 182 Creditors' Remedies (F) (3,0) Discussion of the principles, practice and information gathering procedures necessary to realize on judgments, including: Mareva Injunction, Writs of Execution, Garnishee Proceedings, Fraudulent Conveyances and Preferences, and Builder's Liens. The case method will be used and students are expected to be familiar with the documentation used in the above process. LGAS 199 Career Practicum (F,S,SU) (3,1) This is the work portion of the Career Practicum and consists of six months in a law firm. Students will be assisted by the instructor in finding a practicum, but it is the student's responsibility to obtain a practicum position. LGAS 252 Torts (F,S) (3,0) LGAS 253 Company Law (S) (3,0) LGAS 262 Litigation Procedures III (S) (3,0) This course is designed for legal assistants assisting in a family litigation practice, and covers divorce and Family Relations Act procedures. LGAS 254 Further Studies in Tort Law (S) (3,0) This is a continuation of LGAS 252. Intentional torts are studied, including false imprisonment and assault and battery. As well, nuisance, defamation, and recovery of pure economic loss is analyzed. LGAS 255 Real Property (F,S) (3,0) A review of the common law relating to real property as modified by legislation will be studied in this course using the case analysis method. - Legal Substantive elements of selected criminal offences and consideration of the defences of lack of specific intent, mistake of fact, automatism, provocation, self-defense, and insanity. The effect of the Charter of Rights on rights of the accused will also be studied. This course will receive 3 general elective credits at S F U . LGAS 271 Administrative Law (F,S) (3,0) The law relating to business associations. Rights and duties of officers, directors, and shareholders are examined as well as an analysis of provincial securities practice. 112 An examination of the Criminal Code, theory of criminal responsibility; legal elements of a crime; criminal procedure; the law respecting the use of force, rules of evidence, confession; identification procedures and sentencing. This course will receive 3 general elective credits at SFU. LGAS 268 Criminal Law (S) (3,0) An introductory study of "torts" - the protection of personal interest from interference and the way in which the courts meet this need in a changing society. Principal topics to be studied are the law of negligence, including remoteness of damages, defences, quantum of damages, duty, standard of care, and causality. CAREER/VOCATIONAL LGAS 258 Criminal Procedures (F,S) (3,0) Assistant The law relating to administrative tribunals in Canada. The rules of natural justice will be examined. Emphasis will be on provincial administrative tribunals. Media Resources Program Contact Person: Anne Morley, Coordinator, Phone 9861911, local 2134, or call 984-4940 practical work possibilities, rather than simply a proficiency in theory. Instructional Faculty The program involves more than technical skills. Courses also develop knowledge and skills in communication, learning theory, instructional design, the uses of media in education, maintenance and purchasing of equipment, and resources distribution. J.V. BIZZOCCHI, B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan) G. BLITSTEIN, A.S.P., Brooks Institute T.P. KELLINGTON, A.A.S., Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano) A. MORLEY, B.A., D.Ed. (London U.) A.A.S., Media Spec. Cert. (Capilano) B. REID, B.A. (Alta.) S. ROGERS, B.A. (Ryerson) P. THOMPSON, B.A. (Stanford), M.Ed., Teaching Cert. (Minnesota) The program's instructional design reflects its practical goals. Workshop methods, hands-on training and field trips are used throughout the program. The college's training facilities are equipped with a broad variety of standard audiovisual equipment. This ensures that students are ready to do quality work with the types of equipment presently used in educational instruction, training, and community facilities. Two year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma In recent years there has been an increasing awareness of the importance of the media in communications, industry and education. Consequently there is a growing market for personnel with the appropriate training and attitude for work in these fields. Career Opportunities Admission Requirements The Media Resources Program consists of four terms of study. New students are admitted each September in a class of 28. Persons over 18 years of age or with secondary school graduation are eligible for admission to the College and this program. Application forms are available from the department and at Information Meetings held between November and April. In 15 years of operation, approximately 80% of the Media Resources graduates have become employed in related fields within six months of graduation. Our graduates are currently working in a variety of settings as media producers and A/V directors for a variety of educational institutions, private companies, and other organizations; production and administration staff; news and film editors; and freelance producers. Applicants will be contacted for an interview in the January-May period and, if there are places available, in August. Interviews are conducted until the class is filled. Admission is based on general ability, interest in media, noteworthy experience, previous work, education, and commitment to the Media Resources Program. The Program Special Fees and Expenses FILM, PHOTOGRAPHY, VIDEO, AUDIO and COMPUTERS are vital components of the media mix used in all levels of educational and instructional communication. Students may expect to pay approximately $1500.00 for materials and textbooks during the two-year program. The Media Resources Program is a two-year program training students for current and developing applications of media technologies. In areas of education, commercial and community media, there is an increasing readiness to use new techniques to foster learning, growth, and social interaction. Capilano College's Media Resources Program prepares students for work and leadership in this growing media resources field. Graduation Requirements In order to graduate from the Media Resources Program the student must successfully complete all the component courses. The core of the program is production training. Students are taught standards of excellence and effectiveness in all forms of educational production work. Basic technical skills are taught in all media areas, and a large number of projects are completed by students during their training. In this way students are prepared for a wide range of CAREERA/OCA TIONAL - Media Resources 113 Program Content Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements studio/ Credit Lab Hours Hours 66 60 _6 _0 72 60 FIRST TERM 3 CMNS 150 Basic Communications Media 152 Graphics for the Media Specialist 3 3 Basic Audio Production Media 181 3 Photographic Production Media 183 1.5 Research Methods Media 189 3 Instructional Design Media 190 1.5 Media Selection and Utilization Media 191 3 Applications of Photography Media 195 21 SECOND TERM Film Animation Media 153 Small Format Television Media 171 Video Technology I Media 172 Ed. Media Applications: Audio Media 173 Media 182 Advanced Audio Production Advanced Photography Media 185 Computers in Media Production Media 186 THIRD TERM Filmmaking Prod. Techniques Media 253 Slide/Tape Production Media 260 Educational Television Systems Media 271 Video Technology II Media 272 Visual Concepts in Filmmaking Media 295 Educational Media Applications: Media 296 Slide/Tape Ed. Media Applications: TV Media 297 FOURTH TERM CMNS 156 Communications for the Media Resources Student Production Resources Media 263 Media Specialist in Education Media 303 and Training Educational Media Applications: Media 304 Computers Computer Systems for Media Media 307 Technologist PART-TIME COURSES 114 3 3 3 1.5 3 - Media Resources 3 6 3 6 3 18 6 3 6 3 3 19.5 15 3 1.5 6 1.5 6 3 3 12 72 TOTAL CAREER/VOCATIONAL 3 3 1.5 3 3 3 3 19.5 6 6 12 60 Media 055 Media 065 Media 071 Media 072 Media 073 Media 074 Media 075 Media 090 Media 091 Media 092 Basic Television Studio Operation 1.5 Media Studies 3 Basic Photography - Open Lab 3 Basic Photography 3 Advanced Photography 3 Basic Filmmaking - Open Lab 3 Basic Filmmaking 3 Independent Production and Portfolio Presentation 1.5 Computers in Media (1) 1.5 Computers in Media (2) 3 3 3 3 Course Descriptions Media 152 Graphics for the Media Specialist (F) (3,0) An introduction to the methods, materials and equipment related to mixed media production; special consideration given to layout and fundamental design. Media 153 Film Animation (S) (3,6) An introduction to film animation using Super-B film. Components include: Basic motion picture technique, drawing on film, cutout animation, tabletop animation, studio lighting, titling, the theory of cell animation, and the use of sound. Media 171 Small Format Television (S) (3,3) Media 183 Theory and Applications of Photographic Production (F) (3,6) An introduction to the photographic base relative to audiovisual production, including the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, photosensitive materials and their control, and visual reproduction. Media 185 Advanced Photography (S) (3,6) The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot sequences to tell a story, as well as editing, layout, presentation, and basic studio operation. Media 186 Computers in Media Production (S) (3,3) Camera work, lighting, audio, editing and television graphics using 1/2" portable video equipment. The development of a shooting script is also emphasized. An introduction to the use of computers in pre-production to increase productivity. Emphasis is placed on computer application in graphics, budgeting, storyboarding and planning for the media. Media 172 Video Technology I (S) (1.5,0) Media 189 Research Methods (F) (1.5,0) An introduction to video systems, including a history of video technology, components of a complete video system, and a comparison of different formats. Methods for planning, organization, and presentation of research for educational media productions. Sources considered will include print, non-print, and people. Media 173 Educational Media Applications: Audio (S) (3,0) Media 190 Instructional Design (F) (3,3) An introduction to the fundamental principles of sound generation and reproduction, and to the terminology, hardware, and systems related to audio components. Applications of audio technology, equipment maintenance, and critical analysis of product specifications are given special emphasis. An introduction to the fundamentals of instructional design as applied in the production of educational media packages. Topics will include systems theory, objectives, audience analysis, evaluation, curriculum, learning activities, and resources. Media 181 Basic Audio Production (F) (3,6) An introduction to basic production techniques; components include interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, mixing, and packaging. The course also covers the operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix facilities. Media 182 Advanced Audio Production (S) (3,0) The application of production techniques in a variety of situations, including multi-track recording and mixing, documentaries, location recording, radio plays, film and video soundtracks, and music recording, often using the department's sound production studio. Media 191 Media Selection and Utilization (F) (1.5,0) An introduction to the operation, characteristics, and applications of the range of educational media. Media 195 Special Applications: Photography (F) (3,0) An introduction to the areas of darkroom maintenance, photographic chemistry, print finishing, small and medium format copy camera, and relevant copying materials used in a variety of media applications. Media 253 Film Making Production Techniques (F) (3,6) An introduction to film production practice. Topics include camerawork (operation, lenses, composition, camera moves), lighting (basic exposure, triangle lighting, lighting for mood, colour temperature, special problems), editing (montage and continuity), titling, audio, and scripting. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Media Resources 115 Media 260 Slide/Tape Production (F) (3,3) An introduction to the production of instructional slide/tape programs. Includes operation of slide/tape equipment, production of transparencies, sound track and design considerations.and the integration of sound an visuals. Media 263 Production Resources (S) (1.5,6) The comparative study of media technical systems and their operation; evaluation of various resources available in the Lower Mainland; design and/or modification of systems for media production and delivery; and interface of different types of systems. Media 271 Educational Television Systems (F) (3,6) This course assumes background in basic portable video tape equipment and operations covered i Media 171 and is designed to develop the students' ability to effectively use multi-camera studio setups for the production of educational programs. These programs are of a quality suitable for cablecast or broadcast on the Knowledge Network. Media 272 Video Technology II (F) (1.5,0) A continuation of video systems with an emphasis on coHour, the practical application of test equipment, systems design, and a look into the future of video technology. Media 295 Visual Concepts in Filmmaking (F) (3,0) A c o m p a n i o n c o u r s e to M e d i a 2 5 3 , this c o u r s e will train the student in film theory and its relationship to film planning and film production. Topics covered will include film vocabulary, selected historical concepts, traditional continuity theory, the theory of montage, film aesthetics, the role of sound in film, and film planning. Media 296 Educational Media Applications: Slide/Tape (F) (3,0) Consideration of the design, utilization, and evaluation of slide/tape productions for educational purposes. Media 297 Educational Media Applications: Multi-Camera TV Production (F) (3,0) This course assumes the background in basic portable videotape equipment and operations covered in Media 171 and is designed to develop the student's ability to plan, script, produce, and evaluate single and multicamera educational television productions. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 116 - Media Resources Media 303 The Media Specialist in Education and Training (S) (1.5,6) A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, information transmission, emotive learning, and selfawareness. A field practicum course exploring the relationship of the media specialist to education in general and the role of the media generalist in educational and instructional communication. Media 304 Educational Media Applications: Computers (S) (3,0) A theoretical and hands-on introduction to the use of computers in education. Includes producing and evaluating computer-assisted instruction packages and computer-assisted video instruction. Media 307 Computer Systems for the Media Technologist (S) (3,0) An introduction to the computer systems with which the educational media technologist will come into contact; in particular, computer-assisted slide/tape programming systems. Optional Courses Each term the department will offer a limited number of courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and may be applied towards a Capilano College Diploma. Check the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given time. Media 055 Basic Television Studio Operation (S) (1.5,0) (Open) An introduction to video and television techniques for studio production. Students will design, shoot and edit several short subjects using the College's television studio (Dynamics Lab). Media 065 Media Studies (F) (3,0) (Open) An introductory analysis and historical overview of media, especially film, combining aesthetic concepts, production techniques, and theoretical foundations. Media 071 Basic Photography • Open Lab (S) (3,0) An introductory course including both practical and theoretical aspects of 35 mm photography. Topics include: the camera and its controls, darkroom techniques, visual reproduction, photo-sensitive materials, filtration, and composition. Media 075 Basic Film Making (S) (3,3) (Open) A practical and lecture course in filmmaking, similar to Media 253. This course is not for students enrolled fulltime in the Media Resources program. Media 090 Independent Production and Portfolio (S) (1.5,0) (Open) A survival guide to the world of freelancing, with an emphasis on the various fields of audiovisual production. Topics include: portfolio preparation, developing clientele, budgeting, legal concerns, and developing new opportunities. Media 091 Computers in Media I (F) (1.5,0) A practical introduction to the use of the computer as a production tool to assist in layout and design skills for a variety of media applications. Media 092 Computers in Media II (S) (3,0) This course builds on the skills learned in Media 091. It introduces the computer as a tool for pre-production planning. The computer will be used to assist with budgeting, concept development, storyboarding and flow charting for media production. Media 072 Basic Photography (F,S) (3,3) (Open) A practical and lecture course in beginning photography. Similar to Media 183, this course is not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Media 073 Advanced Photography (F,S) (3,3) (Open) A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to Media 185, this course is not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. Media 074 Basic Film Making - Open Lab (S) (3,0) A practical and theoretical course in cinematography similar to Media 253, but more limited in scope and depth of coverage. This course will provide access to production facilities rather than structured laboratory instruction. Not for students enrolled full-time in the Media Resources Program. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Media Resources 117 Music Programs Instructional Faculty P. AVERY, B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto) G. ALCOCK, A.R.C.T. (Toronto) F. ARDIEL, B.A. (SFU) K. ARMSTRONG, A.R.C.M. (Royal College of Music, London) B. BEATTY, B.Sc. (Phys. Ther.), C.P.A. Teacher's Cert. (McGill) N. BOHNA, Dipl. (Capilano), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) S. BOSWELL D. BRANTER, B.Mus., M.Mus. (Indiana) D. BROWN K. BURKE, B.A. (Antioch), MTA Dipl, M.T. (Capilano) K. CERNAUSKAS, Dipl. (Salzburg), B.Mus. (Toronto) R. DOYLE D. DURSTLING, Dipl. M.T. (Capilano) L. FALLS, A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) S. GUNN R. GURR A. HARLOW T. HAZLITT, A.R.C.T. (Toronto) E. HUNTSMAN, B.A. (Axusa Pacific College), M.A. (Pepperdine College), Ph.D. (U. of Wash.) L. KAARIO, B.Mus. (UBC), M.Mus. (W.Wash.) S. KING, B.Mus. (UBC) K. KOBYLANSKY, Dipl. (Ryerson), Dipl. (Tchaikowsky Conservatory, Kiev), B.Mus., M.Mus. (UBC) I. KUKURUDZA A. MCINTYRE, B.Mus. N. MCMASTER, B.A. (UBC), Dipl. Music Therapy (Nordoff & Robbins), M.T.A. Coordinator E. MOFFITT, B.Mus. (McGill), Dipl. Music Therapy (Capilano), M.T.A. K. MOORE, B.Mus. (UBC) E. OSADCHY, Dipl. (Tchaikovsky Conservatory, Kiev) M. REVELEY, B.Mus. (UBC), Coordinator J. SIMPSON, B.Mus., M.A. (UBC), Coordinator F. STRIDE, B.Mus. (UBC), Dick Grove School of Music V. WATERS, Dipl. (Philadelphia), (Julliard) J. WHITING, L.T.C.L./F.T.C.L. (Trinity) A. WOLD, B.Mus. (UBC), A.R.C.T. (Toronto) R. WORST A deposit of 50% of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No late registration is allowed. COMMERCIAL MUSIC PROGRAM Contact Person: Mike Reveley, Coordinator, Office H115, Phone 986-1911 or 984-4951. Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma This program offers aspiring jazz/commercial musicians and vocalists an in-depth grounding in their field. To ensure a practical education, the program offers a choice of specialized areas of study. Two-year Associate in Arts and Science Diplomas are offered with options in Instrumental Performance, Vocal Performance, Arranging/ Composition and General Music. As recording experience has become an essential part of today's musical training, the Commercial Music Program has now integrated multi-track recording into the curriculum. Vocal, instrumental, and arranging/ composition students all make extensive use of our multitrack facilities. Composition and arranging students will work with electronic instruments in our Midi Studio. A computer lab is available to students for supplemental help in ear training, sight reading, and other basic music skills. Career Opportunities The role of the Commercial Music Program is to provide its students with the skills necessary to develop careers as self-employed professionals in the contemporary music industry. University Transfer It is not the intention of the Commercial Music Program to provide transferability towards a university degree. However, selected courses can be transferred and students of the program have gone on to gain university degrees in music from other institutions. Students with degrees in traditional music have found our program beneficial in developing their abilities in jazz and popular music. General Information Admission Requirements Capilano College offers three Music programs: Commercial Music, Music Therapy and the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program. Most courses are open to parttime students. Entering students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of the rudiments of music and a level of performance on their major instrument that is acceptable to the faculty. Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the fall term. In 1987/88 the fees were $270.00Aerm. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 118 - Music Admissions Procedure All full-time applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College. 2. Participate in an interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor. 3. Write a theory placement test. 4. Play an audition on their major instrument. Auditions involve the presentation of two contrasting (in tempo and style) prepared pieces and the demonstration of technical (e.g. scales, arpeggios) and sight reading abilities. Returning students may pre-register during the month of April. Returning or new full-time students who have been accepted may register during May and August. Part-time students may enroll during in-person registration. Interviews, auditions and placement tests are held in May and August. Please phone 986-1911 or 984-4951 for an audition and interview appointment. Graduation Requirements Students must complete all courses outlined under "Program Content" to receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. These include all of the core curriculum courses plus twelve elective credits selected from the Commercial Music Options. Upon the demonstration of a sufficient piano level (Toronto Conservatory Grade VII or equivalent) a student may be given a course exemption from class piano. Scholarships The Commercial Music Program offers a scholarship of $200 to the returning full-time student who has achieved the highest grade point average. Program Content FIRST TERM Music 114 Class Piano ENS 1st semester level Music 184 Sight/Ear PMI 100 level Music 103 Comm. Harmony I Music 170 History Jazz Music Major Elective SECOND TERM Music 115 Class Piano ENS 2nd Semester level Music 185 Sight/Ear PMI 200 level Music 104 Comm. Harmony II Music 105 Orchestration I Music Major Electives Credit Hours 1 1 3 2 2 1.5 3 13.5 1 1 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 13.0 THIRD TERM Music 214 Class Piano ENS 3rd semester level Music 284 Sight/Ear PMI 300 level Music 203 Comm. Harmony III Music 171 History of Pop Music Major Electives 1 1 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 13.0 FOURTH TERM Music 215 Class Piano ENS 4th semester level Music 285 Sight/Ear PMI 400 level. Music 204 Comm. Harmony IV Music 260 Comm. Relations Music Major Electives 1 1 3 2 1.5 1.5 3 13.0 C O M M E R C I A L MUSIC OPTIONS Instrumental Performance Electives FIRST TERM Music 194 Repertoire I Music 180 Improvisation I 3 1.5 . SECOND TERM Music 195 Repertoire II Music 181 Improvisation II 3 1.5 THIRD TERM Music 294 Repertoire III Music 280 Improvisation III. 3 1.5 FOURTH TERM Music 295 Repertoire IV Music 281 Improvisation IV Grad Recital 3 1.5 Vocal Performance Electives FIRSTTERM Music 132 Vocal Group I Music 134 Solo Voice Rep I 1.5 1.5 SECOND TERM Music 133 VocalGroupll Music 135 Solo Voice Rep II . 1.5 1.5 THIRD TERM Music 232 Vocal Group III Music 234 Solo Voice Rep III , FOURTH TERM Music 233 Vocal Group IV Music 235 Solo Voice Rep IV CAREER/VOCATIONAL 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 - Music 119 knowledge of diatonic harmony. Arranging/Composition Electives SECOND TERM Music 107 Composition I Music 172 Arranging I 1.5 1.5 THIRD TERM Music 206 Composition II Music 272 Arranging II Music 205 Orchestration II 1.5 1.5 1.5 FOURTH TERM Music 273 Arranging/Composition III Music 270 Song Writing 3 1.5 Students entering in voice or instruments other than piano must have a performance level acceptable to the faculty. Admissions Procedure All applicants must: 1. Comply with the general admission requirements of Capilano College, 2. Participate in a private interview with the music coordinator or a program instructor, 3. Write a theory placement test, 4. Play an audition on their major instrument, and, 5. Take an English Placement Test. BACHELOR OF MUSIC TRANSFER PROGRAM Auditions will involve the presentation of two contrasting prepared pieces and a demonstration of the student's instrumental technique and sightreading ability. Contact Person: Joyce Simpson, Coordinator, Office H119, Phone 984-4951 or 986-1911 Returning students may preregister during the month of April. New students demonstrating sufficient instrumental and/or theoretical accomplishment in their placement test may preregister during May and August to ensure their enrollment. Students may register during in-person registration. Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma and Transferability to Third Year University Career Opportunities - Private Music Teacher - with the completion of the 2 year diploma program -1 st two years toward a Music degree leading to a career in Music Education or Performance University Transfer Capilano College offers the first two years of a Bachelor of Music or Music Education Degree. All courses in the Bachelor of Music Transfer Program are transferable to the Music Department at the University of British Columbia and the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. Our students have also received transfer credit from the following universities: Simon Fraser (Theory and History), Alberta, Western Ontario, McGill, and Western Washington. In addition, students wishing to transfer to the Faculty of Arts with a major in music may take Music 100/101, 120/121 in their first year, and Music 200/201, 220/221 in their second year. Admission Requirements Entering students should have a basic knowledge of music rudiments (approximately at the level of Toronto Conservatory Rudiments II). Students entering on piano must be at a grade ten level (Toronto Conservatory). Piano students who require a qualifying term may enroll in other courses. Students entering in composition must have a working CAREER/VOCATIONAL 120 - Music All interviews, auditions, and placement tests are held in May and August. Early application is advised. Special Fees and Expenses The fees for private music instruction (P.M.I.) will be announced at least one month prior to the beginning of the fall term. In 1987/88 the fees were $270.00Aerm. A deposit of $40.00 of the P.M.I, fees must be paid by the end of the Registration period in order to take P.M.I. No late registration is allowed. Graduation Requirements The complete program requirements must be successfully completed to receive an Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. Scholarships The department offers two entrance scholarships of $200 each, and one second year $200 scholarship. Auditions are held and the scholarships awarded in the first few weeks of classes. Program Content Credit Lab Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Hours 44 24 68 Hours 4 FIRST TERM English 100 or 102 Music 120 History I ENS 100 or 110 PMI 100 level Music 110 Class Strings 3 3 1 2 1 nr VI Music 210 Music 114 Music 100 * Elective Class Woodwinds Class Piano Theory I 1 3 3 17 3 3 1 2 Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Music Therapists use the creative process inherent in musical participation to assist individuals and groups to function better mentally, physically and emotionally. Music therapists work with deep emotions in special therapeutic programs, run exercise and dance programs, lead choirs, instrumental ensembles and music appreciation groups as they contribute to therapeutic goals. Music Therapy is increasingly being identified by health care professionals as an unusually effective catalyst for client motivation, stimulation and communication. Graduates of the program work with all age groups, with a wide range of physiological, cognitive and emotional disorders, in a variety of clinical settings or in private practice. They are trained to work as part of a health care team. 1 1 3 3 17 I / FOURTH TERM English 201 Music 201 ENS 250 or 260 Music 221 PMI 400 Level Music 215 * Elective Contact Person: Nancy McMaster, Coordinator, Office No. H117, Phone: (604)984-4951 Career Opportunities SECOND TERM English 103 or 104 or 105 or 106 Music 121 History II ENS 150 or 160 PMI 200 level Music 111 Class Strings or Music 211 Class Woodwinds Music 115 Class Piano Music 101 Theory II * Elective THIRD TERM English 200 Music 200 ENS 200 or 210 Music 360 Music 220 PMI 300 Level Music 214 * Elective MUSIC THERAPY PROGRAM • Literature to 1660 Theory III 3 3 1 Music Methods: Kodaly 1 History III. 3 2 Class Piano 1 3 17 Literature Since 1660 Theory IV 3 3 1 History IV 3 2 Class Piano 1 _3 16 1 * Electives chosen in consultation with the Coordinator. Students pursuing a Bachelor of Music in General Studies degree need 64 credit hours plus 4 lab hours. Eliminated from their course of study are the following courses: Music 110 or Music 210, Music 111 or 211, Music 360. The Program Capilano offers a two year diploma program in Music Therapy. This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to gain knowledge and develop competencies in such areas as clinical disorders; assessment, planning and intervention; improvisation and music of many eras and cultures; interpersonal skills and group dynamics; basic research, documentation and presentation of music therapy. The program blends academic and experiential coursework. Students deepen their experience of music, creative expression and the role of the arts. They are encouraged to explore their values, beliefs, feelings and communication patterns, to increase their effectiveness in the field. They have practicums with a different population for each of the four terms, in which they are given increasing responsibility to design, implement and evaluate their own treatment programs, under clinical supervision. This coursework fulfills the educational requirements for professional accreditation by the Canadian Association for Music Therapy. A supervised internship is also offered through the program, following graduation, to fulfill the accreditation requirement for post-graduate clinical work. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Music 121 Admission Requirements SECOND TERM Music Therapy 161 Music Therapy 180 All students entering the Music Program must: 1. Comply with the general College entrance requirements. 2. Participate in an interview with the Music Therapy Coordinator. Interviews are held in April and May. 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument and demonstrate both technique and repertoire of a Grade 9 Toronto Conservatory level (or equivalent) together with musical sensitivity. 4. Take a theory placement test and demonstrate a grasp of tonal harmony. Those with Grade 4 Toronto Conservatory Harmony or equivalent are exempted. 5. Have successfully completed at least two years postsecondary education, including at least one first year (100 level) university course in each of: Introductory Psychology, Music History and English. 6. Have some experience with people with special needs. 7. Be able to demonstrate a high level of maturity, integrity, and natural interpersonal ease. Graduation Requirements Continuation in the program and granting of the Arts and Science Diploma in Music Therapy will be contingent upon demonstration of an adequate level of personal, academic and clinical skills as jointly evaluated each term by the student, music therapy faculty and field supervisors. Program Content Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements FIRST TERM Music Therapy 120 Music Therapy 130 Music Therapy 150 Music Therapy 160 Music Therapy 170 P M M 00 Level CAREER/VOCATIONAL 122 Improvisation 1. Basic Clinical Skills The Influence of Music Music Therapy I Intervention in Child Dev. Private Music Instruction - Music Credit Hours 65 6 71 1.5 3 3 3 3 2 15.5 Music Therapy 191 Music Therapy 264 PMI 200 Level Psychology 222 THIRD TERM Music Therapy 220 Music Therapy 260 Music Therapy 290 PMI 300 Level Psychology 201 Elective FOURTH TERM Music Therapy 151 Music Therapy 250 Music Therapy 261 Music Therapy 291 PMI 400 Level Elective Music Therapy II Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists Practicum I Clinical Orientation Private Music Instruction Abnormal Psychology Improvisation II Music Therapy III. Practicum II Private Music Instruction . Group Dynamics Chosen in consultation with the Coordinator The Influence of Music The Creative Arts Music Therapy IV Practicum III Private Music Instruction . Chosen in consultation with the Coordinator Music Therapy Practicum Placements CHILDREN North Vancouver School Board Oakridge School UBC Bob Berwick Preschool PSYCHIATRY Riverview Hospital Westside Community Care Team GERIATRICS German Canadian Rest Home UBC Extended Care PALLIATIVE CARE Lion's Gate Hospital Vancouver General Hospital 3 1.5 6 3 2 3 18.5 1.5 3 6 2 3 3 18.5 1.5 1.5 4.5 6 2 3 18.5 Course Descriptions ENS 100 Choir I (F) (1,0) An exploration through five centuries of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Opportunities for singing without accompaniment (a capella), with piano, with rhythm section and/or complete symphony orchestra. Particular attention will be paid to pitch, rhythm, diction and balance. Performance before an audience will be the culminating event of the term. ENS 110 Orchestra I (F) (1,0) Rehearsal and performance of concert repertoire. String players will be accepted without audition. Wind players must contact the Music Department at least one week before classes commence to arrange for an audition. Persons winning a position through audition will be allowed to register. ENS 120 Guitar/Bass Ensemble I (F) (1,0) Performance in guitar/bass ensemble for the development of sight reading and phrasing skills. Emphasis will be on single-note reading in all areas of the neck. ENS 135 Stage Band (F) (1,0) Participation in the Capilano College large Jazz/Rock Ensemble for development of phrasing and sight reading skills. ENS 150 Choir II (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 100. ENS 160 Orchestra II (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 110. ENS 170 Guitar/Bass Ensemble II (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 120, with more emphasis on complex rhythms. ENS 185 Stage Band (S)(1,0) A continuation of ENS 135. ENS 200 Choir III (F) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 150. ENS 210 Orchestra III (F) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 110. ENS 220 Guitar/Bass Ensemble III (F) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 170. ENS 235 Stage Band (F) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 185. ENS 250 Choir IV (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 200. ENS 260 Orchestra IV (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 210. ENS 270 Guitar/Bass Ensemble IV (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 220. ENS 285 Stage Band (S) (1,0) A continuation of ENS 235. Music 100 Theory I (F) (3,0) A study of music from c. 1600 to 1800 with an emphasis on diatonic harmony up to simple modulation. Related concepts of form will be explored. The student will learn control of chord progression and voice leading. He/she will be familiarized with figured bass, ear training and recognition of intervals and chords. Transferable to UBC, SFU, UVic. MuSiC 101 Theory II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Music 100 or equivalent. A study of two-voice counterpoint in both modal and tonal settings. The single melodic line. Guidelines for writing concurrent melodic lines. Exercises in species counterpoint. Canon Intertible counterpoint. Motive development. Two-part invention. Harmonic concepts studied in Music 100 reviewed in a two-part setting. A continuation of ear-training and sight singing from Music 100. Transferable to UBC, SFU, UVic. Music 103 Commercial Harmony I (F) (2,0) Prerequisite: A working knowledge of music rudiments CAREER/VOCATIONAL -Music 123 (scales, intervals, triads) A practical look at melodic/harmonic relationships in tonal music. Includes study of the overtone series, intervals, scales, modes, chord symbols, diatonic chords, root motion, Roman numeral analysis, principles of chord progression, inversions, voice leading, functional harmonic analysis, melodic analysis and chord scales. Music 104 Commercial Harmony II (S) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: Commercial Harmony I Music 115 Piano Class (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Music 114. In addition, keyboard sequences, arpeggios and major scales are introduced along with easy original repertoire. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 120 History I (F) (3,0) A study of musical history from the time of ancient Greece to Dufay. Continued exploration of chord progression and melody, including: secondary dominants and diminished chords, minor key chord progression, subdominant minor in major keys, chord scales, mixed mode concepts, pivot chords, augmented sixths, songforms and turnarounds. Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Music 105 Orchestration I (S) (1.5,0) Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Students will undertake the study of score preparation, notation, basic musical terms and articulations, and writing for the rhythm section instruments. Music 107 Composition I (S) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: Harmony II. To be taken concurrently with Commercial Study includes: the composition of jazz and pop style melodies on standard chord progressions analysis of jazz and popular tunes. Music 110 Class Strings (F) (3,0) A practical study of the violin family. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 111 Class Strings (S) (3,0) A continuation of Music 110. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 114 Piano Class (F) (1.5,1) This course is designed for students who wish to learn basic keyboard skills. Reading, improvisation, transposition and harmonization are the skills developed during this course and the three subsequent levels. Theoretical concepts are applied at the keyboard and include diatonic triads and sevenths of the major key, all major, minor and modal tetrachords. A weekly lab evaluates material covered in class. Students practice on the department's pianos. Transferable to UBC and UVic. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 124 - Music Music 121 History II (S) (3,0) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. Music 132 Vocal Group Repertoire (F) (1.5,1) This course will develop the ability of vocalists to function as part of a small vocal ensemble in jazz and pop styles. Course content includes: group instruction in phrasing, interpretation, blend and tuning; style analysis of vocal groups; memorization of vocal material; performance in various pop group styles with and without rhythm accompaniment; recording studio labs. Music 133 Vocal Group Repertoire II (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Vocal Group Repertoire I instruction. Music 134 Solo Voice Repertoire I (F) (1.5,1) A course which develops the abilities needed for successful solo vocal performance. Course content includes: style analysis, mike technique, development of stage presence, solo performance in various styles with accompaniment, memorization of a number of songs, studio recording projects, and development of a "book" of rhythm section arrangements. Music 135 Solo Voice Repertoire II (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Solo Voice Repertoire I instruction. Music 170 History of Jazz (F) (1.5,0) A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. Music 171 History of Popular Music (F) (1.5,0) A survey of popular music styles of the 20th century. Music 172 Arranging I (S) (1.5,0) MUSIC 201 Theory IV (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Music 103, to be taken concurrently with Music 104 and Music 105. Prerequisite: A study of four-part block harmonization arranging techniques. Music 180 Improvisation (F) (1.5,1.5) A course to teach the basics of improvisation on chord changes. The first term will be devoted to rhythmic concepts, basic chord-scale relationships and development of technical exercises for basic chord progressions. Music 181 Improvisation (S) (1.5,1.5) A continuation of Music 180. This term will be devoted to analysis of chord progressions and more advanced chordscale analysis. At the end of this term, students should have the basic theoretical knowledge necessary to analyze and learn to improvise on any "standard" jazz tune. Music 184 Sightsinging/Ear Training (F) (3,0) Aural and sight training concentrating on melodic, rhythmic dictation and sightsinging. Music 185 Sightsinging/Ear Training (S) (3,0) A continuation of Music 184. Music 194 Repertoire I (F) (1.5,3) For all instruments, requirements include five hours of rehearsal a week plus a number of performances. The styles studied are varied and all students must perform a set number of tunes, take part in recording sessions, and complete various pertinent assignments. Music 195 Repertoire II (S) (1.5,3) Music 200 A study of music from the late 18th century to elementary chromaticism of the early Romantic Period (up to 1850). Form: a detailed study of complete works in short forms. Harmony: chromatic harmony exercises leading up to the composition of short pieces (minuet, lid, piano pieces) using simple homophonic textures. Sight recognition: a continuation of third term expanding to include open score with transposing instruments; small orchestral scores. Ear Training: continuation of harmonic dictation, including chromatic material. Aural identification of formal plans. Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Music 203 Commercial Harmony III (F) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: Music 104 or permission of the instructor. Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of popular chord progression, modal harmony, mixed mode chord progression, augmented 6th chords, tonicization, chord scales/harmonic extensions, turn arounds, correction of standard progressions, reharmonization techniques. Music 204 Commercial Harmony IV (S) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: Music 203 Continued exploration of chord progression and melody including: analysis of modern jazz chord progression, organpoint, equal division of the octave, parallel harmony, modal jazz chord progression, 70's jazz theory of modal areas, modern voicing techniques. Music 205 Orchestration II (F) (1.5,0) Orchestration for modern rhythm section. Drum machine, Guitar, Bass and Keyboards. To be taken concurrently with Music 272. A continuation of Repertoire I. Music 206 Composition II (F) (1.5,0) Music 200 Theory III (F) (3,0) To be taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony ill. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent. A study of tonal three-voice counterpoint; rhythmic relationships and harmonic considerations; imitation - real and tonal; the writing of answers; three-part invention; Trio Sonata; Fugue; forms based on the Chorale; Contrapuntal variation form; a continuation of ear training and sight singing from Music 101. A course oriented to those interested in developing their abilities in composing and arranging. A study of the principles of part writing. Music 210 Class Woodwinds (F) (3,0) A practical study of the woodwind family. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Transferable to UBC, SFU, UVic. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Music 125 Music 211 Class Woodwinds (S) (3,0) Music 234 Solo Voice Repertoire III (F) (1.5,1) A continuation of Music 210. A continuation of Solo Voice Repertoire II instruction plus memorization of a fixed number of songs, accumulation of a book of rhythm accompaniment charts to all songs required, studio recording labs, vocal improvisation. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 214 Piano Class (F) (1.5,1) For students who have taken Music 115 or have had previous keyboard experience. Students are introduced to common idiomatic accompaniment patterns as well as four-part chorale studies, keyboard sequences, minor scales and chords. Basic keyboard techniques are emphasized including relaxation, touch, rotation, weight transfer and their musical application in simple repertoire. The lab hour is utilized to develop sight reading skills at the keyboard. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 215 Piano Class (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Music 214 with increased complexity of repertoire and technique. Transferable to UBC and UVic. Music 235 Solo Voice Repertoire IV (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Solo Voice Repertoire III instruction. Music 260 Commercial Relations in Music (S) (1.5,0) A course involving aspects of the music industry including copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. Music 270 Song Writing (S) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: instructor. Commercial Harmony I or permission of the An investigation of the techniques and roles of lyrics and lyric writing for popular song styles. Music 272 Arranging II (F) (1.5,0) Music 220 History III (F) (3,0) This course is designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. The music from Cavalli to Mozart will be examined emphasizing aural recognition of the evolution of musical style. Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Prerequisite: Arranging I and Orchestration I, taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony III and Orchestration II. Arranging projects for various combinations of instruments, plus a study of two and three-part writing. Music 273 Arranging/Composition Music 221 History IV (S) (3,0) A course designed as a complementary study both for Music and General Arts students. This course will examine music from Beethoven to the present day. The emphasis will be on aural recognition of the evolution of musical stye and its relationship to its historical context. Transferable to SFU, UBC and UVic. Music 232 Vocal Group Repertoire III (F) (1.5,1) (S) (3,0) Prerequisites: Arranging II, Orchestration I & II, taken concurrently with Commercial Harmony IV. Course content includes: advanced chord voicing concepts, background writing, linear writing techniques, arranging projects for various instrumental vocal and rhythm section combinations, studio recording labs, and composition of pop, rock and jazz tunes in all harmonic styles. Music 280 Improvisation (F) (1.5,1.5) Prerequisite: Sightsinging ability, higher level of performance abilities. A continuation of Music 181. Students must audition. A continuation of Vocal Group Repertoire II instruction with more emphasis on individual contribution and responsibility for rehearsal and studio recording labs. Music 281 Improvisation (S) (1.5,1.5) Music 233 Vocal Group Repertoire IV (S) (1.5,1) A continuation of Vocal Group Repertoire III instruction. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 126 - Music A continuation of Music 280. Music 284 Sightsinging/Ear Training (F) (3,0) Music Therapy Courses A continuation of Music 185. Music Therapy 120 Improvisation I (F) (1.5,0) Music 285 Sightsinging/Ear Training (S) (3,0) An experimental study of free and structured improvisation forms for groups and solo work. A continuation of Music 284. Music 294 Repertoire III (F) (1.5,3) Music Therapy 130 Basic Clinical Skills (F) (3,0) A continuation of Repertoire II with emphasis on recording work. An introduction to the basic concepts of observation, assessment and goal setting, including six weeks of introductory field work. Music 295 Repertoire IV (S) (1.5,3) Music Therapy 150 The Influence of Music (F) (3,0) A continuation of Repertoire III. A study of the physical and psychological impact of sound and music, and some of the functions of music in various cultures. Music 360 Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly and Orff Methodology (S) (1.5,0) This will provide a knowledge of Kodaly and Orff methodology and the skills necessary to use these teaching methods in a classroom. Transferability for Music Education at UBC will be sought. Music 361 Method Studies in Music Education: Kodaly and Orff Methodology II (S) (1.5,0) A continuation of Music 360. PMI (Various Numbers) (F) (S) (2,0) A course designed to permit the student to pursue indepth study of his/her own music specialty. The course consists of a series of one-hour lessons. PMI (Various Numbers) (F) (S) (1,0) This course consists of a series of half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument. Note: To enroll in any PMI courses students must get permission from the coordinator of their Music Program. Music Therapy 151 The Influence of Music (S) (1.5,0) A continuation of the study of music's influence on individuals, and elements of the music of different cultures. Music Therapy 160 Music Therapy I (F) (3,0) This course presents the development of music as therapy, the clientele groups and their needs, and the potential of music as a therapeutic medium. Music Therapy 161 Music Therapy II (S) (3,0) This course presents several music therapy models, with a focus on theory, analysis, and practice. Music Therapy 170 Intervention in Child Development (F) (3,0) A basic introduction to normal and abnormal child development and some major intervention approaches. Music Therapy 180 Interpersonal Skills for Music Therapists (S) (1.5,0) Communication and observation exercises to increase awareness of ingrained skills and habits, and to introduce new alternatives. Music Therapy 191 Practicum II (S) (6,0) Field work, in which students design, lead and document music therapy sessions, in consultation with staff supervision. Weekly seminars are provided to examine practicum issues. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Music 127 Music Therapy 220 Improvisation II (F) (1.5,0) An exploration of group process through free and structured improvisational group techniques. Music Therapy 250 Music Through the Creative Arts (S) (1.5,0) An experiential exposure to creative arts which can be used in conjunction with music: eg. dance, visual arts, poetry. Music Therapy 260 Music Therapy III (F) (3.0) A continuation of the presentation of music therapy models, which ties them into assessment and treatment planning. Music Therapy 261 Music Therapy IV (S) (4.5,0) This course focuses on professional attitudes, skills, and CAREER/VOCATIONAL 128 - Music awareness, including articulation of style, professional teamwork, workshop design, and the application of basic research design to music therapy. Music Therapy 264 Clinical Orientation (S) (3,0) A basic introduction to anatomy and physiology, normal and abnormal, and practical elements of standard treatment. Music Therapy 290 Practicum III (F) (6,0) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 191.) Music Therapy 291 Practicum IV (S) (6,0) Field work and weekly seminars. (Refer to Music Therapy 191.) Office Administration Instructional Faculty OFFICE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM D. BLANEY, I.D. (UBC), C.P.S. N. BURY, B.A. (UBC), ACI, OTEC Coordinator D. CLARK, Lab Supervisor J. CLARK, R.N. (Regina Gen. Hosp.), Teaching Dip. (Sask.) S. FREUND, I.D. (UBC), LGAS Cert. L. JEST, I.D. (UBC), Coordinator, MOA Program D. LITTLE, R.N. (St. Paul's), P.H.N. (UBC) D. PHILLIPS, Coordinator, Legal Secretarial Program M. SEWARD, B.S.A. (St. Francis Xavier), B.Ed. (Mt. St. Vincent) B. SMITH, B.A., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) L. SPICER, B.Comm., Prof. Teaching Cert. (UBC) W. TILLEY, B.Ed. (UBC), M.A. (SFU) K. VICKARS, B.Ed., Lic.Acct. (UBC) G. WAUGH, B.A. (Reading), M.A. (UBC), Standard Teaching Credentials (UK), B.C. Registered Psychologist A. WHITE, Lab Supervisor Contact Person: Martha Mackay, 984-4959 Support Staff Michele Henderson, Divisional Assistant Martha Mackay, Clerk-Typist The Office Technology Programs are designed to train students in basic office skills as well as in the technical skills essential for the automated office. There are three options within the program providing specialized training in accounting procedures, clerical applications and word/ information processing. Graduation Requirements In order to receive a certificate for any of the Office Technology programs you must successfully complete the courses, accumulate the required credits for graduation, and maintain a grade point average of 2.0. Special Fees and Expenses Costs of tuition, textbooks and supplies change regularly. Contact the office at 984-4959 for up-to-date information. Awards and Scholarships Gerry Turner Memorial Award - Office Administration General Information The Office Administration Division offers business training through the following programs: Office Technology Program - Clerical, Financial and Word/Information Processing options Accelerated Office Training Program Microcomputer Applications for the Office Legal Secretarial Program Medical Office Assistant Program Why Office Administration at Capilano College? Quality Education: small classes, personalized instruction, and professional instructors Program Variety: clerk typist, bookkeeper, medical office assistant, legal secretary and word information processing Flexibility: day or evening, part-time or full-time Low Cost: our professional training courses are competitive with other institutions on the Lower Mainland New Technology: word processors, electronic typewriters, microcomputer training The Office Administration department coordinates and delivers six different programs to students with varying levels of skills. These programs/courses provide you with a comprehensive education in preparation for employment in business. Gerry Turner worked for the College for many years. She was Secretary to the Principal, and also worked in the Deans' offices, the Bursar's office, Purchasing, Community Education, Placement, and Accounting. Wherever she was, Gerry gave her best, and her aim was always to promote excellence, and to improve the image of the college in the community. This award is maintained by Gerry's friends at Capilano who continue to remember her good humour, gentle demeanor, and always even disposition. The Gerry Turner Award is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need to a student in the Office Administration Program in the Spring term. Apply to the Office Administration Coordinator. 1. Clerical-Option Career Opportunities The graduates of this option are employed in any area of business requiring well developed office skills. Successful students find employment as clerk typists, secretaries, data entry clerks, and dicta-typists. Many graduates continue on to supplement their training with either Legal, Medical or Word/Information Processing programs. The Program The Clerk Typist Option is a full time eight month program offered each year from September to April. This program provides training in general office skills. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 129 Admission Requirements Program Content Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission. The purpose ot the interview is to answer any questions concerning the program and to ascertain whether this type of training is suited to the career goals of the student. FIRSTTERM BOT 100 Business English I BOT 102 Typing I BOT 105 Office Procedures BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Records. BOT 115 Computers in the Office I Program Content FIRST TERM Business English I BOT 100 Typing I BOT 102 Office Procedures BOT 105 Business Records BOT 110 Computers in the Office I BOT 115 Credit Hours 3.0 4.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 13.5 SECOND TERM Business English II BOT 101 Typing II BOT 103 Dicta Typing BOT 106 Records Management BOT 107 Office Procedures II BOT 111 Computers in the Office II BOT 116 3.0 4.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 15.0 2. Financial Option Individuals are increasingly being confronted with information presented in financial terms. This option provides students with an understanding of both manual and electronic accounting procedures and the ability to apply this knowledge to business situations. Graduates are finding employment in positions such as: accounting clerks, data information processors, accounting assistants, junior bookkeepers, full-charge bookkeepers for small and medium-sizecf firms. The Program The Financial Option is a full time program, offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in accounting, general office applications, and microcomputers. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator prior to program admission. Although no prerequisites are required for entry into the Financial Option, students will be assessed at the completion of their second month to determine their suitability for the financial option. 130 THIRD TERM (May/June) BOT 128 Computers in the FinancialOffice OTEC 109 Electronic Bookkeeping '3.0 3.0 3.0 4.5 _L5 15.0 2.25 3.0 5.25 Certificate Requirements: 36.75 Career Opportunities Career Opportunities - Office SECOND TERM BOT 101 Business English II BOT 104 Financial Typing BOT 107 Records Management BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II BOT 111 Office Procedures II 3. Word/Information Processing Option Certificate Requirements: 28.5 CAREER/VOCATIONAL Credit Hours 3.0 4.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 16.5 Administration The Word/Information Processing Option provides students with the skills needed to work in today's offices. Graduates from this option will find employment in a wide range of positions, which include administrative secretary, correspondence secretary, office assistant, word processing specialist, proofreader, and records management trainee. The Program The Word/Information Option is a full time program offered from September to June. This program provides students with training in secretarial, word processing, and microcomputers skills. Admission Requirements Students are required to have a personal interview with the program coordinator. The Word/Information Processing Option requires a minimum typing speed of 45 words per minute. Students will be evaluated mid-October to determine suitability and typing speed requirements. Program Content FIRST TERM BOT 100 Business English I BOT 102 Typing I BOT 105 Office Procedures BOT 110 Business Records BOT 115 Computers in the Office I OFTR 187 Word Processing I or OFTR 188 Word Processing II Credit Hours augment their training by taking additional microcomputer courses after graduation. 3.0 4.5 1.5 3.0 1.5 3.0 3.0 Admission Requirements Applicants are required to meet with the program coordinator prior to acceptance. The purpose of this interview is to familiarize the student with program curriculum and ensure that this program meets with the individual's career goals. 16.5 SECOND TERM OFTR 150 Records Management OFTR 155 Text Editor: Business Writing OFTR 186 Office Technology OFTR 187 Word Processing I OR OFTR 188 Word Processing II OFTR 252 Interpersonal Skills & Organizational Psychology OFTR 300 Director Work Experience OTEC 108 Micro Word Processing Program Content 1.5 Financial O p t i o n 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 FIRST TERM (January-April) BOT 102 Typing I BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 109 Accounting Procedures II BOT 115 Computers in the Office BOT 110 Business Records BOT 127 Business English Credit Hours 4.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 3.0 16.5 16.5 THIRD TERM (May/June) OFTR 161 Micro Computer Business Applications OFTR 164 Typing Speed Development OTEC 108 Micro Word Processing 3.0 1.5 1.5 SECOND TERM (May & June) BOT 105 Office Procedures BOT 109 Accounting Procedures BOT 127 Business English 1.5 3.0 1.5 6.0 6.0 Certificate Requirements: 39 Credits Certificate Requirements: 22.5 Secretarial O p t i o n ACCELERATED OFFICE TRAINING PROGRAM Career Opportunities Graduates of this program are employed in areas of business requiring well developed office skills. There are job opportunities for graduates of the Secretarial option as trainees in many types of businesses. Graduates of the Financial option are employable as accounting clerks or bookkeepers in small to medium sized firms. The Office Training Program is a six month, accelerated program designed to allow students to acquire fundamental office skills plus specialized studies in accounting procedures and introductory word processing. FIRST TERM (January - April) BOT 102 Typing I BOT 108 Accounting Procedures I BOT 110 Business Records BOT 115 Computers in the Office 4.5 3.0 3.0 1.5 B O T 127 3.0 Business English SECOND TERM (May - June) BOT 105 Office Procedures BOT 106 Dicta-Typing BOT 127 Business English OTEC 110 Fundamentals of Word Processing 1.5 1.5 1.5 JK5 6.0 Certificate Requirements: 21.0 Students taking the Financial Option are folly trained in a manual accounting system. Students selecting the Secretarial Option receive an introduction to word processing. While all students receive an introductory course in microcomputers, graduates of this program are advised to CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 131 MICROCOMPUTER APPLICATIONS FOR THE OFFICE - EVENING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM Career Opportunities This program is designed for individuals wanting to supplement and upgrade their present office skills to meet the demands of today's technology. There is an increasing demand for office personnel with up-to-date microcomputer training. The Program This evening program is designed for people wishing to acquire the technical skills to work with microcomputers in the office. There are two options in the program - the financial option provides the skills needed to function in a computerized accounting environment. The clerical options focuses on the development of the computer skills needed for general office work. Admission Requirements Prerequisites for the Financial Option are typing and basic bookkeeping. Prerequisites for the Information Processing Option are a typing speed of 40 words per minute, and good English skills. Program Content Computers in the Office Micro Word Processing Electronic Office Procedures 1.5 1.5 JJ> 4.5 Financial Option Courses OTEC 105 Electronic Bookkeeping I 1.5 Certificate Requirements: 6.0 Basic Operator Training I Basic Operator Training II Certificate Requirements: 10.5 The course will familiarize students with business communications with emphasis on spelling, punctuation, and grammar. Memo writing will be covered. Business Office Training 101 Business English II (Sp) (3,0) A continuation of BOT 100 with a focus on business letter writing. In addition, a component on career development and creative job search will enable students to use their training effectively. Business Office Training 102 Typing (F.Sp) (4.5,10) Students will learn the basic skills of typewriting using correct techniques to acquire speed, accuracy and knowledge of basic formatting. The course is designed to instruct the student in current styles for the preparation of typewritten business materials as well as the correct methods to use in achieving these styles. Business Office Training 104 Financial Typing (S) (1.5,1) This course is designed to expand and refine keyboard skills, techniques, and applications acquired in beginning typing. Emphasis is placed on typing for the financial office. This is an introduction to procedures commonly in use in any business office. Students will gain some knowledge of basic time management and develop an ability to prioritize tasks; understand and select appropriate methods in the processing of verbal and/or written communications; develop an awareness of the tasks necessary in planning meetings and travel; and, become familiar with sources of reference useful in any office. Business Office Training 106 Dicta Typing (S,SU) (1.5,0) Information Processing Option Courses WDPR 100 WDPR 200 Business Office Training 100 Business English I (F) (3,0) Business Office Training 105 Office Procedures I (F,Sp) (1.5,0) Certificate Requirements - Core Courses BOT 115 OTEC 051 OTEC 052 Course Descriptions 3.0 3.0 6.0 Students will develop machine transcription skills. Specifically, they will learn to operate efficiently the Lanier-Edisette transcriber. Specific reviews of points of grammar, punctuation, spelling and transcription style will be emphasized in the transcription of mailable business letters. Business Office Training 107 Records Management (S,SU) (3,0) The first half of this course will define records and records management and present the student with the principles CAREER/VOCATIONAL 132 - Office Administration Business Office Training 120 Introduction to the Typewriter Keyboard (F,S,SU) and practices used in records control in a modern office through lecture and practical records management exercises. The second half of the course will involve computer applications in the area of records management through the use of data base software. This course will teach the student the basic skill of typewriting using correct techniques to acquire speed and accuracy. Business Office Training 108 Accounting Procedures I (F,S) (3,2) Business Office Training 121 Typing Skill Development (F,S,SU) This course introduces students to the theory of accounting and to tasks performed in the basic accounting cycle. Emphasis is placed on correct analysis, accuracy and thoroughness, as well as on attitudes of professionalism and independence. This course will take the typist from the point at which he or she is currently performing to appreciably higher typing levels. Business Office Training 109 Accounting Procedures II (F,S) (4.5,4) This course is a continuation of BOT 108 with an emphasis placed on working with business simulations. Business Office Training 110 Business Records (F,Sp) (3,0) This course will provide the student with the skills to correctly compute and record the necessary figures to accurately maintain basic business records. The student will also learn how to operate a ten-key electronic calculator with a minimum level of 100 key strokes per minute on a one minute timing. Business Office Training III Office Procedures II (S) (1.5,0) This course is a continuation of BOT 105 and in it the student will gain a knowledge and perspective of the varying roles of office workers in today's automated office. It will help the student to understand the importance of workflows in information processing and recent advances in electronic communication of information. Students will learn to operate a Telex, understand choices available in reprographics and use acquired skills to perform a variety of office simulation tasks. Business Office Training 115 Computers in the Office I (F.S.SU) (1.5,0) This course is an introduction to the microcomputer and will give students some familiarity with computer terms and functions. This course will also provide the student with an introduction to word processing on a microcomputer. Business Office Training 122 Introduction to Basic Formatting (F,S,SU) Students will continue to develop their skills in typewriting using correct techniques to develop higher speed and accuracy; and acquire knowledge of basic formatting. Business Office Training 127 Business English (S) (4.5,1.5) This course is designed to train students in all aspects of written communications necessary for business office workers. Students will be trained in effective job search techniques, including resumes, covering letters, and interview techniques. Business Office Training 128 Computers in the Financial Office (S) (2.25,0) Computers in the Financial Office - the use of the computer to perform specialized business applications. Spreadsheets, their design and use, will be a major component of this course. Office Technology 051 Micro Word Processing (F,S) (1.5,0) Micro Word Processing - the theory and practice of Word Processing on the microcomputer. Students will become familiar with a menu driven word processing program, create, edit and print a wide range of documents; use advanced functions of the program to manipulate and format text. Office Technology 105 Electronic Bookkeeping I (F,S) (1.5,0) Electronic bookkeeping - the use of accounting programs for entering, storing, and retrieving records; and producing reports of the financial activities of a business. Business Office Training 116 Computers in the Office II (S.SU) (1.5,0) Office Technology 108 Micro-Word Processing (F,S,SU) (3,0) Students will use the microcomputer to develop microcomputer word processing proficiency. A hands-on course in the use of the microcomputer for word processing applications in the preparation of forms, documents and correspondence. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 133 Office Technology 109 Electronic Bookkeeping (SU) (3,0) Office Training 186 Office Technology (S) (3,0) Hands-on course to develop proficiency in the use of the computer for completing bookkeeping tasks. This course is specially designed for part-time students who are already familiar with manual bookkeeping. This course will acquaint students with office procedures, organizing and planning work flow, reprographics, communication transmittal, and various career paths in the integrated office. Office Technology 110 Fundamentals of Word Processing (SU) (1.5,0) Office Training 187 Word Processing I (F,S) (3,6) This is a course designed to introduce the student to the theories and concepts of word processing. The student will produce practical applications of basic document creation and revision on a stand-alone or distributed logic system. It is recommended the student continue word processing training following this course to obtain further hands-on experience. This course will train students in advanced text-editing techniques and print options needed for heavy revisions on an AES standalone system. The student will also be introduced to use of glossary, financial proofreading, line drawing and use of an OCR. Office Training 150 Records Management: Systems and Administration (S) (1.5,0) The course will provide students with an understanding of computer-assisted storage and retrieval systems. The primary emphasis in this course is the hands-on use of electronic filing and report generating programs, along with an introduction to a data base program. Office Training 155 Text Editor: Business Writing (S) (3,2) This course utilizes the revision and playback capabilities of the screen-based text-editor to improve the student's quality of grammar, spelling and word usage, and to develop and/or improve his/her composition skills. Office Training 160 Microcomputer Word Processing (S) (1.5,0) An introduction to the theory and practice of word processing on a microcomputer. The student will create, edit, and print a wide range of documents on the microcomputer. Office Training 161 Microcomputer Business Applications (SU) (3,4) An introduction to the theoretical aspects of microcomputers and to a number of widely-used business programs. Through the use of microcomputers students will learn the basics of operating system software, the concepts related to spreadsheets, and concepts of communications software. Office Training 165 Typing Skill and Speed Development (SU) (1.5,0) This course will build typing speed and accuracy by taking each typist by planned progression from the point at which each is currently performing to appreciably higher stroking levels. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 134 - Office Administration Prerequisite: 45 wpm and good English Skills Office Training 188 Word Processing II (F,S) (3,6) Prerequisite: Skills 45 words per minute and good English A reinforcement of work procedures used in traditional word processing installations by producing complex documents which require format, machine operation, and language skill decisions. The student will incorporate merge and math processing, glossary and advanced assembly functions to complete training modules for industry on the Wang VS-15 distributed logic system. Office Training 252 Interpersonal Skills and Organizational Psychology (S) (3,0) This course will provide students with basic psychological concepts and experience in several skill areas important in business. It includes practice in relating, assertion, feedback and problem solving skills. Other topics include: small group behaviour, verbal and non-verbal communications; dynamics of personality; leadership styles; supervisory difficulties and conflict resolution. An experiential approach allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive setting. Office Training 300 Director Work Experience (S) (1.5,0) A laboratory course involving about two lecture classes a month and at least thirty hours of related office experience in an industry placement in the field of word processing. This will better qualify the student for employment in that area and/or enable the student to make an informed decision as to career choice. Word Processing 100 Basic Operator Training (3,4) Word Processing Operator Training is a seven-week course designed to provide the student with a mastery of basic document creation and revision on word processing equipment. The student will also be introduced to word processing concepts and theories. Word Processing 200 Basic Operator Training Level II (3,4) Previous word processing experience on an AES or Wang system. Prerequisite: In Level II the student will become proficient in the use of extended text-editing functions such as repagination; headers and footers; right margin justification; file duplication and special forms applications. The student will become familiar with several types of word processing equipment and will identify word processing as one component on the total information processing system, understanding its interrelationships with other components. LEGAL SECRETARIAL PROGRAM Contact Person: Martha Mackay, Room H502, phone 984-4959 Career Opportunities The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal secretaries. This very specialized program provides intense training in traditional secretarial skills as well as legal procedural courses including: Civil litigation, wills and probate, corporate law, and conveyancing and mortgaging. Upon completion of the program students find employment in specialized, as well as general law offices. The Program This eight month vocational program covers four main areas of law which provide a fundamental understanding of the legal system in B.C. Students are trained in legal terminology, procedural rules, and review relevant legislation, and formatting and handling of legal documents. Shorthand, typing, word processing, legal office procedures, and a two-week legal office work practicum are included in the curriculum. A Capilano College certificate is granted upon successful completion of the program. Admission Procedures Students are admitted to the Program twice a year in September and January for two consecutive four month terms of study. Applications may be made at any time. To ensure your name is on the list for the Information Meetings held twice a year call the Office Administration Department at 9844959. Applicants are invited to attend an information meeting. Testing of typing and English language proficiency will be conducted following the information session. During the meeting, an appointment for a personal interview will be arranged. During your interview you will have an opportunity to ask further questions, and discuss your qualifications and career goals. Your test results will be reviewed with you at this time. The objective of the Personal Interview is to assist in selecting applicants who will be most suited to a career as a Legal Secretary. Admission Requirements 1. High school diploma or equivalent 2. English language proficiency 3. Typing speed of 45 wpm Please submit the following material prior to or during the CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 135 pre-admission interview: (a) A resume describing your education, skills, and work experience. (b) A transcript from the last educational institute you attended. (c) A letter of recommendation from a former employer or teacher. Special Fees and Expenses In addition to registration and tuition fees, students can expect to spend approximately $450.00 on textbooks and supplies. Course Descriptions Legal Secretary Training 100 Production Typing I (F,S) (3,2) After a review of basic formatting skills, the student develops a professional and practical approach to typing problems in producing mailable copy of correspondence and other legal materials. Mandatory two hour lab per week. Legal Secretary Training 101 Production Typing II (S,SU) (1.5,2) Prerequisite: Graduation Requirements A program completion certificate is awarded to students who have successfully completed 35.25 credits. Awards Campney & Murphy Legal Secretarial Scholarship - This $350.00 scholarship donated by the law firm Campney & Murphy is granted on the basis of scholastic excellence and financial need. This scholarship is available to a second term student in the Legal Secretarial Program Spring term. Candidates must rank in the top four grade point average placements during first term and must demonstrate potential as professional career-minded legal secretaries. Davis & Company - A $300 scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding student entering the second term of the Legal Secretarial Program. Program Content FIRST TERMCredit Hours LGST 100 Production Typing I LGST 102 Beginning Shorthand LGST 109 Basic Litigation LGST 114 Wills & Probate LGST 116 Introduction to the Legal System CMNS 159 Communications for Legal Secretaries 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 1.5 3.0 15.0 SECOND TERM LGST 101 Production Typing II 3.75 LGST 103 Shorthand Speed Development 1.5 LGST 107 Machine Transcription 3.0 LGST 110 Corporate Procedures 3.0 LGST 112 Conveyancing & Mortgage Procedures 3.0 LGST 117 Legal Office Procedures 1.5 LGST 119 Directed Work Experience 1.5 LGST 122 Word Information Processing 3.0 20.25 Total Program Credits: 35.25 CAREER/VOCATIONAL 136 - Off ice Administration LGST 100 Continuation of production of legal materials including: memoranda of law, legal instruments, court documents, and forms. Legal Secretary Training 102 Beginning Shorthand (F,S) (3,2) Beginning study of Forkner shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 60 wpm after completing one term. This course requires an additional two hours of lab time per week. Legal Secretary Training 103 Shorthand Speed Development I (F,S,SU) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: BOT 113 or a shorthand speed of 60 wpm. Continuation of speed development along with theory review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material aiming at 90% accuracy in transcription. Legal Secretary Training 107 Legal Machine Transcription (S,SU) (3,2) After a review of basic transcription skills, the student develops skills in transcribing legal materials including: correspondence, accounts, legal forms, and documents in specialized areas of law. Mandatory two hour lab per week. Legal Secretary Training 109 Basic Litigation I (F,S) (3,0) Introduction to court procedures in County and Supreme Courts of B.C. The course will cover procedures in pretrial preparation, the preparation of documents, the use of precedents in County and Supreme Courts. Legal Secretary Training 110 Basic Corporate Procedures I (F,S) (3,0) An examination of the B.C. Companies Act and the various documents that a legal secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records Office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration, etc., will also be covered. MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM Legal Secretary Training 112 Basic Conveyance & Mortgage Procedures (S.SU) (3,0) Contact Person: Martha Mackay, office H502, phone: 984-4959 History and examination of the land registry system in B.C. Land Titles Act requirements, documents necessary for registration; the nature and effect of transfers and charges; search procedures will be covered. The course covers contracts of purchase and sale, Land Titles Act requirements, procedures, documents, forms involved in conveying title and registering various charges. Emphasis will be on preparing acceptable documents, transfers, mortgages, agreements for sale and necessary related forms. Legal Secretary Training 114 Wills and Probate Procedures (S,SU) (1.5,0) An examination of the Wills Act, and Estate Administration Act. Students will prepare the necessary documents to obtain Letters Probate and Letters of Administration in the Supreme Court of B.C. Legal Secretary Training 116 Introduction to the Legal System (F,S) (1.5,0) This course acquaints students with a working knowledge of the Canadian and B.C. Court System, ethics of the legal profession and the rules of the Law Society relating to trust accounts, with added emphasis on legal vocabulary. Legal Secretary Training 117 Legal Office Procedures (F,S) (1.5,0) A course to prepare legal secretarial students for positions in law offices. Instruction in time keeping, diary systems, use of law library, ethical responsibilities, filing, and other procedures particular to the profession. Emphasis will be placed on the structure of a law office, the differences between large and small offices, and the office procedures unique to the practice of law. Legal Secretary Training 119 Directed Work Experience (S,SU) (1,30) Career Opportunities The health care industry is one of the largest industries in Canada, and the Medical Office Assistant is a recognized member of the modern medical team. Graduates of this program have the specialized training required to work in a number of medical settings: receptionist or medical assistant in an office or clinic, or in a hospital as a ward clerk, admitting clerk, or stenographer. The Program This Medical Office Assistant program offers preservice, specialized education for prospective students which includes: • Medical terminology and anatomy and physiology • Medical law and ethics • Medical transcription • Medical records management • Aseptic techniques • Preparation, assisting and follow up of patient for medical examinations • Specimen collection and basic office diagnostic procedures • Financial recordkeeping and medical billing • and, a two week work practicum in industry Admission Requirements All applicants must meet with the Program Coordinator prior to registration to assess whether or not they have the personal qualities and clerical skills necessary to be a successful Medical Office Assistant. Prior to admission students must complete an Emergency level Safety Oriented First Aid Emergency course. Graduation Requirements In-term work experience involving three lecture hours and at least 60 hours of related office experience in the legal field. Also covered is the resume, job application, cover letter and interview. Students completing 35.25 credits, as outlined in the above profile, will be awarded a Capilano College Program Completion Certificate. Legal Secretary Training 122 Word Information Processing (S,SU) (3,0) Special Fees and Expenses The student, as a non data processing office worker, will learn to identify the components of office automation and to identify the utilization of advanced workstations in timeconsuming production and administrative functions. In addition to tuition and registration fees students can expect to spend approximately $300.00 on textbooks and supplies. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 137 Awards and Scholarships Course Descriptions The Maureen Piekaar Bursary was established in memory of Maureen Piekaar, an instructor in the Medical Office Assistant Program. A bursary of $250 to $300 will be awarded to an MOA student based on a financial need and who has a satisfactory standing of 70% or better. Medical Office Assistant 100 Electronic Typing for the MOA (F) (3.75,3) Program Content FIRSTTERM Credit Hours CMNS 150 Basic Communications 3.0 Electronic Typing for the MOA 3.75 MOA 100 Medical Office Procedures MOA 105 1.5 1.5 Introduction to Health Care MOA 107 Anatomy & Related Physiology MOA 109 3.0 and Pathology I MOA111 Medical Terminology I 3.0 Fundamentals of Computers in MOA 121 Health Care I 1.5 17.25 SECOND TERM Typing Skill & Speed Development MOA 102 MOA 103 Machine Transcription Medical Office Procedures MOA 106 Introduction to Health Care II MOA 108 MOA 110 Anatomy & Related Physiology and Pathology II Medical Terminology II MOA 112 MOA 122 Fundamentals of Computers in Health Care II 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 18.0 Prerequisite: Typing speed of 40 wpm Speed development and accuracy in typewriting with emphasis on production, including display techniques, letter styles, and general business and medical reports. Medical Office Assistant 102 Typing Skill and Speed Development (S) (1.5,0) Remedial drills, power drills, short and sustained timed writings to increase speed and accuracy in typewriting. Medical Office Assistant 103 Machine Transcription (S) (3,3) Prerequisite: MOA 100 & 111 Practice in transcribing medical forms, letters and reports from Lanier dictation equipment. This course entails a mandatory two-hour lab. Medical Office Assistant 105 Medical Office Procedures I (F) (1.5,0) Students will learn office procedures common to medical offices and hospitals. The students will gain expertise in meeting the patient, making patient appointments, keeping patient records, and maintaining a filing system. The student will also become familiar with professional ethics for allied health professionals. Medical Office Assistant 106 Medical Office Procedures II (S) (3,0) Continuation of MOA 105. Students will be able to perform financial recordkeeping for medical office and process patient accounts for submission to licensed carriers. Total Program Credits: 35.25 Medical Office Assistant 107 Introduction to Health Care I (F) (1.5,0) Prerequisite: Safety Oriented First Aid Course Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office and the hospital setting. The course includes general information about physical and mental health; medications and health products. Students will also learn how to use and maintain medical office equipment. Medical Office Assistant 108 Introduction to Health Care II (S) (3,0) Continuation of MOA 107. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 138 - Office Administration Medical Office Assistant 109 Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology (F) (3,0) A study of structure, function and interrelationships of the organic systems of the body. Common medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be studied in conjunction with the systems. Medical Office Assistant 110 Anatomy and Related Physiology and Pathology II (S) (3,0) A continuation of MOA 109. Medical Office Assistant 111 Medical Terminology I (F) (3,0) An introduction to Greek and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots, and combining forms common to medical terminology. Medical Office Assistant 112 Medical Terminology II (S) (3,0) Continuation and reinforcement of terminology in MOA 111. Medical Office Assistant 120 Medical Terminology and Related Anatomy and Physiology (F,S) (3,0) This course is an evening course designed to familiarize the student with medical terms commonly used in a number of medical settings. The student will also be able to identify the basic function and interrelation of the body systems, as well as identify anatomical terminology. Medical Office Assistant 121 Fundamentals of Computers in Health Care I (F) (1.5,0) This course will familiarize the student with basic word processing applications used in a medical and/or hospital environment. Basic computer terminology will be covered, and students will learn to perform basic word processing applications on a standalone or distributed logic system. This course has a mandatory two hour lab. Medical Office Assistant 122 Fundamentals of Computers in Health Care II ( S ) (1.5,0) The student will be introduced to the components of a microcomputer system, and become familiar with medical office management software now used to handle routine clerical and accounting tasks. Medical Office Assistant Work Practicum Following successful completion of term two, a medical office/clinic or hospital work practicum is arranged for the student. Before the work placement, the student will be required to attend career preparation lectures which will include practice sessions for the employment interview. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Office Administration 139 Outdoor Recreation and Tourism Programs Instructional Faculty Career Opportunities Contact Person: Judith Weiss, Divisional Assistant, Brian White, Coordinator, or Don Basham, Coordinator, 984-4947. The Capilano College Outdoor Recreation Program provides training for a wide range of careers in agencies such as provincial and federal parks, human services agencies, human resources and correctional outdoor leadership, adventure tourism, environmental education, ski areas, and municipal and regional recreation. The variety of job opportunities and careful practicum placements has resulted in a very good job placement record for graduates over the past seventeen years. D. BASHAM, Coordinator K. BONIFACE, B . S c , M.Sc (SFU) L. BOWERING, B.Ed. (UBC) T. BRAAKSMA, Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport Instructor Cert., CANSI N. CHESTER, B.Ed., B.A. (P.E.) (Sask.), M.P.E. (UBC) A. CHRISTENSEN, C P R Instructor-Traiper, Wilderness First Aid, Instructor, Wilderness Leadership Certificate, Outdoor Recreation Mgt. Dipl. (Capilano) P. EWENS, B.Ed. (UBC) Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), St. Johns First Aid Cert. G. FANE, B.A., M.B.A. R. GRIFFITHS, O.N.C. (England), CANSI Assoc Mount Guide Cert. S. HALSALL, B.A., M.B.A. (McGill) J. HATCHARD, Dipl. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport (B.C.), Instructor Cert., CANSI W. INGLIS, B.A., Dipl. Marketing J. JENNINGS, Dipl. Hospitality & Tourism Mgt, BCIT C. KILIAN, B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (SFU) C. MAITLAND, Outdoor Recreation Mgt. Cert. (Capilano), Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano) M. REES, R.N., Industrial First Aid, CPR Instructor W.L. Certificate R. SCARNELL, B.A. (Hons.) Geography (Durham), M.A. Geography (UBC) D. STEVENS, Dipl. Outdoor Rec. Mgt., Wilderness Leadership Cert. (Capilano), Canoe Sport Instructors Cert., St. John's Ambulance Instructors Cert., CANSI, CSA Tour Leaders Cert. V. TIMMONS, B.A., Sr. Cert. Hospitality and Tourism Admin. B. WHITE, B.A., M.A. (SFU), Coordinator OUTDOOR RECREATION MANAGEMENT Two Year Associate in Arts and Science Diploma Outdoor Recreation is playing an increasingly important role in the social and economic life of British Columbia. An increase in leisure time, and public interest in the preservation of natural areas have increased the need for qualified, well-trained graduates capable of planning and directing recreation programs and facilities, and teaching activity skills. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 140 - Outdoor Recreation The Program The diploma program provides career entry level training for people beginning or changing careers. The program starts with a one-week backpacking experience in the coast mountains, which requires students to be both fit and well prepared in regard to their personal outdoor equipment. There is extensive classroom work in the program and the curriculum includes volunteer work, and field trips into wilderness areas. Each student's particular program concentration will be decided in consultation with the coordinator. Students are required to take Wilderness First Aid as part of their skills development, and will be required to pay an additional levy to cover partial costs of equipment, field trips and skills development courses. Practicum placements in the final term are in a wide range of agencies, which reflect realistic job market opportunities. Admission Requirements Interviews, which are held throughout the academic year, must be arranged with the Coordinator of the program. In order to be considered for the program, applicants must be at least 19 years of age at the date of entry into the program. Applicants should have good reading and writing skills and must be physically fit. Note: A doctor's certificate of health will be required of all accepted candidates prior to admission. Admission Procedure After the interview the Coordinator of the Outdoor Recreation Diploma Program will request the following documentation: a) At least two letters of reference b) High school or post-secondary education transcripts c) A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences Program Content Credit Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Hours Hours 65 10 6 72.5 10 FIRST TERM CMNS 150 Basic Communications REC 140 Recreation Delivery Systems REC 152 Intro, to Outdoor Recreation REC 156 Intro, to Environmental Studies REC 161 Wilderness Backpacking REC 163 Wilderness First Aid I REC 169 Landscape Interpretation 3 3 3 3 3 3 _3 21 SECOND TERM CMNS 154 Communications in Recreation 3 REC 130 Physical Fitness. 1.5 REC 141 Outdoor Recreation Programming 3 REC 151 The Outdoor Environment 3 REC 153 Leisure Issues 3 REC 157 Skills Development 3 REC 164 Nordic Skiing I 3 TOUR. 112 Tourism Marketing 1.5 21.0 THIRD TERM REC 178 Human Relations in Recreation REC 240 Recreation Administration REC 252 Outdoor Rec. Resource Mgt. REC 259 Skills Development REC 293 Human Services Applications TOUR. 111 From Tourism to Tourist TOUR. 120 Adventure Tourism FOURTH TERM REC 255 Outdoor Recreation Practicum Lab 3 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 16.5 12 _2 2 3 2 _ 5 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP PROGRAM Part-Time Certificate Program The Program This program trains individuals who wish to become skilled leaders in wilderness and semi-wilderness recreation. Canoeing, mountain travel and nordic skiing are the major activities taught. Outdoor safety is emphasized with instruction in management of emergencies, in safe and responsible activity program development, and in preventive safety. A second major emphasis is on the encouragement of wise, ethical behaviour in natural environments, with the added responsibility for students to pass these attitudes on to other wilderness users. The program encourages the acquisition of outdoor skills through practical experience. There are two levels of certification in the Wilderness Leadership Program. Level one is the Capilano College Skills Acquisition Certificate designed to provide the student with a basic level of activity skills. Level two is the Capilano College Wilderness Leadership Certificate designed to combine basic activity skills with leadership skills. Admission Requirements Students must be adult (19 years of age or older). 3 _ 3 Graduation Requirements Students will enroll in one course per term, and must successfully complete each course in order to continue in the program Students must also obtain a "B" grade or better in order to progress to the next course. In outdoor activities where leaders are responsible for people's lives, it is essential that activity skills and leadership qualities be high. A student receiving a "C" grade may repeat the course or show proficiency in that activity during the following term before continuing in the program. This must be arranged with the consent of the Program Coordinator and the Course Instructor. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Outdoor Recreation 141 Credit TOURISM MANAGEMENT Hours Certificate P r o g r a m Wilderness Canoeing Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE 9 Term 1 REC 162 REC 163 Wilderness Canoeing I Wilderness First Aid I 3 3 Term 2 REC 262 Wilderness Canoeing II 3 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE 13.5 Term 1 as above 6 REC 165 Introduction to Wilderness Leadership 1.5 Term 2 REC 263 as above Wilderness First Aid II 3 3 The Tourism Management Program is designed to meet the emerging market for special events, attractions, and adventure tourism management. The curriculum includes unique speciality management courses as well as the set of core competences currently established for tourism education in British Columbia. Southwestern B.C.and the Vancouver metropolitan region provide an exciting and diversified environment from which to draw case studies, examples and resource people, and the College's unique location on the North Shore of Burrard Inlet provides access to natural landscapes, resorts, and urban settings. This program is also offered in Whistler and the Sunshine Coast. The Program Wilderness Mountain Travel Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE 9 Term 1 REC 168 REC 163 Mountain Travel I Wilderness First Aid I 3 3 Term 2 REC 268 Mountain Travel II 3 II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE Term I REC 165 as above Introduction to Wilderness Leadership Term 2 REC 263 as above Wilderness First Aid II 6 1.5 3 3 Wilderness Nordic Skiing Option I. SKILLS ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE 9 Term 1 REC 164 REC 163 Wilderness Nordic Skiing I Wilderness First Aid I 3 3 Term 2 REC 264 Wilderness Nordic Skiing II 3 as above Wilderness First Aid II CAREER/VOCATIONAL • Outdoor Recreation 142 Graduation Requirements Students must successfully complete 10 courses (each worth 1.5 credit hours), to be eligible for the Certificate in Tourism. All the core curriculum courses (marked with an asterisk) must be successfully completed. There is also a field experience component to the program involving a four-day class excursion. Program Content II. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE 13.5 Term 1 as above 6 REC 165 Introduction to Wilderness Leadership 1.5 Term 2 REC 263 The program is designed to be accessible to people who work full time, with courses scheduled for weekday evenings and some weekends. A strong emphasis is placed on business skills, using case studies and examples which have immediate application in a business environment A concentration on practical lab sessions allows students to receive individual attention and to develop skills immediately relevant to their own career advancement. 3 Tourism 111: From Tourism to Tourist * Tourism 112: Tourism Marketing * Tourism 113: Human Resource Development I Tourism 114: Human Relations * Tourism 115: Supervisory Leadership * Tourism 116: Financial Management * Tourism 117: Computer Applications * Tourism 118: Special Events as Tourism Generators Tourism 119: Japanese Language and Culture Tourism 120: Adventure Tourism Course Descriptions Recreation 130 Physical Fitness (S) (1.5,0) An overview of the constituents of physical fitness in which the following topics are dealt with: What is physical fitness? What are its physiological determinants? How can physical fitness be achieved and maintained? Weight control, physiological changes resulting from training and exercise, tests for physical fitness. Recreation 131 Physical Fitness Lab (1.5,0) Practical applications of Recreation 130 content. Open to university transfer students with Recreation 130. Recreation 140 Outdoor Recreation Delivery Systems (S) (3,0) The structure of delivery systems and the physical facilities which operate to deal with these delivery systems, with an emphasis placed on outdoor systems and facilities. Recreation 141 Outdoor Recreation Program Planning (S) (3,3) Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these present problems, new philosophies to consider in program planning. A lab introducing computer applications in Recreation is included in the course. Recreation 151 The Outdoor Environment (S) (3,2) A concentration on the basics of weather and climate and how weather affects outdoor recreation activities. Mountain weather and personal forecasting will be dealt with in detail. The course will also focus on the interpretation of t h e e n v i r o n m e n t from topographic m a p s a n d a e r i a l photographs, emphasizing recreation map design. Recreation 152 Introduction to Outdoor Recreation (F) (3,0) ' An overview of the development of outdoor recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand analysis as a planning tool, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation, experience and behaviour, outdoor recreation legislation, carrying capacities of wildlands, land use conflict, multiple use policies, inventory techniques. Recreation 153 Leisure Issues (S) (3,0) Evolution of leisure behaviour in western society, the protestant work ethic, utilitarianism, industrial work and leisure, lifestyle-based variation in work and leisure, factors in lifestyle choice, tourism and leisure, consumerism and outdoor recreation, sociological perspectives on present and future trends. Recreation 156 Introduction to Environmental Studies (F) (3,0) Ecological Principles and their application to Environmental Issues, Ecosystem Functioning, Coastal Biogeoclimatic zones and their Indicator Species, Environment Issues and Responsibilities. Recreation 157 Skills Development (S) (3,3) Bike touring, winter camping, snowshoeing, camp crafts, woodsmanship skills. Recreation 161 Wilderness Backpacking (F) (3,0) An introduction to the skills of alpine hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas. Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include access to wilderness areas, equipment, clothing, navigation, trip planning and legal issues. Consideration will be given to the problems of working with groups, particularly in terms of budget limitations and improvising equipment. (Available to Outdoor Recreation Diploma students only) Recreation 162 Wilderness Canoeing I (F,SU) (3,0) An introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge of basic paddling in open canoes. This course includes instruction in proper handling of equipment; paddling skills in grades of water up to and including grade two, practice and rescue, tracking, lining, portaging, river reading, canoe camping and teaching. Leadership techniques and canoeing skills will be stressed throughout the course. Upon completion of Canoe I students will be given the opportunity to take the Flat Water Instructors exam from BCRCA. Recreation 163 Wilderness First Aid I (F,S) (3,0) This course incorporates the principles of First Aid with the specialized needs of the outdoor leader. This course is designed for leaders who can arrange for medical attention for a participant within 12 hours of suffering an injury. The course includes Basic Life Support (CPR) Skills and improvised splinting techniques, in addition to the content of a standard first aid course. Special attention will be given to environmental injuries/illnesses. Skill levels developed will reflect Workers' Compensation Board Industrial First Aid standards. Successful students may apply for Basic WFA for Outdoor Leaders certification. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Outdoor Recreation 143 Recreation 164 Wilderness Nordic Skiing I (S) (3,0) Recreation 255 Outdoor Recreation Practicum (S) (12,0) This is an introductory course designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on crosscountry skis. The course includes both a lecture and a field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are on equipment, waxing, clothing, fitness, avalanche awareness, nutrition and safety. Skill levels will reflect CANSI and CSA material content. The practicum is designed to integrate classroom theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty supervisor to spend three and one half months in an acceptable agency placement and will be responsible to a specific agency supervisor. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance and potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor, and students will make a major presentation to the department at the conclusion of the practicum. Recreation 165 Introduction to Wilderness Leadership (S) (1.5,0) This course will address topics which relate to Wilderness Leadership in general, regardless of the activity. Topics covered include navigation, woodsmanship, clothing, equipment, menu planning, fitness, leadership styles and legal issues. Recreation 168 Mountain Travel I (F.SU) (3,0) This course will cover basic principles of equipment, safety, glacier travel, sow travel and top rope rock climbing. Although the course is primarily designed for the beginner, it is flexible enough to cater to people wishing to improve their skill beyond the novice level. Lectures are in the evening and field experiences are on weekends. Recreation 169 Landscape Interpretation (F) (3,2) Landscape awareness and appreciation, interpretation of mountain environments, local geology and landforms, assessing landscape for potential and hazards for outdoor recreation, outdoor recreation impact on landscape. Recreation 178 Human Relations in Recreation (F) (3,0) Topics include Human Relations in Management, Management Styles, Time Management, the Leadership Role, Personnel Management, and Citizen Involvement. Recreation 240 Outdoor Recreation Administration (F) (3,0) Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in the field. A study of general business practices in the operations of various outdoor recreation facilities, such as record keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising and concession agreements, liabilities, laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies. Recreation 252 Outdoor Recreation Resource Management (F) (3,0) Parks planning and management, fish and wildlife management, forest recreation, integrated resource management concepts. CAREER/VOCATIONAL 144 - Outdoor Recreation Recreation 259 Skills Development (F) (3,3) To develop specialized skills related to the student's employment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography, display design, brochure design, layout and graphic arts. Recreation 262 Wilderness Canoeing II (SU) (3,0) Prerequisite: Wilderness Canoeing I This course is a review and addition to the Canoeing I material. The additions include: canoe construction and repair, canoe history and evolution of the aboriginal canoes, tandem and solo moving water skills and canoe poling. The course is designed to further develop paddling skills, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership techniques. Where applicable the standards and instruction will be from B C R C A and the Canadian Recreational Canoeing Association. Recreation 263 Wilderness First Aid II (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Wilderness First Aid I This course reviews the material presented in Wilderness First Aid I with emphasis on increased proficiency under conditions of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and where evacuation may be delayed. A heavy emphasis is placed on practical problem-solving and decisionmaking. Successful students may apply for Advanced Wilderness First Aid for Outdoor Leaders certification. Recreation 264 Wilderness Nordic Skiing II (S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Wilderness Nordic Skiing I or equivalent This course is designed to further experience, awareness, knowledge and activity skills initiated in Wilderness Nordic Skiing I. Emphasis will be placed upon the acquisition of techniques for teaching the skills of cross-country skiing in a group situation and ski touring techniques for multi-day trips. This course will also deal with safe winter travel and winter survival. Recreation 268 Mountain Travel II (SU) (3,0) Prerequisite: Mountain Travel I or equivalent This course will cover rock climbing to approximately grade 5.4. Emphasis will be on planning and organizing an extended backpacking trip, and there will be instruction in route finding and navigation. The course consists of evening lectures, one weekend, plus a field trip. An additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. Tourism 115 Supervisory Leadership in Tourism (1.5,0) Motivation techniques, leadership styles, leadership development, supervisory analysis, role-modelling, training and development approaches, learning principles, on-the-job training, team-building techniques, concepts of organizational culture, innovation support, dealing with organizational change. Recreation 293 Human Services Applications (F) (1.5,0) Tourism 116 Financial Management in the Tourism Industry (1.5,0) A study of human service policies, statutory responsibilities, social services trends, outdoor recreation services for special populations, human growth and development through recreation, appropriate leadership and programming applications. Financial control methods, inventory control, labour costs and controls, employee scheduling, payroll, loss prevention, reporting, accounting applications, financial statements, cash/credit transactions, basic financial planning. Tourism 111 From Tourism to Tourist: An Industry Perspective (F) (1.5,0) Tourism 117 Computer Applications in Tourism (1.5,0) An introduction to the tourism industry and its role in the economy, the scale, impact and major sectors of the tourism industry, tourism products in B.C., development potential, language and terminology used in the industry, tourism industry structure and organization, revenue and costs in various sectors, case studies and applications. Students will learn key legal issues in the industry, and will identify educational and professional career path opportunities in various industry sectors in the province. Tourism 112 Tourism Marketing (1.5,0) Concepts and principles of marketing, market research, product pricing and costing, service as a primary product, advertising methods, targets marketing, factors in consumer preference, assessment of guest satisfaction. Tourism 113 Human Resource Development in Tourism (1.5,0) Recruiting, hiring, performance appraisal, guidance methods, orientation, initial job training, designing job specifications, interviewing techniques, human rights guidelines, relevant legislation, employee incentive programs, employment overview of different industry sectors. Tourism 114 Human Relations in Tourism (1.5,0) Interpersonal communications skills for supervisors in the tourism industry, stress management, time management, presentation methods, conflict resolution techniques, active listening, climate setting, staff counselling interviews, non-verbal cues, positive guidance methods. Hospitality software applications, ski area, business applications, word processing, filing, inventory, billing, accounts receivable, training, rooms management, scheduling/reservations, food/beverage control, system types. Tourism 118 Special Events as Tourism Generators (1.5,0) Creating a special event or attraction, product choice, community fit, community resources, market analysis, sponsor identification and benefits, administrative structure, volunteer management, public relations, media relations, management styles, B.C. case studies. Tourism 119 Japanese Language and Culture (1.5,0) Basic phrases necessary to assist Japanese guests. Expectations of Japanese tourists, acknowledgement of Japanese culture and traditions, Japanese beliefs and attitudes, dealing with the Japanese business community. Tourism 120 Adventure Tourism (F) (1.5,0) Adventure Tourism products in B.C. including rafting, heliskiing, guiding and outfitting, ocean kayaking, and mountain travel; economic impact of the industry, selling adventure tourism, identifying markets, packaging, legal liability, insurance issues, organization and structure of the industry, licensing requirements for different activities, governments' role in area and activity management, resource management issues, protecting resource areas. CAREER/VOCATIONAL - Outdoor Recreation 145 Additional Vocational Programs For further information about any of these programs please call the Coordinator of Mechanical/Industrial Programs. All of these programs are offered subject to approved funding. HOSPITALITY COURSES AT WHISTLER Waiter/Waitress An intense 90 hour course conducted over a three week time span in Whistler. The course deals with proper attitude, business practices, and techniques to be a successful food services worker in a resort area. Bartending AQUACULTURE Contact: Sechelt Campus, 987-1535 or 885-9310 This program is designed to train students to take responsible positions on salmon farms and with minimal experience on those farms assume a supervisory capacity. Supervisory positions in this industry would be assistant-managers in the case of some companies and technicians (at different levels) in the case of others. Salmon farms in this industry are divided into two basic classifications, salmon hatcheries or smolt farms and salmon grow-out farms. Though skills for both types of farms will be taught, the emphasis on job placement will be concentrated on the grow-out farms. This does not restrict the student from gaining employment on smolt farms, processing plants, feed plants or any other pertinent operation in the industry. Offered only at Sechelt Campus. A three week 90 hour course for experienced hospitality workers who wish to be successful at operating a bar or working in a lounge in a resort area. The course will deal with proper business practices, attitude, and technique, with hands-on experience in a bar. Restaurant Technology A three week 90 hour course designed to take a person with experience in the hospitality, food, and beverage industry, and assist them to become competent supervisory personnel. The course will help the student to become knowledgeable in personnel control, understand all facets of food and beverage control, and understand the economics of operating in a resort area. A portion of the course will also deal with customer relationships. Ski Technician Course This course is designed to give shop personnel in the ski industry sufficient knowledge and skills to be certified at a level above current industry standards. Qualified ski shop personnel should be able to find immediate employment in shops. Students are expected to gain expertise in matching ski equipment to skiers, and in how to sell and service ski equipment. Students are also expected to become familiar with technical ski shop operations. Customer safety and the importance of following correct procedures is stressed. This is an intense course, running for four 8 hour days and is offered in the Lower Mainland, Whistler, Alberta, and Ontario. VOCATIONAL 146 PROGRAMS 147 Special Programs ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ FOUNDATIONS c) gain the equivalent of grades 6, 8, 10 or 11. Contact Person: A.B.E. Coordinator, Room P209, telephone 984-4971 Instructional Faculty D. J.A. THAIDE, B . S c , (Hons) (McGill), M.Sc. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J. BANNISTER, B.A., B.S.W. (UBC), Dipl. of Ed. (Oxford), M.Ed. (Toronto), BC Teacher's Cert., Nfld. Teacher's Cert. S. BROWN, B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. M.C. CAIRNS, B.Sc. (Math) (Calgary), Alta. Teach. Cert. J.E. DUVALL, B.A. (UBC), Dipl. Ed. (Sask.) E. FUTTERMAN, B.Sc. (California, Berkley) J . HIND, B.A. (1st Class Hons.) (SFU), M.A. (UBC) P. HODGSON, B.A. (Hons), B.Ed. (Queen's) M.Ed. (UBC) R.F. IRVINE, Teacher's Cert., Sask. & B.C., B.A. (SFU) O B . MACLEAN, B.Ed. (SFU) J . PASS, B.A. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. F. RAMSAY, B.Sc. (McGill) M. RAWSTHORNE, M.Ed. (UBC), R.D.N. J . ROSE, B.A. (Western), B.C. Teacher's Cert. J . SOUTHERST, B.A., B.Ed. (UBC), B.C. Teacher's Cert. A.G. THOMLINSON, B.A., M.Sc (UBC), B.C. Teach. Cert. D. E. YOUNG, B.A. (SFU), S.R.N. (London), S.C.M. (Scotland), Dipl. T.N. (London), M.F.A. (UBC) General Information The Adult Basic Education/Foundations Program provides students with an opportunity to: a) upgrade or refresh their skills in and increase their knowledge of English, Mathematics and the Physical and Social Sciences. b) gain the Provincial Adult Education Certificate at the Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced or Provincial levels. d) prepare for the General Education Development (Grade 12 Equivalency) Tests. Completion of the program also allows the student to go on to vocational or career training programs in various post-secondary institutions. In addition, the student can prepare for higher academic studies at the college or university level. The program runs throughout the year, including the summer months. To a large degree, instruction is individualized and self-paced. Students may choose either a full-time or part-time course load. Some classes are offered in the evening for students with work or other daytime commitments. Admission Requirements An applicant must be at least 18 years old and have been out of the public school system for at least one year. There is no minimum educational prerequisite for entry into the program; the student is assessed and placed in the program at a level corresponding to his or her educational background. Registration takes place in the month prior to every term. For further information, phone the department. Some students may wish to take these courses as part of their college program. Each course is equivalent to .5 credits.There is a minimum number of hours which have to be taken each week in some subject areas — for instance 6 or more hours of BENG 042 must be taken each week. Students who plan to use the ABE/Foundations courses as prerequisites for further study at this College or other institutions are advised to check for the appropriate admission requirements. It is the student's responsibility to confirm the prerequisites needed for further programs. Program Content The following table summarizes the ABE course offerings: Fundamental Intermediate Biology Advanced Provincial BBIO 041 or 042 BBIO 041 and 042 Computer Studies BCMP 021 BCMP 031 English' BENG 021 BENG 031 BENG 040, 041 BENG 042 Mathematics BMTH 021 BMTH 031, 032 BMTH 041, 042, 045 BMTH 046 Physical Sciences BSCI 032 BCHM 041 BPHY 041 BCHM 042 BPHY 042 Social Studies BSOC 031 BSOC 041 BSOC 042 SPECIAL 148 PROGRAMS - A.B.E. English B E N G 021 An introductory Fundamental course in reading, writing and spelling. B E N G 031 Prepares students for written work in ABE advanced courses and provides practical communication skills with a vocational orientation: an ABE intermediate course. B E N G 042 This is an ABE Provincial course which prepares the student for written work in post-secondary courses and helps to prepare the student for comprehension and analysis of College level written material. Social Studies B S O C This is an ABE Intermediate level course. Mathematics B M T H 021 Whole number decimals, fractions, and percentage. This is an ABE fundamental course. B M T H 031 A continuation of 021 with simple geometry and algebra. This is an ABE intermediate course. B M T H 032 This ABE intermediate course gives students the opportunity to master practical mathematics at the Intermediate Certificate level. B M T H 041 Business math, interpretation of graphs and formulas used in business and industry, calculation of simple and compound interest, payroll, taxes, and investment. This is an ABE Advanced Certificate course. B M T H 042 A review of basic algebra, quadratic equations, and the use of geometry and trigonometry in the solution of applied mathematical problems. This is an ABE Advanced Certificate course. 041 A study of major historical, geographic, economic, political and sociological events in Canada and globally. Students will learn basic skills of social analysis that will enhance their ability to participate in the economic, political and social concerns that are part of their daily lives. This is an ABE Advanced level course. B S O C A continuation of BCMP 021 with more practise in programming, word processing and spreadsheets, plus introduction of integrated software. 031 An introduction to the fundamental principles of Economics, Canadian history, government legal system and the development of analytical and interpretive skills. B S O C 031 041 An ABE advanced course. Students will prepare outlines, summarize various kinds of writing, write different types of reports, differentiate between reports and essays, and give a researched oral report. B E N G B C M P 040 An ABE course in writing various types of reports and differentiating between a report and an essay. B E N G the ABE program. The course is designed to overcome the fears of computers, and offers instruction in the terminology and some hands-on experience. 042 A survey of the major issues in world politics. It includes such areas as the arms race, over- and under-population, the environment and pollution in the world economy; how these affect our lives as Canadians. This is an ABE Provincial level course. Computer Studies B M T H 045 Graphing linear equations; systems of linear equations in 2 and 3 variables; inequalities and sets; factoring polynomial expressions, advanced fractional expressions; concept of function; quadratic, logarithmic, and exponential functions; quadratic equations, roots, maxima and minima; conic sections. This is an ABE Advanced Certificate course. B M T H 046 Solving linear, absolute value, quadratic, and rational inequalities; analyzing, manipulating and graphing functions; approximating the roots of a polynomial; graphing rational functions; exponential and logarithmic functions; trigonometric functions; analytic trigonometry; series and sequences; complex numbers; conic sections revisited. This is an ABE Provincial Certificate course. B C M P 021 An introduction to microcomputers for students enrolled in SPECIAL PROGRAMS - A.B.E. 149 Sciences ALTERNATIVE CAREER TRAINING PROGRAM BBIO 041 Preparation for studies in biology at college or university. Students may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for specific vocational or career programs. This is an ABE advanced certificate course. BBIO 042 Contact Person: J . Bordewick, Coordinator, 986-1911, local 2586 Instructional Faculty An intensive, self-paced course in biology for students who are planning to go on to college or other postsecondary courses. This is an ABE advanced certificate course. Jolene BORDEWICK, B.Sc. (Ed.) (Idaho), P.D.P. Faculty Associate (SFU) Peggy EVANS, B.Ed. (Alta.) Don KIRKBY, B.Ed. (Manitoba) Linda SPENCER, B.A., P.D.P. (SFU) NOTE: Completion of BBIO 041 and BBIO 042 gives credit for the ABE Provincial Biology course. General Information BSCI 031 Introduction to basic scientific principles needed to progress to vocational training. BSCI 032 Basic scientific principles needed to progress to high level science courses. An ABE intermediate course. BSCI 040 Chemistry, physics, and earth science for students who plan a non-technical career or vocation. BCHM 041 An introduction to the principles of chemistry. Students may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for specific training. An ABE advanced course. BCHM 042 Introduction to principles of chemistry and laboratory skills in measurement, recording, and treatment of data. Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to chemistry offered in senior secondary schools. Designed to prepare students for further studies in chemistry. An ABE Provincial course. The Alternative Career Training Program is an employment exploration program with a unique focus and approach. The program is based on a developmental perspective and is committed to working with adults with special learning needs. Students are educated to accept the responsibilities of independent living as young adults, as well as the demands of competitive entry-level employment, and will be able to address any social or emotional issues which could act as barriers to employment. The ACT Program combines in-class instruction with practical work experience, emphasizing the development or maintenance of skills which may be used in employment situations. Students meet with faculty to discuss an individual course plan that best fits their needs. Personal goals will be set and monitored throughoutthe year. Student Profile Students who will find the ACT Program beneficial are learning or developmentally delayed. In addition, they may present any or all of the following characteristics: a) difficulty grasping academic information (for example, mathematical problem solving, reading print, writing) BPHY 041 b) a lower than chronological age maturity level An introduction to the principles of physics. Students may select topics that provide appropriate preparation for specific training. An ABE advanced course. c) low self-esteem BPHY 042 Introduction to the principles of physics and laboratory skills in measurement, recording and treatment of data. Equivalent in scope and level of difficulty to physics offered in senior secondary school. Designed to prepare students for further studies in physics. An ABE Provincial course. SPECIAL 150 PROGRAMS - A.C. T. d) physically handicapped (for example, neurologically impaired; blind or visually impaired; wheelchair dependent) Students who will obtain the most benefit from the ACT Program are those who have reached a moderate level of independence (i.e. they are responsible for self-care; they travel independently locally; they have had some work or volunteer experience; they can articulate several areas of interest or a willingness to try various work sites). Admission Requirements The program is in session for eight months (two terms), and classes are held three days per week, with each Thursday and Friday being spent "on site", gaining work experience. Students are accepted in September and must pay a registration fee for each term. Entry is by referral and interview. Candidates must be at least 19 years of age. Students have the option of returning for an additional year of the program. Each candidate is interviewed by the instructional staff. Classes admit a maximum of twelve students. Appointments for interviews may be made by contacting the coordinator of the Alternative Career Training Program, Capilano College, 986-1911, loc. 2586. Course Descriptions ACTP 001 Job Search Techniques This course offers the student an opportunity to explore methods and techniques which will enhance the job search. It focuses on appropriate behaviours in the marketplace and also includes opportunities for growth in the areas of self-awareness and independence as they relate to making lifestyle decisions. ACTP 002 Practical Field Experiences Students are provided with the opportunity to explore a variety of field placements which are college-supervised. Included are six practicum periods for a total ten weeks of field work. ACTP 003 Communications & Math for Everyday Living ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE Contact P e r s o n : Nicholas Collins, Instructor, Office P214, Phone 986-1911, loc. 2582 Instructional Faculty Joan ACOSTA, B.A. (Calif.), E.S.L. Cert. (San Francisco State) Nicholas COLLINS, B.A. (London), M.A. Advanced Professional Teaching Cert. (UBC) Ramon KUBICEK, B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (SFU) English as a Second Language (ESL) courses offer foreign and immigrant students a variety of Intermediate and Advanced courses to help them improve their competency in English for work, daily life, and postsecondary study. Courses cover reading, writing, and speaking. ESL courses are offered in three categories — part-time evening, part-time day, and Academic Preparatory. Admission Requirements Students who wish to enrol in the Academic Preparatory program must obtain the instructor's permission by interview before enrolling. Interviews are held in August and December and in the week before classes start each term. Courses are not transferable to university. Special Fees and Expenses Potential students who are not landed immigrants or Canadian citizens may study in these courses on payment of the Foreign Student Fee. Contact the Registrar's Office for information on fees. This course has been designed with two components: consumer mathematics and communications. It provides opportunities to maintain and develop specific skill areas, with integration of these skills into employment situations being the desired goal. The College's Financial Aid office can provide help for students who cannot afford tuition fees. Details are available at registration time. Electives ESL 040 Intermediate Conversation (F,S) (3,0) Students will have the opportunity to participate in a variety of options designed to expand their interests and experiences. These options, scheduled on Tuesday of each week, include field trips, mobility training, counselling, fitness centre activities and computer training. In consultation with faculty, students will choose options which complement their individual program plans. Course Descriptions: This course enables Intermediate students to improve their speaking skills up to the Advanced level, using both written and oral exercises. Students practice idioms and conversational forms. ESL 050 Advanced Conversation (F,S) (3,0) A course in the speaking skills needed for regular college study. Students improve their understanding of lecture SPECIAL PROGRAMS - E.S.L. 151 material and spoken reports, and study advanced grammar. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES COOPERATIVE PROGRAM ESL 091 Intermediate Reading and Writing (F,S) (3,0) Contact: Bob Bagshaw, 984-4981. Development of speaking and writing skills in English for students who wish to study at the college level. Stress is on English sentence structure, grammar, and short writing assignments. Reading and oral comprehension are included, as well as conversation. ESL 099 Advanced Reading and Writing (F,S) (3,0) Prerequisite: Written permission of the instructor Stress in the course is on writing, discussion and expression of ideas using correct English grammar, spelling and punctuation. Students submit a weekly written assignment. Students who successfully complete this course with first-class standing should be able to take and pass English 100. Instructional Faculty N. AMON, B.A. (Kent) M.A. (SFU), Economics R. BAGSHAW, B.Comm., M.A. (UBC), M.A. (Colorado), Program and Co-op Coordinator L. MAY, B.A. (Brock), M.A., Ph.D. (UBC), Pacific and Asian Studies B. MCGILLIVRAY, B.A., M.A. (UBC), Geography K. MOAK, B.A., M.P.A. (U.Vic), Economics & Business B. NG, M.A. (London) B.A. (Int'l Christian Univ.) Teach. Cert. Grad. Master (Hong Kong), Language Teach. Cert. (UBC) J . PLACZEK, B.A. (Windsor) M.A. (UBC) Ph.D. (UBC), Thai Language P. RICHARDS, B.A. (McGill) LL.B. (Toronto) M.A. (UBC), Indonesian Language N. SHERLOCK, B.A., M.A. (Osaka Univ. of Foreign Studies), Teaching Cert., (Osaka U. of Foreign Studies) Japanese Language Support Staff R. Butcher,(Divisional Assistant) General Information This Diploma Program has been developed to offer training to Canadians who are considering international careers. It is a joint-venture in educational programming, bringing Canadian employers together with students and the College to form a unique blend of experiential and academic t r a i n i n g . The emphasis is on Canada's relationships with PACIFIC RIM COUNTRIES and our potential to extend our network through trade, business, applied technology and development projects. The Program Students who are interested in a career in the Pacific Rim will follow an integrated program of study which includes the historical, economic, political, cultural and business dynamics of the region. This is a full-time day program which offers an intensive curriculum designed to serve the student in future international work. Each student will take the core courses in Pacific and Asian Studies and International Business Trade and Finance. In addition, students will choose an Asian language. Japanese and Chinese (Mandarin) will be offered in a classroom format. Other Asian languages such as Indonesian, Thai and Korean may be offered by special arrangement. SPECIAL PROGRAMS - International Studies 152 After two terms of study, eligible students will complete a work placement. This coop work term will vary from four to twelve months. Students will be evaluated by the College and the employer, and this will become part of the student's record. Every effort will be made to secure co-op placements for students. Jobs will be sought in Asian countries and in International Canadian organizations. The work term will end with a debriefing session. Career targets of the current class include areas such as Finance, International Marketing, Trade, Tourism, Development, Education, Planning, Journalism, Government and Non-Government organizations. Applications for admission may be received from the International Studies Cooperative Program office. Telephone 984-4981. Admission Requirements Applications for admission are invited from: a) Students who have completed a post-secondary program of study in Arts, Sciences or a professional area such as Business Administration, Applied Science, Agriculture, Nutrition or Forestry. b) Students who are currently employed and who are eligible for company sponsorship into this program. Sponsorship may come from a wide range of business and development organizations which have the common factor of wanting their employees trained for international work. * Admission maximum is 35 students per year. * Students are selected on the basis of their academic record, relevant experience, a written submission and an interview. * Successful applicants will have strong written and interpersonal communication skills. Program Content FALL TERM PASN 500 Pacific & Asian Studies I PASN 502 International Business Trade and Finance I Language Elective SPRING TERM PASN 501 Pacific & Asian Studies II PASN 503 International Business Trade and Finance II Language Elective Course Descriptions PASN 500 Pacific and Asian Studies (F) (10.5) This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint students with the geography, economy, history, culture, social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries from the period before Western contact to the First World War. The course will make students aware of the national and regional patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim. PASN 501 Pacific and Asian Studies II (S) (10.5) This is an interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint students with the geography, economy, history, culture, social and political structures of 18 Pacific Rim countries from the first world war to the present day. The course will make students aware of the national and regional patterns of experience in the Pacific Rim. PASN 502 International Business Trade & Finance (F) (3.0) 1. Familiarizes students with the business environment of Pacific Rim countries, in order that they can realistically determine the problems and prospects of developing mutually beneficial business relations with these countries. 2. Delineates the problems and prospects of trade between Canada and the Pacific Rim countries, in the sense of which commodities would likely be most profitable and how trade can be carried out most effectively. This course will follow a case study format combined with a number of field studies. The lectures will include a number of guest experts from our business community and abroad. Through these studies students will lean>to analyze and solve problems systematically, gain a comprehensive understanding of the complexity of international business, and develop wide sources of business information. PASN 503 (S) (3.0) Continuation of PASN 502 Language Courses See listing under Chinese and Japanese in the Academic section of the Calendar. WORK TERM Co-op I Summer Co-op II Fall Co-op III Spring SPECIAL PROGRAMS - International Studies 153 Non-Credit Programs and Courses EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Contact: 984-4901 Extension Courses The College offers a variety of cost recoverable non-credit and credit courses and programs through its Extension Programs and Services Department. There are no prerequisites for admission to non-credit courses but occasionally a certain level of proficiency is recommended for admission. Extension activities are a response to educational needs additional to those fulfilled by the College's Academic and CareerA/ocational programs. The majority of Extension offerings are an outgrowth of the College's academic and career/vocational programs whose faculties contribute to the high level of instructional competence of the programs. Courses and programs are drawn from the areas of arts, music, social sciences, natural sciences, career development, business, computer science, personal development, fashion, media, and modern languages. Educational study tours are also available through Extension Programs. Extension courses are not listed in the Calendar — they are advertised in seasonal brochures distributed throughout the college region, in newspaper ads and by direct mail. Community Music School The Capilano College Community Music School is administered through the Extension Programs and Services Department. It offers courses and programs in Instrumental, Voice and Theory for both children and adults at Capilano College and in other community locations. The calendar is available by phoning 984-4901. Programs for adults are listed in the Extension Programs and Services calendar published twice yearly. Contract Education Extension Programs and Services draws on a wide range of educational resources to provide training for groups of any size in all aspects of business and professional development. Co-sponsorship of Educational Activities Organizations and societies are encouraged to cosponsor their educational activities with Capilano College. The College can provide facilities, program design and administrative services and welcomes the opportunity to foster public understanding on social, business, artistic and technological issues. For further information on Extension Programs & Services phone 984-4901 (lower mainland), 892-5322 (Howe Sound), or 885-9310 (Sunshine Coast). (For Extension Programs Services tuition fee policy please see page 9). ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE WORKSHOPS AND COURSES C o n t a c t : 984-4945 The Achievement Resource Centre (ARC) offers free workshops on learning skills for college success. You can come for single one hour sessions in lunch hours or you may enroll for the ten hour series which is given during the Tuesday two hour lunch break and Thursday college meeting block. Workshop topics: Concentration Exam Preparation Generating and Organizing Ideas Learning from your Text Listening Memory Training Notetaking Oral Presentations Reading Efficiency Researching a Term Assignment Spelling Improvement Test Taking Strategies Time Management Vocabulary Expansion Introduction to Word Processing ARC also offers two 1.5 credit courses: ARC 010 LEARNING AND STUDY SKILLS (F,S) (1.5) A 15 hour course to develop strategies for time management and effective study. ARC 201 READING DYNAMICS (F,S) (1.5) A 15 hour course in which participants learn and practice flexible reading skills. Strategies for developing reading comprehension are also included. For further information, call 984-4945 or come to the Achievement Resource Centre in B107 at the west end of the Library. WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE COURSES In addition to its services as a resource centre (see page 19), the Women's Resource Centre offers daytime, and short evening courses. For specific times and dates, contact the centre at the Lynnmour Campus at 984-4941. Courses at Lynnmour Courses are four sessions long and are scheduled at times convenient for the participants. Assertive Communication (F,S) Assertive behaviour allows a person to express honest feeling comfortably, to be direct and straightforward and to exercise personal rights without denying the rights of others and without experiencing undue anxiety and guilt. Three styles: Non-assertive, aggression and assertion, will be explored. An emphasis will be placed on practicing the components of becoming more assertive. Career Planning (F,S) This course is designed to help participants assess their present situation and clarify possible options for change. We will develop short and long term goals and make action plans for reaching those goals. The steps involved in decision-making will be covered. Making Friends with a Computer (F,S) Have you been wondering how computers are being used, or how you might use one? Would you like to use a Macintosh computer and learn something about word processing, record keeping, or how computers are being used in education? Would you like to learn more about the use of microelectronics in the workplace? We will include discussion of software and hardware and look at how the use of computerized technology in the workplace affects women. We have a variety of software. After four introductory sessions, participants can drop into the Women's Resource Centre as often as they like to get an idea of how computers are used. NON-CREDIT PROGRAMS - A.R.C, W.R.C. 155 Transfer Guide TRANSFER GUIDE This transfer guide is provided as a convenience to the student and is correct at the time of printing. Information on any courses not listed can be obtained from the department concerned. Capilano College assumes no responsibility for articulation changes made at the universities which invalidate this guide. Students should be aware when using the guide that Capilano College and Simon Fraser University are on a semester system. The University of British Columbia and the University of Victoria are on a yearly system. This will account for the apparent discrepancy in transfer credits. NOTE: 1 1/2 units at UBC or U.Vic, are equal to 3 or 4.5 Capilano College credit hours (see College Calendar under course description for correct credits). Similarly, if two Capilano College courses are required, 3 units at UBC or U.Vic, could equal 6 or 9 credit hours at Capilano College. For example, Psychology 100 and 101 (three credit hours each) would equal 3 units at UBC. This transfer guide is accurate as of January, 1988. If further or updated information is required, please contact one of Capilano College's counsellors or the institution that you wish to transfer to. SIMON FRASER UNIVERSITY Admissions Office Burnaby, B.C. V5A1S6 291-3224 UNIVERSITY O F BRITISH COLUMBIA Registrar's Office #204-2075 Wesbrook Mall Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z2 228-2844 UNIVERSITY O F VICTORIA Admissions Office P.O. Box 1700 Victoria, B.C. V8W2Y2 721-7211 BRITISH COLUMBIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 3700 Willingdon Avenue Burnaby, B.C. V5G 3H2 434-5734 CERTIFIED GENERAL ACCOUNTANTS 1555 West 8th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V6J 1Y5 732-1211 SOCIETY OF MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS 1575-650 West Georgia Street Vancouver, B.C. V6B 4W7 687-5891 TRANSFER GUIDE - Introduction INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS 1155 Melville Street Vancouver, B.C. V6E 4C4 681-3264 (For information regarding transfer credit to any of the above, you may also contact the Business Management Department of Capilano College.) NOTES #1 - S F U : A N T H R O P O L O G Y A N D S O C I O L O G Y A student who has completed 60 semester hours of college transferable credit, and elects a major in the Department of Sociology and Anthropology at SFU, will receive the following exemptions: a. Completion of five Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (15 hrs) will be judged as satisfying the Sociology and Anthropology Department lower division requirement of five courses (20 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being fulfilled. b. Completion of four Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (12 hours) will be judged as completion of four Sociology and Anthropology lower division courses (16 hours), providing that program prerequisites are being fulfilled. Such students will be required to take one additional S.A. lower division course at SFU in order to complete lower division requirements. c. Completion of three or fewer Type 1 transfer credit courses in S.A. (9 hours or less) will warrant a department exemption of one semester hour per course. For further information please consult the Department of Sociology and Anthropology or the Director of Admissions at SFU. #2-UBC: ART Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a major in Fine Arts should normally apply after four semesters. Where Art (History and/or Studio) courses are not available at the College attended, transfer following only two semesters would be advisable. Students planning to enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A. degree should normally apply to the university following two semesters. Applicants with four semesters will be considered. The maximum credit possible for studio courses for a student who has completed First Year will be three units Fine Arts 181. A student who has completed Second Year will be allowed a further six units of credit in studio courses to correspond to a selection from Fine Arts 281290 (Fine Arts 281-290 or equivalent, to a total of 6 units, is required for the B.F.A.). Students applying for the B.F.A. are reminded that admission to the program is by selection based on standing and courses and an assessment of a folio of art work. The year of admission whether second of third year will be at the discretion of the Department. The selection committee to screen applicants will meet early in April prior to the session to which application will be made. Applicants should contact the Department of Fine Arts by mid March to obtain the necessary information on application procedure. Late applicants for the B.F.A. program will be considered at registration time if places are still available. Students who plan to transfer Fine Arts studio credit into an Art Education Program must produce a representative folio of work. The Adjudication Committee of the Art Education program will determine if the work is of acceptable standard for transfer of credit. #3 • SFU: FRENCH, GERMAN, AND SPANISH a. Exemption from the Department of Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics (DLLL) courses will normally be given depending upon the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure prior taregistration in the student's first DLLL course. For further information consult the language division concerned. b. Only those courses which qualify a student for exemption from a SFU course as a result of the placement test will count as Type 2 credit and be allowed to count toward major requirements in DLLL. Other courses will be given Type 3 credit and may only be used for elective credit. c. Students with prior knowledge of the language are required to consult with the Division concerned for placement prior to or at registration. Native speakers or students who received their secondary education in a Chinese, French, German, Hindi, Russian, Spanish, or Swahili speaking country will not normally be admitted to a language course in that particular language between 100 and 300 inclusive. d. Total transfer and course challenge credit in basic language courses may not exceed the limits given below: French -13 semester hours German -14 semester hours Russian -12 semester hours Spanish -14 semester hours Literature courses may be taken in addition to these limits. Students interested in course challenge should consult the Department of Languages, Literatures, and Linguistics. Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Anthropology 120 S.A. (3) Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year) Anthropology 100 B(1 1/2) Anthropology 121 S.A. (3) Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year) Anthropology 100 B(1 1/2) Anthropology 120 & 121 S.A.170(3),S.A.(3) Anthropology 200 (3) Anthropology 100 B (1 1/2) & (100 level)(1 1/2) Anthropology 120 S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3), Women's Studies 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Anthropology 100 (3) & Women's Studies 122 S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3), Women's Studies 200 (3) These courses transfer separately, See individual numbers. Anthropology 100(3) Anthropology 123 Archaeology 101 (3) Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year) Anthropology 240 (1 1/2) Anthropology 124 Archaeology 131 (3) Anthropology 240 (1 1/2) Anthropology 100 A (1 1/2) Anthropology 200 S.A. (3)(200 division) Anthropology (1 1/2) Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Anthropology 202 S.A. (3)(200 division) Anthropology (1 1/2) Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Anthropology 204 S.A. 203 (3) Anthropology (1 1/2)(2nd year) Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Anthropology 206 S.A. 286 (3) To be determined. To be determined. Anthropology 208 S.A. (3) Anthropology 249 S.A. (3) Anthropology (1 1/2) Anthropology (200 Level)(1 1/2) & Women's Studies 122 Anthropology 121 For further information on Anthropology see Note #1 (page 156) Art 150*, 151', 152,154,156 157,158,164,166,167,171, 172,174,178,182,183,184, Any one course is equivalent to Visual Art (Studio)(3). Except Art 150 or 141; these courses will be equivalent to Visual Art Studio (2) each Art 163,165,204, 206, 216, 217 Any one course is equivalent to Visual Art (Studio)(3) Art 250, 255, 257, 262*, 263' 265, 271, 272, 273, 274, 282, Any one course is equivalent to Visual Art (Studio)(3) 283 Art 300 i Any two courses are equivalent to Fine Arts 181 (3) Note: Art Studio courses to be determined individually on presentation of portfolio. Fine Arts (Studio) 11/2 units each. Credit may be granted in courses from Fine Arts 281 -290(6) after assessment of portfolio. Sculpture - Visual Arts (Studio) (6) Printmaking - General Elective (Visual Art (Studio) (6) ' Credit of 2 units only. May not receive credit for Art 152,154,164, 184. " May not also receive credit for Art 158,178. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON ART SEE 2. (page 156) Biology 100 Kinesiology (100 level)(3) Biology (1 1/2)(no credit in Life Science Departments) Biology (100 Level)(1 1/2) Biology 101 Bioscience (3) Biology (1 1/2)(no credit in Life Science Departments) Biology (100 Level)(1 1/2) Biology 104 Bioscience 101'(3) Transfers with 105 Biology (100Level)(1 1/2) Biology 105 Bioscience 102*(3) Transfers with 104 Biology (100 Level)(1 1/2) Biology 104 & 105 These courses transfer separately See individual numbers. Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science Departments) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Biology 104 & 113 Biology 108 TRANSFER 158 Biology (3)(no credit in Life Science Departments) Bioscience 101 (3) GUIDE To be determined. Biology (150 partial credit) (11/2) Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Biology 110 Bioscience 101*(3) Transfers with 111 Transfers with 111 Biology 111 Bioscience 102'(3) Transfers with 110 Transfers with 110 Biology 108 & 111 These courses transfer separately Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3) Biology 150 (3) Biology 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Biology 101 (3) or 102 (3) Biology 150 (3) Biology 113 Bioscience 102 (3) To be determined. Biology (100 Level)(11/2) Biology 150 To be determined Biology (200 Level) (1 1/2) Biology 151 Bioscience (3) Biology (200Level)(1 1/2) Biology 200 Bioscience 202 (3) Biology 204 Bioscience 204 (3) Biology 205 Biology (1 1/2)(2nd year)(precludes credit for Biology 334) Biology (1 1/2)(2nd year)(precludes credit for Biology 321) Biology (200 Level) (1 1/2) Bioscience (3) Biology (1 1/2)(2nd year)(precludes credit for Biology 322) Biology (200 Level) (1 1/2) Biology 204 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See invididual numbers. Biology (3)(2nd year) (see notes above) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Biology 209 Bioscience 326 (3) Botany 209 (1 1/2) Biology 203 (1 1/2) Biology 210 Bioscience 337 (3) Botany 210(1 1/2) Biology 204(1 1/2) Biology 212 Bioscience 306 (3) Zoology 205 (1 1/2) Biology 206(1 1/2) Biology 213 Bioscience 316 (3) Zoology 203 (1 1/2) Biology 207(1 1/2) Biology 214 Bioscience 201 (3) Biology 200(1 1/2) Biology 200(1 1/2) Biology 215 Bioscience 301 (3) Biology 201 (1 1/2)(when accompanied by Organic Chemistry) Biochemistry 200 (1 1/2) Biology 220 Bioscience (3) Transfers with 221 Transfers with 221 Biology 221 Bioscience (3) Transfers with 220 Transfers with 220 Biology 220 & 221 Bioscience 303 (3), Bioscience (3) Microbiology 200 (3) Microbiology 200 (3) Biology 306(1 1/2) * Students obtaining C+ or above in Biology 201/202 are allowed to waive Biology 300 requirement for major. * Students contemplating further work in Biology should endeavor to take Biology 110 & 111. Credit will not be allowed for both Biology 104 & 110, or Biology 105 & 111. Statistics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Business Management 171 Commerce (1 1/2) Business Management 172 Transfers with 176 Business Mgt. 172 & 176 Business (3) (both courses must be completed for credit) Business Mgt. 178 & 179 Business 251 (3) (both courses Commerce 151 (1 1/2) plus . must be completed for credit) Commerce (1 1/2) Business Management 180 Transfers with 176 Commerce (100 Level)(1 1/2) Commerce 251 (1 112) Commerce (1 1/2) Computer Science (100 level) (1 1/2) Business Management 184 Transfers with 185 Transfers with 185 Commerce 251 (1 1/2) Business Management 185 Transfers with 184 Transfers with 184 Commerce 253(1 1/2) Business Mgt. 184 & 185 Business 222 (3) Commerce 151 (1 1/2) Business Management 255 Business (3) ... ... Business Management 256 Business (3) ... ... Business Management 257 Business (3) TRANSFER GUIDE 159 Capilano College S i m o n Fraser University U n i v e r s i t y of B . C . U n i v e r s i t y of V i c t o r i a Chemistry 104 Chemistry (3) Transfers with 105 Chemistry (100 Level) (11/2) Chemistry 105 Chemistry (3) Transfers with 104 Chemistry (100 Level!) (1 1/2) Chemistry 104 & 105 Chemistry 104 (3) & Chemistry 105 (3) plus exemption for Chemistry 115 & 118 Chemistry 103 (3) Chemistry 101 & 102 (1 1/2) each Chemistry 108 Chemistry 104 (3)(exempts from Chemistry 115) Transfers with 111 Chemistry 100 (11/2) Chemistry 108 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 120 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 109 Chemistry 105 (3)(exempts from Chemistry 118) Chemistry 108 & 109 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 110 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 110 Chemistry 104 (3)(exempts from Chemistry 115) Transfers with 111 Chemistry 101 (1 1/2) Chemistry 111 Chemistry 105 (3)(exempts from Chemistry 118) Transfers with 108 & 110 Chemistry 102(11/2) Chemistry 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 120(3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 200 Chemistry 251 (3)(exempts from Chemistry 256. Will be required to take SFU 251 if "D" obtained in 200) Transfers with 201 Chemistry 231 (1 1/2) Chemistry 201 Chemistry 252 (3)(Will be required to take SFU 252 if "D" obtained in 201) Transfers with 200 Chemistry 232 (1 1/2)' Chemistry 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 230 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 204 Chemistry 261 (3) Transfers with 205 Chemistry (200 Level)(1 1/2) Chemistry 205 Chemistry 232 (3) Chemistry 204 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 205 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Chemistry 102 (11/2) ' May take 3rd year organic courses if 213 taken as corequisite in Fall. Consult Department replacement. Chinese 100 & 101 To be determined To be determined Chin 100(3) Commerce 210 No credit Commerce 110 (1 1/2) No credit Commerce 220 Business 270 (3) Commerce 120(1 1/2) No credit Commerce 251 Transfers with 253 Commerce 151 (1 1/2) Transfers with 253 Commerce 253 Transfers with 251 Commerce 153 (1 1/2) Transfers with 251 Commerce 251 & 253 Business 251 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Commerce 251 (1 1/2) Commerce 221 Commerce (11/2) Commerce 293 Commerce 293 (1 1/2) Commerce 294 Commerce 294 (1 1/2) Commerce 297 Commerce 297 (1 1/2) TRANSFER GUIDE 160 University of B.C. University of Victoria Communications 190 Creative Writing (1 1/2) ... Communications 280 Creative Writing (1 1/2) Capilano College Simon Fraser University Communications 150 & 156 Communications (3) COMPUTING SCIENCE For Mathematics courses please refer to t le "Mathematics" section of the guide Computing Science 100 (Basic) Computing Science 100 (3) Computer Science (1 1/2) (may allow admission to Computer Science 118) Computer Science 100 (1 1/2) Computing Science 103 (Pascal) Computing Science 103'(4) Computer Science 114(1 1/2) Computing Science 110 (1 1/2) Computing Science 104 Computing Science 105 (3) Computer Science 213 (1 1/2) Computer Science (1 1/2) Computing Science 105 Computing Science (3) Computer Science 116 (1 1/2) or 118 (1 1/2)(depending on language used) Computer Science 110(1 1/2) Computing Science 130 Computing Science 104 (1) Computing Science 131 To be determined. To be determined. To be determined. Computing Science 222 Computing Science 201 (4) Computer Science (1 1/2) Computer Science 115 (1 1/2) Computing Science 104 & 222 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Computer Science 215 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Computing Science 223 Computing Science (3) Computing Science 220 (1 1/2) Math 222 (1 1/2) Computing Science 224 MACM 316(3) Computing Science (1 1/2) Computer Science 240 (1 1/2) Computing Science 225 To be determined. To be determined. Computer Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Computing Science 226 Computing Science 290 (3), 291 (1) To be determined. Computer Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Computing Science 227 To be determined. Computer Science (1 1/2) Computer Science (200 Level(1 1/2) Computing Science 229 To be determined. To be determined. Computer Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Computing Science 230 To be determined. Computer Science (1 1/2) second year (exempts from Computer Science 313) Computer Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Economics (1 1/2) Economics 100 (1 1/2) 'If "B" grade achieved, credit will be 101 (4), if below a "B", credit will be 103 (4). Economics 100 Economics 100 (3) Economics 101 Economics 101 (3) Economics (1 1/2) Economics 100 (1 1/2) Economics 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Economics 100 & (100 Level)(1 1/2) Economics 120 Economics 150 (3) Economics (11/2) Economics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Economics 121 Economics 152 (3) Economics (11/2) Economics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Economics 200 Economics 205 (3) Economics (1 1/2)(transfer students taking Economics 100 at UBC may not also obtain transfer credit for one of Economics 200 & 201) Economics 202 (1 1/2) Economics 201 Economics 200 (3) Economics (11/2)(transfer students taking Economics 100 at UBC may not also obtain transfer credit for one of Economics 200 & 201) Economics 201 (1 1/2) Economics 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Economics 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Economics 211 Economics 201 (1 1/2) Economics (200 Level)(1 1/2) Economics 212 Economics 202 ((1 1/2 Economics (200 Level)(1 1/2) TRANSFER GUIDE 161 Capilano College S i m o n Fraser University Economics 211 & 212 U n i v e r s i t y of B . C . U n i v e r s i t y of V i c t o r i a These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Economics (200 Level)(3) English 010 English (3) English 100 English 099 (2) G.E. Engl. (1) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English 115(1 1/2) English 100 or 102,103,104, 105,106 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Any two: English 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English 102 English 210(3) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English 115(1 1/2) English 103 English (3) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English (100 Level)(1 1/2) English 104 English 101 (3) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English 121 (11/2) English 105 English 102 (3) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English 122 (1 1/2) English 106 English 103 (3) See English 100 or 102 Listing. English 122(11/2) English 105 & 106 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. See English 100 or 102 Listing. English (100 Level)(3) English 190 English (3) Transfers with 191 Transfers with 191 English 191 English (3) Transfers with 190 Transfers with 190 English 190 & 191 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Creative Writing 202 (3)(permission to enter senior courses in Creative Writing subject to assessment of recent writing by UBC department) Creative Writing 100(3) English 200 English (3)(exempts from English 204 or 205) Transfers with 201 Transfers with 201 English 201 English 206 (3) Transfers with 200 Transfers with 200 English 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English 201 (3) English 200 (3) English 202 English 121 (3) Transfers with 203 English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 203 English 221 (3) or English (3) Transfers with 202 English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 202 & 203 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English 202 (3) English 202 (3) English 204 English 222 (3) Transfers with 205 Transfers with 205 English 205 English 222 (3) or English (3) Transfers with 204 Transfers with 204 English 204 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English (3)(2nd year literature) English 203 (3) English 206 English 103 or English (3) English 206 (1 1/2) English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 212 English (3) Transfers with 213 English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 213 English (3) Transfers with 212 English (200 Level(1 1/2) English 212 & 213 These courses transfer separately See individual numbers. English (3)(2nd year Literature) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. English 215 English (3) English (11/2)(2nd year) English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 216 English 102 (3) or English (3) English (1 1/2)(2nd year) English (200 Level)(1 1/2) English 290 English (3) Creative Writing (1 1/2) Creative Writing 201 (1 1/2)(part credit) English 291 English (3) Creative Writing (1 1/2) Creative Writing 202 (1 1/2)(part credit) . Ensemble 100 & 150 Music 154 (1) Music 180(1) Ensemble 110 & 160 Music 150 (1) Music 180(1) TRANSFER 162 GUIDE University of B.C. University of Victoria Ensemble 200 & 250 Music 154(1) Music 280 (1) Ensemble 210 & 260 Music 150(1) Music 280 (1) Capilano College Simon Fraser University Total allowable transfer credit in large assembly (Music 150,152, 153,154) will be limited to 2 units. Fine Arts 100 Art History (3) Transfers with 101 Transfers with 101 Fine Arts 101 Arts History (3) Transfers with 100 Transfers with 100 Fine Arts 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 125 (3) History in Art 120 (3) Fine Arts 104 Arts (3) Transfers with 105 F.A. (100 Level)(1 1/2) Fine Arts 105 Arts (3) Transfers with 104 F. A. (100 Level)(11/2) Fine Arts 104 & 105 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 100(3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Fine Arts 210 Art History (3) Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Not to be counted toward the major) Transfers with 211 Fine Arts 211 Art History (3) Fine Arts (1 1/2)(Not to be counted toward the major) Transfers with 210 Fine Arts 210 & 211 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History in Art 260 (3) Fine Arts 220 Art History (1 1/2) History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2) Fine Arts 221 Art History (1 1/2) History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2) Fine Arts 220 & 221 Art History (3) Art History (3) (may not receive credit for Fine Arts 335) History in Art (200 Level)(3) Fine Arts 250 Visual Art (3) Art History (11/2) History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2) Fine Arts 251 Visual Art (3) Art History (1 1/2) •History in Art (200 Level)(1 1/2) Fine Arts 250 & 251 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. French 100 French '(3) Transfers with 101 Transfers with 101 French 101 French *(3) Transfers with 100 Transfers with 100 French 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. French 105 (3) French 100 (3) French 120 & 121 French *(3) each French 110 (3) French 160 (3) French 130 & 131 French '(3) each French (3) (1 st year) French 100 (3) French 170 & 171 French '(2) each French 120 (3) French 180 (3) French 190 & 191 French *(3) each French 115 (3) French 160 (3) French 270 & 271 French '(3) each French 202 (3) French 290 (3) French 290 & 291 French '(3) each French 215 (3) French 180 (3) 'For information on the transferability of any one of the following French courses see Note #3 (page 157) Geography 100 Geography 141 (3) Geography 220(1 1/2) Geography 101 B(1 1/2) Geography 101 Geography (3) Geography 102 (1 1/2) Geography (100 Level)(1 1/2) Geography 106 Geography 263 (3) Geography (1 1/2) Geography (100 Level)(1 1/2) TRANSFER GUIDE 163 Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Geography 108 Geography 262 (3) Geography 190(1 1/2) Geography (200 Level)(1 1/2) Geography 112 Geography 111 (3) Transfers with 114 Geography 203 A (1 1/2) Geography 114 Physical Geography (3) Transfers with 112 Geography 203 B (1 1/2) Geography 112 & 114 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 101 (3) Geography 203 (3) Geography 200 Geography 121 (3) Geography 260 (1 1/2) Geography 201 B (11/2) Geography 201 Geography (3) Geography (1 1/2) Geography 201 A (1 1/2) Geography 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Geography 201 (3) Geography 205 Geography 263 (3) Geography (1 1/2) Geography 221 Geography 250 (3) Geography (1 1/2) Geography (200 Level)(1 1/2) Geography 249 Geography (3) Geography (1 1/2) Geography 205 B (1 1/2) Geology 110 Geology (3) Transfers with 111 Transfers with 111 Geology 111 Geology (3) Transfers with 110 Transfers with 110 Geology 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. Geology 105 (3) Geology 100(3) German 100 & 101 German' (3) each German 100 (3) German 100 (3)* German 200 & 201 German' (3) each German 200 (3) German 200 (3)* * For information on the transferability of any one of the following German courses see Note #3 (page 157) ' Must complete survey of German Grammar. Grade of "C" or above required. History 102 History 223 (3) History (1 1/2) History 240 (1 1/2)(part credit*) History 103 History (3)(200 Division) History (1 1/2) History 240 (1 1/2)(part credit*) History 102 & 103 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 120 (3) History 240 (3) History 210(1 1/2) (part credit*) History 108 History 212(3) History (1 1/2) History 109 History 213(3) History (1 1/2) History 210(1 1/2)(part credit') History 108 & 109 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 210(3) History 110 History 101 (3) History (1 1/2) History 230(1 1/2)(part credit') History 111 History 102 (3) History (1 1/2) History 230(1 1/2)(part credit*) History 110 8,111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. History 135(3) History 230 (3) History 200 History (3)(200 division) History (1 1/2) History (200 Level)(1 1/2) History 201 History (3)(200 division) History (1 1/2) History (200 Level)(1 1/2) History 205 History 201 (3) History (1 1/2) History (200 Level)(1 1/2)(students should not be permitted to take 355) History 207 History (3)(200 division) History (1 1/2)(preclues credit for History 101) History 236(1 1/2)(part credit*) History 208 History (3) History (1 1/2) History (200 Level) (11/2) • ' If half the course has been completed students will not be permitted to take the complete course at U.Vic. For further information contact the U.Vic. History Department. TRANSFER 164 GUIDE Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Indonesian 100 To be determined. To be determined. Paci (100 level) (1 1/2) Indonesian 101 To be determined. To be determined. Paci (100 level) 1 1/2) Japanese 100 & 101 To be determined. To be determined. Japa100(3) Legal Assistant Studies 150 Political Science 151 (3) ... Legal Assistant Studies 151 Criminology (3) ... Legal Assistant Studies 258 Legal Studies (3) ... Legal Assistant Studies 268 Criminology (3, MATHEMATICS For Computing Science courses please r« fer to the "Computing Science" section of the guide. ... Mathematics 009, 010,011,012 No equivalent. No credit. Mathematics 010, 011,012 All three must be taken Mathematics 100 (3) Mathematics 012(0) Mathematics 100 Mathematics (3) Mathematics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Mathematics 101 Mathematics 101 (3) Statistics 203' (1 1/2) Statistics (100 Level)(1 1/2) without Algebra 12 (0) credits Mathematics 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 130 (3) or Statistics 203* (1 1/2) plus (1 1/2) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100 & 108 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 140(1 1/2), plus 1 1/2* These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100 & 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100(1 1/2), plus 1 1/2* These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 101 & 102 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics (100 level)(3) with Algebra 12; without Algebra 12 Mathematics 101 & 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 105 (1 1/2) and Mathematics 100(1 1/2) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 101,102 8.205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These course transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 250 & 251 (3) Mathematics 101 &205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Statistics 250 (1 1/2) Mathematics 102 Mathematics 302 (3) Statistics 204 (1 1/2) Statistics 250 (1 1/2) Mathematics 105 Mathematics 100 (3) Transfers with 108 or 110 Mathematics 012 (0) Mathematics 105 & 108 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in Faculty of Science) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 105 & 110 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 111 (3)(1.5 units in Faculty of Science) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 108 Mathematics 157*(3J Mathematics 140'(1 1/2) Mathematics 102(1 1/2) Mathematics 109 Mathematics 158 ( 3 ) " Mathematics 141' (1 1/2) Mathematics (200 Level)(1 1/2) Mathematics 110 Mathematics 15T(3) Mathematics 100(1 1/2) Mathematics 100(1 1/2) Mathematics 111 Mathematics 152 ( 3 ) " & Mathematics (1) Mathematics 101 (1 1/2) Mathematics 101 (1 1/2) Mathematics 110 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Mathematics 100(1 1/2), Math 101 (1 1/2) & Math (100 Level)(1) Mathematics 200 Mathematics 232 (3) Mathematics 221 (1 1/2) Mathematics 233 A (1 1/2) Mathematics 205 Mathematics 272 (3) Mathematics or Statistics 205 (1 1/2) Statistics (200 Level)(11/2) TRANSFER GUIDE 165 Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Mathematics 215 Mathematics 242 (3) Mathematics 220 (1 1/2) Mathematics (2100 Level)(1 1/2) Mathematics 230 Mathematics 251 (3) Mathematics 200 (1 1/2) Mathematics 200 (1 1/2) Mathematics 231 Mathematics 252 (3) Mathematics 201 (1 1/2) Mathematics (200 Level)(1 1/2) Mathematics 235 Mathematics 310 (3) Mathematics (1 1/2) (precludes credit for Math 315) * Credit is permitted for only one of Mathematics 151 or 157. * Not for faculty of Science or Mathematics students. Mathematics 201 (11/2) " Credit is permitted only for one of Mathematics 158 or 152. Media 053 Film (Studio) (3) Media 075 Film (Studio)(2) Media 153 Film (3) Media 171 & 271 Communications 257 (3) Media 181 & 182 Communications 258 (3) Media 183 & 185 Credit may be assigned after portfolio interview with student. Media 253 Film (Studio) (3) Music 100 Music (3) Transfers with 101 Music (100 Level)(1) Music 101 Music (3) Transfers with 100 Music (100 Level)(1) Music 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. Music 100(3) or Music 101'(3) MusidOOA, 100 B, & 170 (3) Music 102 (2) Music (200 Level)(1 1/2) Music 110 & 111 Music 114 & 115 Music 141 (1) Music 236(1 1/2) Music 120 Music History (3) Transfers with 121 Music (100 Level)(1 1/2) Music 121 Music History (3) Transfer with 120 Music (100 Level)(1 1/2) Music 120 & 121 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 120 and 121 (3) Music (100 Level)(1 1/2) Music 120,121 &220, 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 110 (3), Music (100 Level)(3) Music 170 Music (100Level)(1/2) Music 170S 171 Music (3) Music 180 Music (Studio)(3) Music 180 & 181 Music (100 Level)(1) Music 184 Music (Studio)(3) Music 185 Music (Studio)(3) Music 184 & 185 Music 170(1) Music 194 & 195 Music 181 (1) Music 200 Music (3) Transfers with 201 Music 100 A (1) Music 201 Music (3) Transfers with 200 Music 100 B(1) Music 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 200 and 201 (3) Music (200 Level)(3) Music 210 & 211 Music 122 (2) Music (200 Level)(1 1/2) Music 214 & 215 Music 241 (1) Music 236 (1 1/2) TRANSFER 166 GUIDE Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Music 220 Music History (3) Transfers with 221 Music (100 Level)(1 1/2) Music 221 Music History (3) Transfers with 220 Music (100 Level)(1 1/2) Music 220 & 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 220 and 221 (3) Music (100Level)(3) Music 220, 221, & 120,121 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Music 110 (3), Music (1 CO Level)(3) Music 294 & 295 ... Music 360 Music 181 (1) Music Education (1) (second year) (Students granted this credit may not take Mus. Ed. 336 for credit.) * Applicants for a major or concentration in Music Education must have at least 65% (or equivalent) in both Music Education 101 & 201. Philosophy 101 Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Transfers with 102 Philosophy 102 Philosophy 120 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Transfers with 101 Philosophy 101 &102 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy 101 & 210 Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. 101 transfers with 102, 210 transfers separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 101, 210 & 211 Philosophy 100 (3), Philosophy 203 (3) Philosophy (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. 101 transfers with 102. 210,211 transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 110 Philosophy 001 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2)(precludes credit for Philosophy 102) Philosophy (100 Level)(1 1/2) Philosophy 110 & 120 \ Philosophy 102(1 1/2) Philosophy 120 Philosophy (3) Philosophy 200 Philosophy (100 Level)(1 1/2) Philosophy (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy 232 (1 1/2) Philosophy 201 Philosophy 220 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy 326(1 1/2) Philosophy 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 201 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 202 Philosophy 210 (3) Philosophy 302 (1 1/2) Philosophy 203 (1 1/2) Philosophy 210 Philosophy 100 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy (200Level)(1 1/2) Philosophy 211 Philosophy 203 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy (200 Level)(1 1/2) Philosophy 210 & 211 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 250 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Philosophy 220 Philosophy 241 (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy (200 Level)(1 1/2) Philosophy 221 Philosophy (3) Philosophy (1 1/2) Philosophy (200Level)(1 1/2) Physics 100 (3) Physics (1 1/2) not for credit in the Science Faculty Transfers with 105 Physics 105 Physics (3) Physics (11/2) not for credit in the Science Faculty Transfers with 104 Physics 104 & 105 Students will be exempted from Physics 131 (2) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 103(3) Physics 108 Physics 101 (3), Physics (1) Transfers with 111 or 115 Physics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Physics 104 • TRANSFER GUIDE 167 Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Physics 108 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Phyics 110 (3) Physics 102 (3) Physics 108 & 115 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110 (3) 108 tranfers separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110 Physics 101 (3) Transfers with 111 or 115 Transfers with 111 Physics 111 Physics 102 (3) Transfers with 110 or 108 Transfers with 110 Physics 110 & 111 Students will be exempted from Physics 131 (2) Physics 110(3) Physics 102 (3) Physics 110 & 115 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110(3) 110 transfers with 111 115 transfers with 114 Physics 114 Physics 120 (3) Transfers with 111 &115 Physics (100Level)(1 1/2) Physics 115 Physics 121 (3) Transfers with 108 or 110 or 114 Physics (100 Level)(1 1/2) Physics 114 & 111 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 110(3) 111 transfers with 108 & 110 114 transfers with 115 Physics 114 & 115 Students will be exemped from Physics 233 (2) Physics 115 (3) Physics 110/120 (3) Physics 200 Physics * (3) Transfers with 210 Transfers with 210 Physip 201 Physics 221* (3) Transfers with 211 Transfers with 211 Physics 200 & 210 These courses transfer separately. Physics 213 (2) Physics 217(11/2) Physics 201 &211 These courses transfer separately. Physics 215 (2) Physics 216(11/2)* Physics 210 Physics' (1) Transfers with 200 or 211 Transfers with 200 Physics 211 Physics* (1) Transfers with 201 or 210 Transfers with 201 Physics 210 & 211 Physics 235* (2) Physics 239(1) Transfers with 200 & 201 Physics 220 Physics* (3) Transfers with 221 Physics 120(11/2) Physics 221 Physics 211* (3) Transfers with 220 Physics 220 (1 1/2) Physics 220 & 221 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Physics 216(2), Physics (1) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. ' Contact Department re: Physics 214 waiver * Students who have completed Physics 200,201,210,211,220,221 at Capilano College will be prepared to enter third year Physics courses at SFU. Political Studies 100 Political Science 111 (3) Political Science (1 1/2) Political Science (100 Level)(1 1/2) Political Studies 101 Political Science 212 (3) Political Science 240 (1 1/2) Political Science 202 (1 1/2) Political Studies 102 Political Science 131 (3) Political Science 220 (1 1/2) Political Science 210(11/2) Political Studies 104 Political Science 221 (3) Political Science 200 (1 1/2) Political Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Political Studies 201 Political Science 241 (3) Political Science (1 1/2) Political Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Political Studies 202 Political Science (3)(Can.) Political Science (1 1/2) Political Studies 203 Political Science 141 (3) Political Science (1 1/2) Political Science 240(1 1/2) Political Studies 201 & 203 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Political Science 260 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Political Studies 206 Political Science 211 (3) Political Science 280 (1 1/2) Political Science (200 Level)(1 1/2) Political Studies 207 Political Science 212 (3) Political Science 240 (1 1/2) To be determined. PM1100 & 200 Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' PM1101 & 201 Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' TRANSFER 168 GUIDE Capilano College University of B.C. University of Victoria PM1102 & 202 Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' PM1103 & 203 Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)* PM1104 & 204 Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' ... Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or(100Level)(2)* ... Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' PM1108 & 208 Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)* PM1109 & 209 Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2}* Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music (100 Level)(2) Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music (100 Level)(2) PM1105 & 205 Simon Fraser University PM1106 & 206 PM1107 & 207 PM1110 & 210 PM1111 &211 ... PM1112 & 212 PM1113 & 213 ... Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' PM1114 & 214 ... Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)* Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)' PM1115 & 215 PM1116 & 216 ... Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)* PM1117 & 217 ... Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Level)(2)* PM1118 & 218 ... Music 172 or 182 (2)' Music 140 or (100 Lev el)(2)' PM1119 & 219 Music 172 or 182 (2)* Music (100Level)(2) PM1120 & 220 Music 107 (3)' Music 105 or (100 Level)" PM1150 & 250 Music 171 or 181 (1)* PM1151 &251 ... Music 171 or 181 (1)' ... PM1152 & 252 Music 171 or 181 (1)' ... PM1157 & 257 Music 171 or 181 (1)' PM1159 & 259 Music 171 or 181 (1)' PM1163 & 263 Music 171 or 181 (1)* PM1164 & 264 ... ... Music 171 or 181 (1)* ... PM1165 & 265 Music 171 or 181 (1)* ... PM1166 & 266 Music 171 or 181 (1)' ... ... PM1167 & 267 ... Music 171 or 181 (1)* PM1169 & 269 ... Music 171 or 181 (1)* PMI 300 & 400 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or(200Level)(2)* PMI 301 & 401 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI 302 & 402 • PMI 303 & 403 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI 304 & 404 ... PMI 305 & 405 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)' PMI 306 & 406 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' PMI 307 & 407 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)' Muaic 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI308 & 408 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' PMI 309 & 409 » Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI 310 & 410 ... Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music (200 Level) (2) PMI 311 &411 TRANSFER GUIDE 169 University of B.C. University of Victoria PMI 312 & 412 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music (200 Level) (2) PMI 313 & 413 Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' PMI 314 & 414 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI 316 & 416 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' PMI 317 & 417 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)' PMI 318 & 418 Music 272 or 282 (2)' Music 240 or (200 Level)(2)* PMI 319 & 419 Music 272 or 282 (2)* Music (200 Level) (2) PMI 320 & 420 Music 207 (3)' Music 205 or (200 Level)(2)" PMI 350 & 450 Music 271 or 281 (1)' PMI 351 & 451 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 352 & 452 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 357 & 457 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 359 & 459 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 363 & 463 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 364 & 464 Music 271 or 281 (1)' PMI 365 & 465 Music 271 or 281 (1)' PMI 366 & 466 Music 271 or 281 (1)* PMI 367 & 467 Music 271 or 281 (1)' PMI 369 & 469 Music 271 or 281 (1)* Capilano College Simon Fraser University ... PMI 315 & 415 'Credit to be confirmed by examination for B.Music. * As determined by the Admissions and Auditioning Committee. " To be determined after submission of scores and tapes. Psychology (3) Psychology (1 1/2) Psychology (100Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 101 Psychology (3) Psychology (1 1/2) Psychology (100 Level) (1 1/2) Psychology 100 & 101 Psychology 101 (3), Psychology (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 & 200 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. Sse individual numbers. Psychology 100 & 204 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 (3) Psychology 100 & 205 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 100 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 200 Psychology 360 (3) Psychology (1 1/2)(precludes credit for Psychology 308) Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 201 Psychology (3) Psychology (1 1/2)(precludes credit for Psychology 308) Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 204 Psychology 351 (3) Psychology (1 1/2)(precludes credit for Psychology 301) Psychology (100 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 205 Psychology 357 (3) Psychology (1 1/2) Psychology (200Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 206 Psychology 355 (3) Psychology (1 1/2) Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 220 Psychology 370 (3) Psychology' (1 1/2) Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 222 Psychology 340 (3) Psychology' (1 1/2) Psychology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Psychology 100 TRANSFER 170 GUIDE Capilano College Simon Fraser University University of B.C. University of Victoria Psychology 220 & 222 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Psychology 206*(3) Psychology 220 (3) 'Credit for Capilano Psychology 220 and/or 222 precludes credit for UBC Psychology 300 and/or 305 respectively. NOTE: Maximum advance credit permitted in Psychology is 9 units. Recreation 160 Kinesiology 143 (3) Recreation 180 Kinesiology 143 (3) Recreation 280 Kinesiology (3) Recreation 281 Kinesiology (3) Recreation 280 & 281 Kinesiology 343 (3) Kinesiology (3) Sociology 100 S.A. 150(3) Sociology (1 1/2) Transfers with 101 Sociology 101 S.A. 250 (3) Sociology (1 1/2) Transfers with 100 Sociology 100 & 101 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Sociology 200 (3)(1st or 2nd year) Sociology 100 (3) Sociology 200 S.A. (3) Sociology (1 1/2) Sociology 203 (1 1/2) Sociology 201 S.A. (3) Sociology (1 1/2) Sociology (200 Level) 1 1/2 Sociology 200 & 201 These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Sociology 210(3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Sociology 210 S.A. 260 (3) Sociology (1 1/2) Sociology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Sociology 211 S.A. 280 (3) Sociology (1 1/2)(2ndyear) Sociology (200 Level)(1 1/2) Sociology 222 S.A. (3) Sociology (1 1/2) Sociology (100 Leve!)(1 1/2) Sociology 223 Communications 230 (3) Sociology (1 1/2)(2ndyear) Sociology (100 Level)(1 1/2) For further information on Sociology see Note#1 (page 156) Spanish 100 & 101 Spanish*(3) Spanish 100(3) Spanish 100(3) Spanish 200 & 201 Spanish'(3) Spanish 200 (3) Spanish 260 (3)(grade of "C+" required, oral test if continuing in Spanish) "For information on the transferability of any one of the following Spanish courses see Note #3 (page 157) Theatre 100 Theatre (Studio) Theatre (1 1/2) Theatre (100 Level)(1 1/2) Theatre 101 Theatre (Studio) Theatre (1 1/2) Theatre (100 Level)(1 1/2) Theatre 100 & 101 Fine & Performing Arts 151 (3) Theatre 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Theatre 120 Theatre History (3) Theatre (1 1/2) Transfers with 121 Theatre 121 Theatre History (3) Theatre (11/2) Transfers with 120 Theater 120 & 121 Fine & Performing Arts 150 (3) and Theatre History (3) Theatre 120 (3) Theatre 100 (3) Theatre 200 ... Theatre (1 1/2) Theatre (200 Level)(1 1/2) Theatre 201 ... Theatre (1 1/2) Theatre (200 Level)(1 1/2) TRANSFER GUIDE 171 Capilano College Simon Fraser University Women's Studies 100 Women's Studies 202 (3) Women's Studies 101 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 104 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 105 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 106 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 107 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 110 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 112 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 120 Women's Studies 200 (3) (Students may request credit for History (3) instead.) Women's Studies 121 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 122 University of B . C . University of Victoria Arts (1 1/2) English (100 Level)(1 1/2) Women's Studies (100 Level)(1 1/2) History (1 ,.12) History (200 Level)(1 1/2) Women's Studies 200 (3) Anthropology (1 1/2)(1st or 2nd year) Women's Studies 200 A (1 1/2) Women's Studies 122 & Anthropology 120 S.A. 170(3), S.A. (3) orS.A.170 (3), Women's Studies 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Anthropology 100 (3) Women's Studies 122 & Anthropology 121 S.A. 170 (3), S.A. (3) or S.A. 170 (3), Women's Studies 200 (3) These courses transfer separately. See individual numbers. Anthropology 100 (3) Women's Studies 150 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 151 Women's Studies (3) Women's Studies 192 Theatre (Studio)(2) TRANSFER 172 GUIDE Index c ACADEMIC POLICIES: Grades 11 Transcripts 11 Diplomas and Certificates 11 ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 4 ACADEMIC STUDIES/UNIVERSITY TRANSFER 27 For Individual subjects see Course Descriptions ACHIEVEMENT RESOURCE CENTRE: Lynnmour, Sechelt, Squamish 15 ADDING COURSES 8 ADDRESSES & PHONE NUMBERS O F CAMPUSES 1 ADMINISTRATION 158 ADMISSION: Who is Eligible 5 Application Procedure 5 International Students 5 Sechelt & Sunshine Coast 5 Dates - Career & Vocational 5 ADMISSIONS ADVISING 14 ADULT BASIC EDUCATION/ FOUNDATIONS 148 ADVISING CENTRE & HOTLINE 14 ALTERNATIVE C A R E E R TRAINING FOR THE LEARNING HANDICAPPED 150 APPEAL OF G R A D E S 11 ART PROGRAMS: General Information 71 Studio Art Program 72 Clay & Textile Arts 76 Crafts Instructor Training 79 Graphic Design and Illustration 79 Foundations of Visual Communications 79 ATHLETICS 15 ATTENDANCE 10 AUDIT STATUS 10 AWARDS - See Financial Aid B BARTENDING BOOKSTORE B.C. STUDENT ASSISTANCE BURSARIES BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS: General Information Administrative Management Financial Management Marketing Management Computer Systems Mgt Retail Management Accelerated Programs Part Time Evening Certificate Programs RIA, CGA, CA Transfer 146 15 20 21 84 86 86 87 87 88 88 90 90 CAFETERIAS 16 CALENDAR FOR 1988/89 4 CANADIAN STUDIES SPECIALTY 29 "CAP CORNER" - See Student Store CAREER RESOURCE CENTRE 15 CAREER/VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS: General Information 70 CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA REQUIREMENTS 12 CHALLENGING COURSES 10 CHANGE OF NAME OR ADDRESS 7 CHANGING REGISTRATION STATUS . 8 CHEATING & PLAGIARISM 13 COLLEGE BOARD & ADMINISTRATION 175 COLLEGE FOUNDATION 20 COLLEGE GOVERNANCE 175 COMMUNICATIONS 99 COMPUTER SYSTEM MISUSE 13 CONTRACT EDUCATION 154 COPYRIGHT POLICY 13 CORRESPONDENCE COURSES - See Distance Education COUNSELLING 15 COURSE CHALLENGE PROCEDURE 10 COURSE DESCRIPTION CODE ... 28, 70 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS: A.R.C 155 Adult Basic Education 149 Anthropology 32 Art 73 Biology 33 Business Management 91 Business Office Training 132 Chemistry 36 Commerce 38 Communications 99 Computing Science 39 Dialogue Canada - see French Economics 42 Education 103 English English as a Second Language Fine Arts French Geography Geology German History Japanese Labour Studies Legal Assistant Studies Legal Secretary Mathematics Media • Medical Office Assistant Music Music Therapy Office Technology Office Training Philosophy 43 151 45 46 48 49 50 51 52 53 111 136 55 115 138 123 127 133 133 59 Physics Political Studies Psychology Recreation Retail Management Sociology Spanish Theatre Arts Tourism Management Women's Resource Centre Women's Studies Word Processing COURSE OVERLOAD COURSE VERIFICATION CREDIT FREE C O U R S E S - See Extension Programs & Services 60 62 63 143 97 64 66 67 145 155 68 134 7 8 D DEAN'S LIST DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS DISTANCE EDUCATION Open Learning Institute Knowledge Network Open University Consortium DROPPING C O U R S E S 25 12 16 16 16 8 . • E EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION .... 101 E.C.E. Post Basic Program 102 ENGLISH A S A SECOND LANGUAGE 151 ENGLISH ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS English Diagnostic Test 27 For International Students 5, 17 English Proficiency 7 EXAMINATION WEEK 10 EXEMPTION STANDING 70 EXTENSION PROGRAMS AND SERVICES: General Information 154 Community Music School 154 Fees Policy 9 Contract Education 154 Co-sponsorship of Activities 154 F FACULTY - Refer to specific Programs and Course Areas FEES Deadlines for Payment 9 Conditions of Registration 9 Non-Registration 9 Fee Waivers for Seniors 9 Refunds 9 Fees Policy, Extension Programs 9 Student Activity Fees 9, 19 FIRST AID AND HEALTH 16 FITNESS CENTRE 16 FOOD SERVICE WORKER PROGRAM 105 INDEX 173 FOOD S E R V I C E S FOUNDATIONS O F VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S - S e e Art 16 G G E N E R A L C O U R S E I N F O R M A T I O N .. GRADES G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 10 11 11 11 H HANDICAPPED STUDENT SERVICES S e e Special Needs Services HEALTH A N D HUMAN S E R V I C E S PROGRAMS Long Term C a r e Aide 105 Food Service Workers 105 Working with the Mentally Fragile ... 106 H E A L T H S E R V I C E S & F I R S T AID 16 HIGH S C H O O L E Q U I V A L E N C Y - S e e Adult Basic Education H O L I D A Y S IN 1988/89 4 HOSPITALITY C O U R S E S 146 H O W E S O U N D C E N T R E - See Squamish Centre H U M A N I T I E S DIVISION 27 I "I" G R A D E S IDENTIFICATION C A R D INSTRUCTIONAL S E R V I C E S INTERNATIONAL STUDENT INFORMATION Application for Admission General Information International Student Liaison International Projects INTERNATIONAL STUDIES PROGRAM 11 6 14 5 17 17 17 17, 152 M MATH L E A R N I N G C E N T R E M E D I A C E N T R E - S e e Library MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTANT PROGRAM M E R I T LIST MUSIC P R O G R A M S : General Information Commercial Music Bachelor of Music Transfer Music Therapy 118 118 120 121 18 27 18 154 OFFICE ADMINISTRATION: General Information Office Technology Program Accelerated Office Training Microcomputer Applications Legal Secretarial Program Medical Office Assistant OUTDOOR RECREATION & TOURISM General Information Outdoor Recreation M a n a g e m e n t . . Wilderness Leadership Tourism Management Program OVERLOAD OF COURSES 129 129 131 132 135 137 140 140 141 142 7 53 108 109 135 17 105 17 1 T TOURISM MANAGEMENT PROGRAM TOWING TRANSCRIPTS TRANSFER GUIDE TRANSER TO AND FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS: Academic Career TUITION - See Fees 142 18 11 156 27 70 P PARKING PLAGIARISM & CHEATING PRIORITY S E Q U E N C E FOR 18 13 6 RECORDS, STUDENT REFUND OF FEES REGISTRATION: How & W h e n to Register Priority S e q u e n c e Dates Changing Registration Status REPEATING A COURSE RESTAURANT TECHNOLOGY 13 9 6 6 7 8 11 146 s SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLASTIC AWARDS , SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION SCIENTIFIC C O M P U T I N G APPLICATIONS TECHNOLOGY (SCAT) 29, u UNIVERSITY T R A N S F E R / A C A D E M I C PROGRAMS 27 UNIVERSITY T R A N F E R GUIDE 156 V R L 174 137 25 0 REGISTRATION J O B P L A C E M E N T - S e e Student Employment INDEX 113 N NATIVE S T U D E N T C E N T R E N A T U R A L S C I E N C E S DIVISION NEWSPAPER, STUDENT NON-CREDIT P R O G R A M S J LABOUR STUDIES P R O G R A M LANDSCAPE HORTICULTURE PROGRAM LEARNING A S S I S T A N C E - See Achievement Resource Centre LEGAL ASSISTANT P R O G R A M LEGAL SECRETARY PROGRAM LIBRARY Lynnmour, Sechelt, S q u a m i s h L O A N S - S e e Financial A i d LONG TERM CARE LOST AND FOUND LYNNMOUR CENTRE: Address & Phone 14 SECHELT CENTRE ADDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 SELF STUDY C O U R S E S 28 S E N I O R CITIZEN F E E W A I V E R S 9 SERVICES 14 SEXUAL HARASSMENT 13 SKI T E C H N I C I A N C O U R S E 146 S O C I A L S C I E N C E S DIVISION 27 SPECIAL NEEDS SERVICES 14 SPECIAL PROGRAMS 148 S P O R T S - S e e Athletics SQUAMISH C E N T R E A.DDRESS & PHONE NUMBER 1 S T U D E N T E M P L O Y M E N T C E N T R E ... 18 S T U D E N T IDENTIFICATION C A R D 6 STUDENT LOANS 20 STUDENT NEWSPAPER 18 STUDENT NUMBER 6 STUDENT RECORDS 13 STUDENT SERVICES 14 STUDENT STORE 19 STUDENT SOCIETY 19 S U N S H I N E C O A S T - S e e Sechelt 23 25 29 31 VISITORS VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 10 146 w WAIT L I S T S 8 WAITER/WAITRESS TRAINING 146 W E L C O M E T O C A P I L A N O C O L L E G E ...2 WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP - See Outdoor Recreation WITHDRAWING F R O M A C O U R S E 8 WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE 19 Courses 155 WOMEN'S STUDIES SPECIALTY 29 W O R D P R O C E S S I N G - S e e Office Administration Programs WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 20 WRITING C E N T R E 28 Capilano College Governance Harvey Bist Sunshine Coast David Craig North Vancouver Graham Crockart West Vancouver John Gregory West Vancouver Norris Martin West Vancouver Michael Smith North Vancouver Nancy Treiber Whistler Robin Wilson North Vancouver Capilano College Board The Board of the College, established in conformity with the College and Institute Act, consists of nine members appointed by the Minister of Advanced Education and Job Training. These members serve as trustees of the Hilda Rizun, Chairman College on behalf of the Howe S o u n d population of the College region. The Board is esponsible for governing the College, and in that capacity : determines the policy by which the College operates ind reviews the performance of the College and its :omponent parts. Traditionally, the Board meets monthly o fulfill its statutory responsibilities and to conduct its leneral business. 3oard Representatives udy Sankey, Staff Union (OTEU Local 378) oy Smith, Staff Union (OTEU Local 378) )arol McCandless, Faculty Association (CCFA) "argot Rawsthorne, Faculty Association (CCFA) lus two representatives to be named by the Student Society General Administration Douglas K. Jardine, B.A.Sc.(Hons) Ph.D.; President Marie Jessup, C.G.A.; Bursar Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A.; Director of Planning Jim Dillon, B.A., LL.B.; Director of Personnel Services David Woolley, B . S c ; Registrar David Brewer, P.P.; Director of Supplies & Services Beverly Greene, B.I.D.; Director of Public Relations Ken Hughes; Facilities Supervisor Anne MacLean; Budget Officer Alan Ng., B.Sc, C.G.A.; Comptroller Instructional Administration Franklin C. Gelin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Dean of Academic Studies William G. Gibson, B.A., Dipl. Ed., Ph.D.; Associate Dean, Academic Studies Greg F. Lee, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D.; Dean of Career/ Vocational Programs Beverley A. Harnett, B.A., B.Ed.; Associate Dean, Career/ Vocational Programs Robert W. Turner, B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D.; Dean of Instructional Services Jon L. Jessiman, B.A., LL.B.Dip. Int. Law; LL.M., LL.D., Associate Dean of Instructional Services Janet E.M. Morris, Dip. Management; Administrator, Extension Programs & Satellite Services Capilano College Governance 175 € Capilano College Site Map BUILDINGS A Information and Reception, Registrar's Office, Extension Programs and Services, Art Labs and Offices, Administrative Offices, Purchasing and Receiving, Personnel, Public Relations, Printshop, All College Lounge B Library, Achievement Resource Centre, Media Resources Labs and Offices; Dynamics Lab, Cafeteria, Extension Computer Lab, Vending Machines, Coin-opera'.dd copiers, Pay Phones C-1 Outdoor Rec./E.C.E./Health/Horticulture Offices, ECE Labs, Classrooms C-2 Outdoor Rec. and Applied Horticulture Labs C-3 Classrooms, Faculty Association Office C-4 Student Newspaper C-5 Geography/Geology Labs/Classrooms C-6 Day Care Centre D-1 Field House D-2 Flammable Storage Bunker H Music/Typing/Microcomputer/Health/Science Labs/ Word Processing,, Faculty Offices for: Humanities, Music, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences, Office Administration, Business Management, Labour Studies, International Studies, Writing Centre, Meeting Room (H501) I Instant Teller - Bank of Commerce J Classrooms, Math Lab, Microcomputer Lab K Facilities Offices, Shop L Classrooms, Language Labs M Counselling, Health Services, Financial Aid, Advising, Job Placement Centre, Employees Union Office, Women's Resource Centre N Cafeteria, Student Society, Vending Machines, Pa> Phones P Classrooms, Offices for A.B.E., Communications, E.S.L, A.C.T. R Bookstore, Theatre Lab, Archives, Classrooms PARKING REGULATIONS Loading Zone Max. 30 min. parking Reserved Parking • permits only Fire Zone - No parking any time, includes all roadways Handicap Parking Spot NORTH Revised Parking infractions will result in vehicles being towed aw at owners' risk and expense 9/87 176 Capilano College serving North & West Vancouver, Howe Sound, & the Sunshine Coast. Administrative Offices 2055 Purcell Way, North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone (604) 986-1911 Fax (604) 984-4985